THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND

EASTERN SHORE

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL

GRADUATE CATALOG

2005-2007

OFFICIALS Dr. James White Associate Vice President for Student Affairs BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE Mr. Gaines Hawkins UNIVERSITY SYSTEM OF MARYLAND Vice President for Institutional Advancement Dr. Anna F. Vaughn-Cooke Clifford M. Kendall, Chairman Vice President for Academic Affairs Dr. Andrew Carrington Thomas B. Finan, Jr. Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs Patricia S. Florestano Dr. Emmanuel Acquah Nina Rodale Houghton Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs Richard E. Hug Dr. Ronnie E. Holden Orlan M. Johnson Vice President for Administrative Affairs Admiral Charles R. Larson Mr. Alverne Chesterfield Marvin Mandel Assistant Vice President for Administrative Affairs Robert L. Mitchell Mrs. Nelva Collier-White David H. Nevins Assistant to the Vice President Dwight Pettit Ms. Lorna Rock Robert L. Pevenstein Special Assistant to the President Lewis R. Riley, ex officio Director of Alumni Affairs (Acting) Honorable James C. Rosapepe Dr. Carolyn Brooks D. Phillip Shockley, Student Regent Dean, School of Agricultural and Natural Sciences Honorable Joseph D. Tydings Dr. Brenda Anderson William T. Wood Dean, School of Arts and Professions Dr. Willie Hopkins OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM Dean, School of Business and Technology (Selected) Dr. C. Dennis Ignasias Dean, School of Graduate Studies Dr. William E. Kirwan (Vacant) Chancellor Dean, School of Health Professions Mr. Robert E. Myers, Jr. Dr. Theodosia T. Shields Executive Assistant to the Chancellor Dean, Library Sciences Dr. Carol A. Berthold Associate Vice Chancellor DEPARTMENT CHAIRS Dr. Donald Boesch Interim Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs Dr. Lurline Marsh Mr. Joseph F. Vivona Agriculture Vice Chancellor for Administration and Finance Dr. I. K. Dabipi Mr. John K. Martin Airway Science and Engineering Vice Chancellor for Advancement Dr. Ayodele Alade (Acting) Mr. John Lippincott Business, Management and Accounting Associate Vice Chancellor for Public Relations Dr. Robert Harleston Mr. Paul Sweet Criminal Justice Associate Vice Chancellor for Research Policy and Federal Dr. Karen Verbeke Relations Education Mr. Frank Komenda Dr. Richard Keenan Associate Vice Chancellor for State Relations English and Modern Languages Dr. James C. Alexander Mr. Ernest Satchell Chairman, Council of University System Faculty Fine Arts Mr. Roy A Ross Dr. O. Childs (Acting) Chairman, Council of University System Staff Hotel/Restaurant Management Mr. Benjamin Jones III Dr. Shirley Hymon-Parker Chairman, UMS Student Council Human Ecology Dr. William Chapin (Acting) OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION Mathematics and Computer Science Dr. Joseph Okoh UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND EASTERN SHORE Natural Sciences Mrs. Darlene Robinson Dr. Thelma B. Thompson Physician Assistant President Mr. Nelson Townsend Physical Education Dr. Wanda Colston Dr. Raymond Blakely Executive Vice President Physical Therapy Dr. Sandra Proctor Dr. William Talley Executive Assistant to the President Rehabilitation Services Dr. Ronald Brown Dr. L. Jay Bishop (Acting) Vice President for Student Affairs Social Sciences Mrs. Cheryll Collier-Mills Dr. Leon Copeland Associate Vice President for Student Affairs Technology 1

GRADUATE PROGRAM COORDINATORS Ms. Lorna Rock (Acting) Alumni Affairs Dr. Michael Almeida, Applied Computer Science Mr. James Kellam Dr. Gerald Day, Career and Technology Education Financial Aid Dr. Robert Harleston, Criminology and Criminal Mrs. Sharone Grant Justice Health Center Dr. Cheryl Bowers, Guidance and Counseling Mrs. Marie Billie Dr. Lurline Marsh, Food and Agricultural Sciences Human Resources Management Dr. Jurgen Schwarz, Food Science and Technology Dr. Stanley Nyirenda Dr. Douglas Ruby, Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Institutional Research and Planning Sciences Mr. Maurice Ngwaba Dr. Mary Agnew, Master of Arts in Teaching Physical Plant Dr. Harry Hoffer, Organizational Leadership and Ms. Theresa Queenan Education Leadership Placement Center Dr. Raymond Blakely, Physical Therapy Mr. Marvin Jones Dr. William Talley, Rehabilitation Counseling Residence Life Dr. Karen Verbeke, Special Education Mrs. Catherine Bolek Dr. Gian Gupta, Toxicology Sponsored Research and Programs (Vacant) GRADUATE COUNCIL (2004-2006) Student Activities and Student Development Center Ms. Deidra Johnson Dr. Michael Almeida University Relations Dr. Eugene Bass Dr. Sarah Bing Dr. Dwayne Boucaud Dr. Cheryl Bowers Dr. Eddie Boyd, Jr. Dr. Robert Dadson Dr. Ibibia Dabipi Dr. Ejigou Demissie Dr. Joseph Dudis Dr. Gian Gupta Dr. Nancy Horton Dr. C. Dennis Ignasias** Dr. Jonathan Odo Dr. Kimberly Poole Dr. Maryam Rahimi Dr. Daniel Seaton Dr. Dinesh Sharma Dr. Thelma Thompson** Dr. Anna F. Vaughn-Cooke** Dr. Karen Verbeke

** Ex-Officio

DIRECTORS (Selected)

Dr. Diann Showell Academic Support Services Mrs. Cheryl Holden-Duffy Registrar Mr. Kevin Evans Bookstore Ms. Bonita Byrd Comptroller Ms. Gretchen Boggs Continuing Education Mrs. Patricia Tilghman Counseling Center

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DISCLAIMER 4 Continuous Enrollment 22 GRADUATE SCHOOL ADDRESS 4 Minimum Registration Requirements; 22 for Doctoral Candidates 22 THE UNIVERSITY Inter-Campus Enrollment (USM) 23 Mission, Academic Program, Campus 5 Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates 23 Undergraduate Credit for Graduate GRADUATE STUDIES GENERAL Level Courses 23 INFORMATION Credit by Examination 24 Governance, Accreditation 6 Transfer of Credit 24 Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be ADMISSION TO GRADUATE SCHOOL Accepted for Graduate Credit 24 General 7 Course and Credit Changes 25 Criteria for Admission 7 Withdrawal and Cancellation 25 Policy on Applicant Rejection 8 Grades for Graduate Students 25 Categories of Admission to Degree Grading Systems 26 Programs 8 Computation of Grade Point Average 26 Collaborative Programs 11 Grade Change; Repeating Courses 26 Continuing Education 11 Auditing and Prerequisite Courses 27 Offer of Admission and Deferments 11 The Academic Record (transcript) 27 Admission Time Limits 11 Change of Degree-Level, Program DEGREE REQUIREMENTS or Status 11 Graduate School Requirements Applicable Termination of Admission 12 to all Master’s Degree Programs 27 Readmission/Reinstatement Process 12 Graduate School Requirements for Degrees Policy on Dismissal for Non-Academic of Master of Arts & Master of Science 30 Reasons 12 Thesis Option 30 Application Instructions 13 Non-Thesis Option 31 International Student Application 15 Graduate School Requirements for the Records Maintenance and Disposition 17 Degree of Master of Arts in Teaching 31 Fees and Expenses 17 Graduate School Requirements for the Payment, Withdrawal and Refund 17 Degree of Master of Education 31 Graduate and Supplemental Fees 18 Graduate School Requirements Applicable Financial Assistance 19 to the Ph.D. & Ed.D. Degrees 32 Grants, Fellowships, Traineeships 19 Graduate School Requirements for the Assistantships 19 Degree of Doctor of Physical Therapy 34 Work Study Program 20 Established Procedures for Conduct of Loans 20 Master’s Thesis Examination 35 Maryland Senior Citizens 20 Established Procedures for Conduct of Veterans Benefits 20 Doctoral Dissertation Defense 37 Other Graduate School Policy 41 REGISTRATION, CREDITS AND GRADES Commencement 41 Academic Schedule (Classes) 21 Institutional Policies Governing Developing a Program of Study 21 Students 41 Exceptions, Waivers, Appeals and Grievances 21 SELECTED STUDENT SERVICES Course Numbering System 21 Health Center 42 Designation of Full- and Part-time Counseling Services 42 Graduate Students 22 Student Services Center 42 3

Career Services 42 attain factual accuracy in the material presented. Disabilities Services 42 The catalog is not intended to be a complete Academic Support Services 43 statement of all procedures, processes and Athletic Center 43 regulations governing graduate or professional Computing Resources 43 degree programs which may be covered in separate program and office manuals and GRADUATE RESEARCH AND handbooks. The University of Maryland Eastern INSTRUCTION RESOURCES 43 Shore reserves the right to make changes in fees, The University Library Services 43 course offerings and general regulations and Special Research Resources 44 academic requirements without prior notice. Sponsored Research and Programs Office 44 For the most up-to-date information on course offerings, program requirements and DEGREE PROGRAMS BY SCHOOL AND deadlines, please write, call or e-mail the DEPARTMENT 44 program or department to which you are Discontinued Program 45 applying.

UMES GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS 46 GRADUATE SCHOOL ADDRESS Food and Agricultural Sciences 46 Food Science and Technology 55 Graduate Studies Office Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences 60 University of Maryland Eastern Shore Toxicology 76 Early Childhood Development Center Criminology and Criminal Justice 77 Princess Anne, Maryland 21853-1299 Guidance and Counseling 84 Special Education 90 Telephone: (410) 651-6507/7966/8626 Master of Arts in Teaching 97 Fax: (410) 651-7571 Education Leadership 102 E-mail: [email protected] Organizational Leadership 115 [email protected] Applied Computer Science 126 [email protected] Career and Technology Education 131 Physical Therapy 139 URL website: www.umes.edu/grad/trail/grad.asp Rehabilitation Counseling 151 Date of Publication: July, 2005 GRADUATE FACULTY 160

INDEX 166

APPENDIX: 169 University of Maryland Eastern Shore Policies and Procedures Regarding Academic Honesty

CAMPUS MAP 173

DISCLAIMER

The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and the University of Maryland Eastern Shore. At the time of the publication, every reasonable effort was made to 4

THE UNIVERSITY THE CAMPUS AND ENVIRONMENT

THE UMES MISSION Located in the small, historic town of Princess Anne, on the Eastern Shore of The University of Maryland Eastern Maryland, UMES is located on over 745 acres of Shore (UMES) is the doctoral degree granting, land, with over 89 buildings. UMES offers a research/teaching University on Maryland’s comprehensive and varied academic program as Eastern Shore, and the 1890 Land Grant well as a well-designed campus. institution for the State of Maryland. UMES is a As UMES enters its third century of growing, primarily residential university with a instruction, it continues with plans for additional teaching, research and extension mission office-classroom-laboratory buildings, an consistent with its legacy as an 1890 Historically improved physical plant and an expanded Black Land Grant institution. UMES emphasizes graduate curriculum. its commitment to equal educational UMES offers suitable facilities on opportunity, and strives to provide educational, campus for its graduate programs such as well research and public service programs to the state equipped, state-of-the-art laboratories and and region. instrumentation, computing and telecommunications capability and networking, THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM and resource centers. Behind the East Campus are over 500 The University of Maryland Eastern acres of farmland. Innovative agricultural, Shore is one of eleven degree-granting campuses environmentally related, and aquaculture of the University System of Maryland. It was research, serving both local and global founded in 1886 as the Delaware Conference economies, is conducted by several institutes, Academy under control of the Methodist centers and programs. Church. Programs in the marine, estuarine and UMES offers major programs leading to environmental sciences and in the agricultural baccalaureate degrees in 26 disciplines in the sciences also benefit from the Eastern Shore of arts and sciences, professional studies and Maryland as a field laboratory with its diverse agricultural sciences. UMES has 13 teaching natural resources: the land, the ecosystem of the degree programs and nine pre-professional Chesapeake Bay estuary and the Atlantic Coast, programs, as well as an Honors Program state forests and parks, and a National Seashore designed to prepare students for study in (at Assateague Island). There is easy access to professional schools. outdoor recreation opportunities such as In graduate education, UMES offers camping, fishing and water sports. Within a graduate degrees in the following fields: at the several hour drive are the resources of M.S. and the Ph.D. level in the Marine- Maryland's Western Shore and the federal sector Estuarine-Environmental Sciences and in located in the Washington, D.C.-Baltimore- Toxicology; the Ph.D. in Food Science and Northern Virginia corridor. Technology and in Organizational Leadership; UMES graduate programs in education the Ed.D in Education Leadership; the Doctor of fields, computer science, physical therapy, Physical Therapy (DPT); the M.S. in Applied criminology & criminal justice and rehabilitation Computer Science, Criminology & Criminal counseling serve and address community and Justice, Food and Agricultural Sciences and regional needs for professionals and technical Rehabilitation Counseling; the M.Ed. in specialists. Guidance and Counseling, Special Education The international dimension of the and Career and Technology Education; the UMES campus can be evidenced by the flags of Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT). over 50 nations that fly, on a rotational basis, at the campus entrance. These flags are a reminder of the various nationalities of students enrolled at UMES.

5

GRADUATE STUDIES programs may set additional requirements for GENERAL INFORMATION the admission to specific programs or for the completion of degrees within those programs, The University of Maryland Eastern which are beyond the minimum established by Shore's Graduate School believes that it can best the Graduate Council. serve societal needs and respond to the challenges of graduate education through its The Graduate Council commitment to time-honored principles. Accordingly, the major role of the UMES The Graduate Council consists of Graduate School is to provide for the education members of the Graduate Faculty elected by the of students in the scholarly methods of Assembly, as well as appointed and ex-officio intellectual inquiry and critical analysis; to train members. It is charged with formulation of them in the discipline and skill necessary for policies and procedures for the graduate beneficial research, applications and practice; programs at UMES. These include, but are not and to foster in them a dedication to creative limited to, admission standards, review of new thought and the search for knowledge. The programs and courses submitted by members of UMES Graduate School promotes the freedom the Graduate Faculty of a department, review of and intellectual environment necessary to the UMES Graduate Faculty membership, stimulate research and scholarship of the highest standards pertaining to graduate student theses quality for both students and faculty. and dissertations and the periodic review of all In terms of governance, each campus of graduate degree programs. the University System of Maryland is administered by a President who is responsible Graduate Students for all academic programs. The delegated administration of the graduate programs at Student opinion and participation in UMES, within the office of the Vice President determining matters of policy, procedure, and for Academic Affairs, is to the Dean of the administration are appreciated and encouraged. School of Graduate Studies. A Graduate Faculty In addition to their election to the Graduate Assembly and Graduate Council on the campus Council, graduate students may also serve on provide the organization by which the Graduate departmental and campus committees. Faculty discharges its responsibilities for the quality and scope of graduate studies and National/Regional Organizations research, embodied within the Graduate School. The University of Maryland Eastern GOVERNANCE Shore maintains membership in national organizations such as the Council of Graduate The Graduate Faculty Schools and the National Association of State Universities and Land Grant Colleges. The Assembly of the Graduate Faculty consists of all regular and associate members of ACCREDITATION the Graduate Faculty who, through their participation in research and graduate The University of Maryland Eastern instruction, have displayed a capacity for Shore is accredited by the regional accreditation individual research or creative and scholarly agency, the Middle States Commission on work at the highest levels. Higher Education. UMES has a professional The Graduate Faculty, working through accreditation for the graduate programs in the Assembly and the Graduate Council, Physical Therapy and Teacher Education establishes policies governing admission to (Career and Technology Education, Guidance graduate study and the minimum requirements and Counseling, Special Education and 11 to be met by all students seeking advanced content areas for the Master of Arts in degrees awarded by the Graduate Faculty at the Teaching). Three other graduate programs have University of Maryland Eastern Shore. The selected an accreditation agency. faculty of the various departmental graduate

6

ADMISSION TO GRADUATE SCHOOL The decision to admit an applicant to a program is based primarily on a combination of General the following criteria, which are consistent with requirements of the specific graduate programs: Responsibility for admitting applicants to graduate programs rests with the Dean of 1. The quality of previous undergraduate and, as Graduate Studies in consort with the advice of applicable, graduate work. the departmental program coordinators and graduate admission committees for each The UMES Graduate School requires as graduate program. Standards applied by the a minimum standard a B average or 3.0 UMES Graduate School and the departmental cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA) on a 4.0 programs are to ensure that students admitted scale, in a program of study resulting in the have high qualifications and a reasonable award of a baccalaureate degree from a expectation of successfully completing a regionally accredited U.S. college or university, graduate program. In order to maintain programs or the U.S. credit hours equivalent of a of outstanding quality, the number of spaces in Bachelor’s degree from another country. each program may be limited by the availability Graduate admissions committees look closely at of faculty, and departmental and campus courses studied and grades earned in the major resources. There is a 30% ceiling on out-of-state area of study. The student's undergraduate (including international) admissions and program should include completion of any enrollment. prerequisites for graduate study in the chosen Graduate credit for courses will not be field. In individual programs where resources given unless students have been admitted to the are available, applicants who do not meet the UMES Graduate School or have its consent if a above minimum standard for their undergraduate UMES senior according to the pertinent policy work, may be provisionally-admitted if there is set in the Graduate Catalog. evidence, on the basis of other criteria, of a reasonable likelihood of success in the program CRITERIA FOR ADMISSION the applicant desires to enter. Doctoral program (Masters and Doctoral) applicants will also submit Master’s program transcripts. Those who have earned or will earn a Bachelor's or Master’s degree at a regionally 2. Strength of letters of evaluation accredited college or university in the United (recommendation). States or the U.S. credit hours equivalent of a Bachelor’s or Master’s degree from another Three letters of evaluation are required country will be considered for admission to the from persons competent to judge the applicant's UMES Graduate School. probable success in graduate school. Usually Students may apply for admission to these letters are from the applicant's former UMES during or after their final year of instructors who are able to give an in-depth undergraduate or graduate study, but must evaluation of the applicant's strengths and furnish proof of degree award before the end of weaknesses with respect to academic work. For their first term of enrollment at UMES. applicants who have been out of school for a Students applying for admission to a number of years, evaluations may come from Master's or doctoral degree program in a field of employers or supervisors who are familiar with specialization in which they already hold a the applicant's work experience and strengths Master's or doctoral degree or its equivalent, and weakness. Applicants should instruct their may do so only if the previous degree program references to send the letters of evaluation to the was of a substantially different character or was Graduate School. not accredited by a regional association. Admission is open to non-U.S. citizens (permanent residents, immigrants or non- immigrants). There is no separate application process for them.

7

3.Scores on a nationally standardized GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS examination (as may be required by a program). (GRE)

Because the predictive utility of these Although not all graduate programs at scores may vary from one group of applicants to UMES require the GRE, almost all will use such another, a discriminating use of all relevant test scores as an additional measure of an materials will be made in each applicant's case. applicant's qualifications. The GRE may be The most widely used standardized taken in either or both of two forms: the General examinations at UMES are the Graduate Record Test, and the Subject Test. Applicants can take Examinations and the PRAXIS (formerly the the test(s) in their senior year or when National Teachers Examination). submitting the application for admission. Note that some programs may require the GRE test 4. A Statement of Purpose. scores prior to an admissions decision. For details, applicants should write directly to The Statement of Purpose form is used Graduate Record Examinations, Educational by the applicant to explain why he or she wishes Testing Service, Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey to pursue graduate study at UMES; his or her 08540. Applicants should note that the GRE career objectives and/or research interests which testing program underwent revision in 2002. The are pertinent to the intended program of study. General Test replaced the analytical measure This statement helps the specific graduate with the analytical writing measure. The General program to identify applicants whose purposes Test will be revised again in 2006. Applicants are compatible with the objectives of the should take the General Test package graduate program. appropriate for the program to which they are seeking admission. 5. Other evidence of preparation. For information on the UMES graduate programs requiring the GRE, consult the specific Individual programs may require a personal graduate program in this catalog. interview, a writing sample essay or evidence of Official examination scores should be prior work experience in the field of study. sent directly to the Graduate School. The UMES institutional code for the GRE is 5400. Policy On Applicant Rejection Photocopies of test score results are acceptable for initial review, but not for Regular Admission UMES may review a number of status should the test score(s) be required by the different factors to determine whether to admit program. an applicant to a graduate program, including but not limited to academic achievement, CATEGORIES OF ADMISSION TO personal and professional references, scores on DEGREE PROGRAMS admission examinations, writing samples, personal interviews, character and integrity, Regular or Full Graduate Status personality, and potential to perform as a graduate student and as applicable to a For admission to this category, an profession. Applicants should consider applicant must have received a baccalaureate licensing/registration/credential requirements of degree, and if applicable a master’s degree, from a profession in which past personal history or a regionally accredited institution or the U.S. conviction/criminal record may restrict equivalent of a bachelor’s and/or master’s completion of a degree program (the degree in another country, and be otherwise professional phase) and the eligibility to practice fully qualified in the judgement of the individual in a profession if graduated from a program. program and the Graduate School.

8

Provisional Graduate Status Advanced Special Student Status

This designation may be used by the The Advanced Special Student Status is graduate program: 1) when quality of the designed for individuals who do not have an previous academic record at a regionally- immediate degree objective in mind, but wish to accredited institution in the U.S. or abroad is take graduate level courses for personal or lower than established standards (see Criteria for professional enrichment. Although the primary Admission section above, item 1.) or when there mission of the UMES Graduate School is to is a lack of adequate prerequisite course work in conduct programs of graduate instruction the chosen field; 2) when applicants have leading to advanced degrees, the Graduate majored in another program area with a Faculty welcomes, to the extent that resources creditable record but there is some doubt about allow, qualified students who have no degree their ability to pursue the chosen program of objectives. Unofficial transcripts or photocopies study; 3) when the applicant is engaged in of degrees will be accepted with the application undergraduate or graduate study at another for evaluation purposes, but by the end of the institution but is not able to furnish a transcript first semester of enrollment, the student must indicating completion of course work or degree submit official copies of all required documents. requirements; or 4) when the applicant has Official transcripts must be submitted from all completed a baccalaureate or master’s degree institutions attended except for the University of but has not yet submitted official verification of Maryland Eastern Shore; the Graduate Studies the last semester's work and receipt of the office obtains the UMES transcript. Since degree. Final official transcripts indicating Advanced Special students enroll in the same receipt of the degree must be submitted before classes as degree-seeking students and are the end of the first semester of enrollment at subject to the same course prerequisites, UMES. standards for admission to this status cannot be Conditions to correct any deficiencies in lower than what the degree programs would preparation for graduate study at UMES will be allow for regular or provisional admission. outlined by the faculty. Full-time matriculated Applicants for admission to Advanced students are expected to remove condition(s) for Special Student Status must hold baccalaureate provisional admission within the time period degree and satisfy at least one of the following stated on the admission recommendation form, criteria: normally within the first year of matriculation depending upon the program (e.g., the first two A. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a consecutive semesters which might include the U.S. regionally accredited institution or the U.S. adjacent summer). Part-time matriculated credit hours equivalent of this degree from students are expected to remove condition(s) of another country, with an overall "B" (3.0) provisional admission no later than the end of average. Applicants must submit official the second year of matriculation (the fourth transcripts covering all credits used in satisfying semester which might include the adjacent the baccalaureate degree requirements; summer, depending on the program). When all conditions have been met, the B. Hold a Master's or Doctoral degree program may recommend admission of the from a regionally accredited institution, or the student to full or regular status. This statement equivalent of these degrees from another also applies to any conditions set by the country. Applicants must submit an official Graduate School, e.g., degree award, transcript showing the award of a Master's or final/original transcript, etc. Regular status is Doctoral degree; required to obtain the degree. Students who are unable to qualify for full admission under the C. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a conditions specified, e.g., by failure to fulfill regionally accredited institution or the U.S. them, will have their admission terminated. credit hours equivalent of this degree from another country, a cumulative GPA between 2.5 and 2.99 and have successful post-baccalaureate work or professional experience. Applicants

9

must submit an official transcript showing the average of 3.0 among the graduate courses taken award of the baccalaureate degree, and at UMES. summarize their post-baccalaureate work or Because Advanced Special is a non- professional experience on that section of the degree status, it is not applicable for application form or submit a resume; international applicants on a F-1 (student) visa. Advanced Special is allowable for F-2 visa D. Achieve a score which would place an holders (dependents) and may be allowable in applicant in the upper 50 percentile of some instances for other visa holders (e.g., H-1). appropriate national standardized aptitude The application deadline for examinations such as the GRE or Miller's consideration of Advanced Special Student Analogies Test. Status is no later than ten (10) school days prior to the registration date set for each semester or Admission to Advanced Special Student session. status is granted by the Dean of Graduate Studies for a period of five years. Advanced Visiting Graduate Student Status Special Students must meet course prerequisites and maintain a 2.75 cumulative grade point A graduate student matriculated in average. There are restrictions on graduate another graduate school who wishes to enroll in courses in which Advanced Special Students the UMES Graduate School and who intends, may not enroll (e.g., Physical Therapy, the thereafter, to return to the graduate school in MAT, and the doctoral weekend programs). which he/she is matriculated, may be admitted Heavy enrollment programs such as Applied as a Visiting Graduate Student. (NOTE: This Computer Science require that Advanced section does not apply to graduate students Special Students who will earn six credit hours matriculated within the University System of in Applied Computer Science courses with a Maryland campuses, who should follow the grade of B or better must apply to the graduate provisions given in a later section on the "Inter- program in Applied Computer Science before Campus Enrollment"; however, inter- taking any further courses in Applied Computer institutional enrollment for Salisbury University Science if they seek that graduate program. and UMES students follows the section below Registration for Advanced Special Students in on “Collaborative Programs with Salisbury the Applied Computer Science program will be University”.) restricted. Criteria for enrollment as a visitor are Advanced Special Students must pay all admission to and good academic standing in standard graduate fees. Students in this status are another recognized graduate school. The not part of any of the UMES graduate programs, applicant need not submit full transcripts of and therefore are not eligible to hold any credits, but must apply for admission to the Graduate Assistantships or receive similar forms UMES Graduate School (the application form of financial aid. All other services, e.g., parking, for non-degree) and pay the application fee. In library privileges, etc., are the same as those lieu of transcripts, a student may have his/her accorded to other graduate students. graduate administrator certify in writing to the Admission to Advanced Special Student UMES Graduate School, that the student is in status is not intended to be used as a preparatory good standing and that the credits to be earned at program for later admission to a Doctoral or UMES will be accepted toward the graduate Master's program. Only six credits earned while degree at the home institution. Unless otherwise in this status may be applicable to a degree or specified, admission to this status will be offered certificate program at a later time, with the for one year only. approval of the faculty in the desired program, The application deadline for if the student is subsequently accepted for a consideration under this status is one month degree or certificate program. For consideration prior to the registration date set for each of admission to a degree or certificate program, semester or session for full-time study, and ten a student must submit the application for degree (10) school days for part-time study. program form and meet all admission requirements, including an overall grade point

10

Collaborative Programs with Salisbury Offer of Admission; Deferments University A written offer of admission is made by Students matriculated into a graduate the Graduate School to all accepted applicants program at either Salisbury University (SU) or and specifies the date of entrance (semester or UMES follow the modified procedures for the session). Graduate credit for courses taken at Visiting Graduate Student Status or for the joint UMES will not be given unless students have Master of Arts in Teaching Program to enroll in been admitted to the UMES Graduate School. classes at either institution. Students use the Individuals whose original offers of inter-institutional concurrent enrollment process admission have lapsed, or lapsed after one for any eligible semester or session class taken requested deferment of the date of entrance (up with the host institution. to a 12-month period), must submit a new application and fee if they want to be Non-degree Student Status - Undergraduate reconsidered for admission at a later date. The offer of admission is also a permit This is an undergraduate classification. to register for courses and must be presented by It may be assigned by the Director of the student at the time of the first registration. Admissions (undergraduate division) to those Applicants who are unsuccessful in applicants who have received the baccalaureate gaining admission to a graduate program are or an advanced degree from a regionally- notified in writing, usually by the program. The accredited institution but who do not desire, or Graduate School informs non-degree applicants who do not qualify for graduate admission. Non- who are unsuccessful in gaining admission. degree seeking students who do not have a A student can be admitted to only one baccalaureate degree or an R.N. must submit graduate program at any one time. There are no transcripts and meet regular admission dual degree programs at the graduate level. standards. Transcripts are not required from Applications may be sent to more than one students with baccalaureate degrees or an R.N. graduate program for review, but only one offer Application for "Non-degree Student of admission to one degree program will be Status--Undergraduate" (Special Student) must granted. be made directly to the Office of Admissions, not to the Graduate School. Admission Time Limits for Degree Programs The student is advised that no credit earned while in a "Non-degree Student Status- Applicants admitted to a Master's degree Undergraduate" may be applied at a later date to program must complete all program a graduate degree program at UMES. requirements within a five-year period of the date of entrance specified in the offer of Continuing Education Students admission or deferred admission. Applicants admitted to a doctoral degree program Students who wish to register for (traditional or accelerated and intensive) must be graduate level courses through Continuing admitted to candidacy status within five years of Education must first make application to the the date of entrance specified in the offer of UMES Graduate School and be officially admission, after which another four-year period admitted. The application guidelines to be is permitted for the completion of the remaining followed will generally be those for the requirements. Advanced Special Student Status. Continuing Education students must pay all applicable fees Change of Degree-Level, Program or Status (application fee, the off-campus/continuing education registration fee and the graduate Students are admitted only to a specified tuition). program and within that program only for the specified objective, e.g., Master's or Doctoral degree. If matriculated students wish to change either the program or their non-program status (for example, from Advanced Special Student to

11

degree status), they must submit a new Academic suspension temporarily appropriate application along with the Change of interrupts a student’s continued enrollment for a Degree Program form if applicable and provide specific time period, but allows the student to any other form or information as specified. return to his admitted status. Academic dismissal Admission to the new program and/or status is is a termination of admission. It may be a not granted automatically. permanent separation, or if a graduate program Students must be re-admitted when the allows, a separation for a time period, removed original objective has been attained, for only by review by the program and acceptance example, when a student who is admitted for the of the case for reinstatement. Reinstatement Master's degree completes the requirements for involves special conditions to be met by the that degree. If the student wishes to continue for returning student. the Doctorate, a new application for admission The admission of all students, both to the Doctoral program must be submitted. degree and non-degree, is continued at the However, programs, which offer both the M.S. discretion, as applicable, of the academic and the Ph.D. degrees, may consider qualified advisor, the department chair and program baccalaureate students for a probationary period coordinator and the Graduate School. before full admission into the Ph.D. degree program. Their requests for admission to the Readmission/Reinstatement Process Doctoral program are subject to the same review process applied to others seeking admission to The Graduate School form “Application that program. for Readmission or Reinstatement” contains information on the process of seeking Termination of Admission (Time Limits; readmission or reinstatement. The student Grades - GPA; Academic Probation and completes the front and backside of the form, Dismissal; Academic Suspension) provides any additional material needed and submits all to the graduate program for review A student’s admission terminates when and recommendation to the Graduate School for time limits for the completion of degree or non- final action on acceptance or denial of the degree status expire or if the student is no longer request. in good academic standing. To be in good academic standing, degree seeking students must Policy on Dismissal for Non-Academic maintain a grade point average of 3.0 ("B") or Reasons better in all graduate courses taken for credit toward a degree program at UMES, and must UMES reserves the right to dismiss or otherwise satisfy all additional requirements of fail to graduate any student who does not the Graduate School and the specific graduate maintain standards of academic and professional program. This makes them eligible to re-enroll integrity, ethics, and conduct appropriate to the each semester/session without restriction. discipline/degree program during the student’s For most programs, graduate students course of study at UMES, including clinical who receive academic probation notices from experiences, practica, and internships. Students the Graduate School must comply with the should also consider licensing, registration, following requirement in order to retain their credential requirements of a profession in which admission status at UMES. They have two past personal history or conviction and criminal consecutive semesters in which to bring their record may restrict completion of a degree cumulative grade point average back to 3.0 program (the professional phase) and the ("B") after it falls below that level. Summer is eligibility to practice in a profession if graduated an academic semester for programs with a from a program. required nine or more credit hour curriculum over the Summer period. Some graduate Admission of Faculty programs may stipulate additional or more stringent academic probation and dismissal No member of the faculty employed by criteria (see also section on 'Grades for Graduate UMES with the rank of assistant professor or Students'). above is permitted to enroll in a graduate

12

program leading to an advanced degree offered The Initial Application Process in his or her academic school. A faculty member who wishes to take course work for To apply for a degree program, personal enrichment in his or her academic applicants must send: 1) completed application school may choose the Advanced Special form along with the completed Statement of Student status. A faculty member with rank of Purpose form (these two may be print or on-line assistant professor or above who wishes to version) and any other applicable attachment pursue an advanced degree (e.g. Doctorate) in a forms in the booklet; 2) official transcripts UMES graduate program outside of his or her covering all credits earned or in progress at any academic school may do so by obtaining written post-secondary institution; and 3) letters of permission from the Dean of the Graduate evaluation. Any print materials are sent to The School, subsequent to obtaining written consent Graduate School, University of Maryland from the Deans of both the academic school in Eastern Shore, Princess Anne, Maryland 21853. which he or she is employed and from which he Applicants are advised to carefully or she seeks a degree. follow the instructions in the application booklet Departments employing faculty below and to respond to all applicable requests for the rank of assistant professor must monitor and information. Some programs may have a seek to avoid possible conflict of interest supplemental information form or checklist to be situations in cases of faculty appointments completed and submitted with the application. which will involve a dual role, as a Incomplete application materials (i.e., teacher/researcher in the department and a insufficient information or responses), whether matriculated graduate student in an advanced print or on-line, will delay the start of the degree program housed in the department to admissions review process. which the faculty member is attached. The Graduate School forwards all materials received to the appropriate Graduate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS Program Coordinator to start the application review process by the program's Admissions Application Forms and Materials Committee. It is important, then, for applicants to arrange to have all application materials re- For a copy of the application for quested to arrive around the same time period in graduate admission booklet, write, call or e-mail order to facilitate, rather than delay, the the Graduate School, or visit the Graduate admissions review process. The Graduate School’s Prospective Students webpage for School and the Graduate Program involved forms and the section on “important application jointly track the application materials received. information to read”. There are separate Applicants, however, are solely application forms for degree program and for responsible for making certain that their non-degree status. Applicants should submit transcripts, letters of evaluation/recommendation materials as instructed per type of application and any applicable application attachment forms form. For further explanation of the graduate have, in fact, been received. No follow-up application and admissions process in this action can be taken by the UMES Graduate Catalog, including summary checklists, refer to School for missing or misdirected or incomplete the pages 1-9 of the UMES Application for items. Graduate Admission 2005 booklet (print and on the Graduate School webpage under Prospective Transcripts Students). There is also an on-line graduate application on the University System of Each applicant must submit official Maryland’s web-site accessed through the copies of all of his/her academic transcripts for Graduate School’s Prospective Students undergraduate and graduate work taken to date, webpage. The introductory narrative in the regardless of whether a degree was awarded for UMES application for graduate admission the study. Each transcript should bear the booklet (latest annual release) is also useful signature of the registrar and the seal of the background information for those submitting the granting institution and should include the years on-line application. of attendance, courses taken, grades received,

13

and the degree, diploma or certificate conferred. application deadline date, the application is If you attended UMES, the UMES Graduate complete only if all materials have been School may obtain your records for courses received. The graduate programs’ Admissions completed on this campus and the degree Committees normally will not begin review of awarded. To facilitate the application process, an applications unless each application package is official copy of transcripts from all other complete. institutions should be attached to the application. Faculty who comprise the program Although photocopies of credentials or admissions committees may not always be unofficial (student issued) transcript copies are available over the Summer months. Applicants acceptable for initial review, regular admission for consideration of a Fall admission should note status cannot be granted, nor will any degree be that if they do not meet the program’s Fall awarded, until the UMES Graduate School has application deadline or have their application received official copies of all academic complete by that deadline, they may not be able credentials certified by an administrative official to be admitted in a timely manner or may be of the school, college or university. referred to a Spring admission. Holders of transcripts of post secondary study and degrees earned outside the United Application Fee States are subject to the information requested in the section on Academic Credentials of A non-refundable application fee of international applicants. $30.00 [subject to change] must accompany each application. NOTE: the governing policy Application Deadlines for, and any allowable waiver of the application fee, is found in the subsequent section on It is the applicant's responsibility to "Graduate Fees". Payment should be made by check the individual program to which he/she check or money order payable to the University is applying for any specific application of Maryland Eastern Shore, or by cash only if deadline, including those for international presented in person. See application for applicants. Except for programs which have Graduate Admission booklet (latest issue) for only one application deadline per year, all other specifics on this section. The on-line application programs have Fall, Spring or Summer deadline allows use of the credit card. dates. If an applicant misses one of these deadlines, his/her application may be considered Calculation of Grade Point Average (GPA) for the next available admissions cycle. It is also to the applicant's advantage to Applicants with degrees from U.S. be timely if he/she wishes to be considered for institutions or foreign institutions with a grading graduate assistantships (admission to a program system comparable to the U.S. must be certain to required) or other forms of financial support. calculate and convert their grade averages to a Applicants should consult the "Financial four-point (4.0) grading system, and at three Assistance" section for application deadlines for levels, for credits included in the baccalaureate federal financial support. program, unless their transcripts already provide Non-degree program applicants (e.g., the GPA calculated data. See the instructions Advanced Special and Visiting Graduate below for specifics on the calculation. The Students) should submit applications according Graduate School will determine an equivalent to the schedule given in those admissions cumulative GPA for foreign applicants with sections. educational systems different from the U.S. If all completed degree program The GPA levels are: 1) overall; 2) application materials, as requested, do not arrive credits earned after the first 60 credits up to the simultaneously, the Graduate School, for date of their application or the date of the award internal processing purposes, desires the order of of the baccalaureate degree, whichever is later; receipt to be the application and attachment and 3) those credits which constitute the major forms, the official transcripts, standardized exam field. For work taken beyond the bachelor's test scores and lastly, the letters of evaluation degree, a separate computation should be made. (recommendation). However, by the stated All results are entered into the spaces provided

14

for the GPA on the application form. All grades Academic Credentials are to be calculated on a four-point grading system, shown below, regardless of the grading For foreign nationals, the completed system used at the institution attended. Pass/fail, application and fee, letters of evaluation and satisfactory/failure, completed credit and similar official academic credentials for all grades are not to be included in the calculations. undergraduate and graduate (tertiary level) All numerical, alphabetical or equivalent grades, institutions attended/being attended, should all except as already noted, must be calculated as be received by the UMES Graduate School by follows: the appropriate international deadline date (if Convert all hours to semester hours given) or the specific program deadline date (if a (one-quarter hour equals 2/3-semester hour or fixed date). one-semester hour equals 1½ quarter hours). Official academic credentials Count the number of credit hours for each grade. (transcripts, mark sheets, diplomas, degrees)are Multiply the total credits for each grade by the to be in the original language with certified number of (quality or honor) points for each as literal English translations (i.e., certified as to follows: A = 4; B = 3; C = 2; D = 1; and F = 0 being complete and correct by a translator (intermediate marks, e.g., B+, C-, are assigned competent to provide the translation). in the value of the letter grade, e.g., B+ = 3, C- = Translations should not be interpretive. Actual 2). Then divide the total grade points by the total names of all degrees, diplomas and certificates number of credits to obtain the GPA. must appear in the translation. The name of the individual on the credentials must match that on Termination of Application Process the application. Photocopies of credentials are acceptable for initial review purposes only. Deliberate omission, misrepresentation Official credentials (original documents) from or falsification of information on the application non-U.S. institutions must bear either an for degree program or non-degree application imprinted seal, an original stamp of the form and accompanying application forms, and institution or the original signature of a school altered credentials (transcript, test score) will official. Official documents should include the terminate the admission process for the courses completed, the amount of time taken per applicant. If any of these problems surface after course, grades and the grading system. Public the applicant has been admitted, that student’s documents signed by a notary public are admission status may be terminated. considered unofficial. Official credentials must be received by the Graduate School before Status of Application regular (or full) admission status is granted. Students enrolled at another U.S. institution may Refer to this subsection in the latest have certified copies of all foreign records sent issue Application for Graduate Admission 2005 directly to the UMES Graduate School by their booklet. This subsection is applicable to current institution. Transcripts of their U.S. domestic and international applicants. coursework must be sent directly from the institution. INTERNATIONAL STUDENT Only applicants who have completed a APPLICATION PROCESS full sequence of preparatory studies and examinations equivalent to a U.S. bachelor’s International applicants seeking (normally four years and 120 credit hours of admission to the University of Maryland Eastern study) or higher degree from an approved Shore should not plan to leave their country institution, and who have demonstrated high before receiving an official offer of admission academic achievement, will be considered for from the Graduate School. The Graduate School admission. Evaluation of applicant credentials undertakes a preliminary review and evaluation for admission, conducted by professional of the international applicant’s materials associations in this field, are acceptable to the (academic credentials and application UMES Graduate School. completeness) prior to their submission to the graduate program. English Proficiency Testing

15

When applicants are ready to begin their file. Applicants found to be deficient in English studies, they will be expected to read, speak and and required to improve their English write fluently in English, in order to understand proficiency do so at their expense. Any lectures, take examinations and participate in course(s) or exams taken for this purpose will seminars and presentations. Applicants should not count for degree credit. be aware that UMES does not offer any program of English for non-native speakers of English to Financial Resources improve their proficiency. Native speakers of English are defined To meet immigration requirements, each as those who have received all of their education international applicant must furnish a completed in the United States, United Kingdom, English- Certification of Finances form to the Graduate speaking Canada, Ireland, Australia, New School with the application, signed by him/her Zealand and Commonwealth Caribbean. and the sponsor. Approximately $ 16,000 International applicants who are non-native annually is an average for educational and living speakers of English (not their first language or expenses. Evidence of funding (in U.S. dollars) the language of instruction at all levels of for the first year must be provided with an schooling) must demonstrate a proficiency in the indication of how financial support will be English language by taking the Test of English provided for subsequent years (normally up to as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) and scoring two years for a master’s program and up to three 550 or better (paper test) or 213 or better to four years for the doctorate). (computer test), or by providing evidence of an International students are ineligible for equivalent official testing in the English need-based federal and state financial aid language with an acceptable score. NOTE that programs. International applicants may not refer TOEFL and test scores change in 2005. to assistantships and campus employment as a Possible exceptions change may be non- source of financial support since a student must native speakers who have successfully pursued be being admitted to the Graduate School before full time academic work leading to a post- being eligible for these scarce financial secondary degree or diploma in an English resources. Applicants unable to demonstrate speaking country (see above), where English that they possess adequate financial self-support was the language of instruction. The TOEFL for their graduate study, including health requirement is waived for an international insurance, will not be admitted. student awarded a baccalaureate degree from The Certification of Finances form is to UMES or a graduating senior at UMES who will be updated and resubmitted if there is a request have completed at least four years of for deferment of the original admission since undergraduate study at a U.S. college or financial institution statements will be outdated. university. Because TOEFL is given at selective Immigration Documents times a year throughout various parts of the world, as soon as students contemplate study at International applicants admitted to UMES, they should make arrangements to take graduate study will be issued the Form I-20 from the test. For test information, write to TOEFL the UMES Office of Admissions and Director, Educational Testing Service, Box 899, Registration for obtaining the most frequently Princeton, New Jersey 08540. Standardized test granted student visa (F-1) for entry into the scores are considered valid within a 24-month United States for the purpose of pursuing full period of the examination. When requesting time study. International applicants should not official TOEFL score reports to be sent to the plan to leave their home country before Graduate School, please refer to the UMES obtaining an official offer of admission. institutional code: 5400. A copy of an International students already studying in the applicant’s “examinee’s score record” may be U.S., who wish to transfer to UMES, must sent with the application for evaluation purposes provide copies of the I-20, I-94 and passport visa only (note that the data on this record will be stamp to the office of Admissions and verified with ETS). The official score from ETS Registration. The Department of State is then must be received for the applicant’s permanent

16

requested to grant permission for the transfer. having degrees conferred or transcripts released UMES handles only the F-1 student visa. until the total debt is cleared. The State of Maryland has a State Reporting Upon Arrival Central Collections Unit, and in accordance with State law, UMES is required to refer all Every admitted international graduate delinquent accounts to that office for collection student is expected to report to the campus and subsequent legal action. International Student Advisor as soon as possible after arrival at UMES. The advisor will Withdrawal and Tuition Refund (Regular inform them about campus and community Semester/Session) services and assistance, which are available to international students. A Cancellation of Registration, submitted to the Admissions and Registration RECORDS MAINTENANCE Office before the official first day of classes, AND DISPOSITION entitles the student to a full credit or refund of semester/session tuition. All records, including academic records After classes begin, students who wish from other institutions, become part of the to terminate part or all of their registration must official file of the Graduate School and can follow the drop class or withdrawal procedures neither be returned nor duplicated for any of the Registrar and Academic Affairs. Students purpose. Students should obtain an additional in USM intercampus enrollment must make copy of their official credentials for their certain they drop or withdraw at the host campus personal use. as well as at UMES. The effective date used in The official credentials and the computing refunds is the date the drop and/or application data of applicants are retained for 18 withdrawal form is filed. months only and then destroyed in the following Students dropping classes and/or cases: 1) Applicants who do not register for withdrawing from the University during a courses in the term for which they were admitted semester will be credited for any allowable and have not sought a deferment of the date of tuition charges, according to the following: entrance; 2) Those whose applications have been disapproved; 3) Applicants who do not respond Period from date Refundable Tuition instruction begins only (not other fees) to the departmental graduate program and/or the Two weeks or less 80% Graduate School requests for additional Between two and three weeks 60% information; and 4) Those whose application Between three and four weeks 40% folders remain incomplete, e.g., absent After four weeks No Refund transcripts, recommendation letters, application forms, etc. (This schedule is subject to change)

FEES AND EXPENSES University Refund Statement (Regular Semester/Session) Payment of Fees Tuition is authorized for refund only, It is the policy of UMES not to defer according to a refund time schedule (see above), payment on the basis of a pending application if the student cancels registration before classes for financial assistance to an outside agency, begin, or drops classes after classes begin, including Veterans Administration benefits, completes the prescribed procedures for bank loans, guaranteed student loan programs, withdrawal from classes for the semester, or is etc. dismissed. Note that all of these conditions to Students whose accounts are in arrears be eligible for a tuition refund must be acted on will experience delays and holds in registration during the refund schedule period. and in admittance to classes. Students indebted to the University are likewise prevented from Weekend Programs

17

Weekend Programs follow a separate Resident Student $206.00 Graduate School policy for adding, dropping and Non-Resident Student $373.00 withdrawing from classes and refund of tuition. Consult the program and the Graduate School. Students admitted to the UMES Graduate School must pay the graduate tuition GRADUATE FEES regardless of whether a course is audited or the credit earned will be used to satisfy program The fees and charges listed herein are requirements. Graduate students will be charged those charged at the time this Graduate School for tuition at the graduate rate regardless of the Catalog went to press and are offered as a numbering system of courses for which they general guide. THE UNIVERSITY register. RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE SUCH CHANGES IN FEES AND OTHER SUPPLEMENTAL FEES CHARGES AS MAY BE NECESSARY. Fees charged in a particular semester/session are Registration Fee (campus) $ 5.00 available in the Admissions and Registration (Summer/Winter Session) office and the Graduate Studies Office. Graduation Fee Application Fee $30.00 Master's Degree 35.00 A non-refundable $30 application fee Doctoral Degree 35.00 and a separate application must be submitted for each program or degree-level or status in which Student Activity Fee 30.00 entrance is sought (see next paragraph for (on-campus) eligible waivers). UMES is pleased to waive the application fee under the following Vehicle Registration/ 20.00 circumstances: Parking Fee

A. The applicant had been admitted, and had Late Registration Fee 25.00 previously taken graduate courses at UMES or at SU (see section on Collaborative Programs with Off-Campus/Continuing 25.00 Salisbury University); or Education Registration Fee

B. The applicant is a UMES senior or graduate Technology Fee 10.00 with a cumulative grade point average of 3.5 or better; or Determination of In-State Status for Admission, Tuition and Charge-Differential C. The applicant is a senior or a graduate of an Purposes accredited U.S. college or university, with a cumulative grade point average of 3.75 or better An initial determination of Maryland (confirmed by transcript). residency status for admission, tuition and charge differential purposes will be made by D. The applicant is a McNair student/Scholar UMES at the time a student's application for (must be documented). admission is under consideration. The determination made at that time, and any Graduate programs may require an determination made thereafter, shall prevail in acceptance fee, which is applied as a credit to each semester/session until the determination is tuition and other fees upon the student’s initial successfully petitioned and changed. A campus enrollment in the degree program. residency committee meets periodically to review petitions for reclassification to in-state Tuition Per Credit Hour Fee: status.

18

Persons who need assistance with the notification. First time borrowers of student reclassification should contact the UMES Office loans will experience additional delays because of Admissions or the Graduate Studies office. of federal requirements. Students who have The Board of Regents Residency Policy is on submitted the required documents by March 1st the Graduate School’s webpage. for the upcoming award year, will receive priority in the awarding process. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE International students are not eligible for most types of financial assistance. The University of Maryland Eastern Shore recognizes the high cost of education and Graduate Studies Grant Award makes every effort to offer financial assistance to qualified students through a variety of This grant is intended to promote programs. Admission to a graduate program diversity in the UMES graduate student (e.g., Provisional or Regular student status) is a population. Applications and guidelines are prerequisite for consideration of an award of a available in the Graduate Studies office. teaching, research or administrative assigned assistantship, a traineeship, a grant, loan or a Fellowships and Traineeships work-study award. Some awards are made on the basis of the applicant's academic merit Some faculty, e.g., in agriculture and and/or financial need, others on the basis of skill natural sciences, may obtain federally sponsored qualifications and other criteria. Once awarded, fellowships and traineeships for minorities in the the continuation of most financial assistance is sciences. They should be consulted on dependent upon the student's continued availability and applicability of this funding. enrollment each term for a specified number of Another general option for graduate students is credit hours, continued good academic standing, the Henson Fellows (contact the Office of among other factors. Admissions for information). The Graduate Studies office processes applications for the Graduate Studies Grant Assistantships Award and institutional scholarship funds. Individual faculty, the graduate programs and Recommendations for appointment of the academic departments recommend graduate teaching, research or administrative appointments for teaching and research assistantships, which are made by the graduate assistantships. Some offices and departments programs, academic departments, campus may offer administrative-type assistantships. offices or faculty, are contingent upon the The graduate programs as well as academic applicant's acceptance and admission into a departments and offices on campus should be degree program. The number, level and duration consulted for available traineeships and part- of assistantships vary by graduate time employment on sponsored grants and program/department/office needs, enrollment, contracts. and the availability of institutional and The UMES Financial Aid Office sponsored funding. determines eligibility for financial aid programs Applications for teaching and research that are primarily based on “need”. Full and assistantships will usually be made directly to many part-time graduate students are eligible to the program/department in which the student is apply for the Federal Direct Stafford Student admitted. These graduate assistants are Loans. The Financial Aid Office also supervised and mentored at the department or administers the Federal Direct Unsubsidized program level. A smaller number of Stafford Loan Program, which is not based on assistantships (administrative assignment) may need. Students must complete all the required be available in selected campus offices. forms for need-based aid or the unsubsidized Information on campus policy and Stafford loan program. procedures concerning graduate assistants is The Financial Aid application process found in the Graduate Assistant Handbook takes approximately six (6) weeks to receive the available on the Graduate School publications student aid report and four (4) weeks for award webpage. The Graduate Studies office releases

19

annually the assistantship stipend amounts for government will pay the interest for eligible each succeeding academic year. students while the student is in school. Contact Federal College Work Study Program the UMES Financial Aid office for details.

UMES has a College Work-Study Federal Direct Loans Program which offers part-time work opportunities for students who demonstrate Direct lending may be an option for sufficient financial need. Every effort is made to students where loans are obtained from the match student interests and career goals with federal government. The rules that apply to suitable assignments. Graduate students who are Stafford and the Unsubsidized Stafford loans awarded work-study are usually given positions also apply to federal direct loans. Contact the in their programs, according to their experience UMES Financial Aid office for details. and skill, such as assisting with research projects or administrative duties. Because of the limited Golden Identification Card for Seniors program funds, graduate students will be Citizens of Maryland considered after undergraduate student awards are made. For priority consideration, all The purpose of this identification is to materials must be received in the UMES Office make available without charge, courses and of Financial Aid by March 1 for the Fall services of the University to citizens who are 60 semester. years of age or older, who are residents of the State of Maryland and who are retired (retired Federal Loans persons will be considered those who affirm that they are not engaged in gainful employment for Perkins Loan Funds are available to more than 20 hours per week). Persons who graduate students after awards are made to meet these requirements may apply for graduate undergraduate students. Loans are approved admission, either as degree or non-degree based upon financial need. Repayment begins students, and must meet the same admissions six months after the borrower leaves school, and criteria pertaining to either category as do all no interest is charged until the beginning of the applicants. Once admitted and having been repayment schedule. Repayment of the loan, issued the Golden Identification (ID) Card, including interest, is deferred during the time the these persons may register for courses in any borrower may be in military service, the Peace semester/session, subject to the same restrictions Corps, VISTA and ACTION, up to a period of as any other student, and use the library and three years, as well as during time of continued other campus facilities during the time they are study on, at least, a half-time basis. For enrolled in courses. Tuition and fees charges information and applications, contact the UMES will be waived for holders of the Golden Office of Financial Aid. Identification Card.

Federal Stafford Student Loan Veterans Benefits

Stafford Student Loan programs permit UMES is fully accredited for accepting students to borrow money from their hometown Veteran students and assists them in their needs banks or other local financial institutions. for certification. Credit is given for any work Graduate students in good standing may borrow done in the military service related to their major up to $10,000 per year. A five- percent field of study. origination fee will be deducted from the face The Certificate of Eligibility must be value of each student's loan. Students who submitted to the Office of Admissions and previously borrowed at 7% or 9% may continue Registration when the veteran reports for to borrow at that rate. New borrowers will registration. Benefits to which the veteran is borrow at a variable rate that will be determined entitled will be sent monthly by the Veterans each year by the federal government. Monthly Administration and directly to the veteran after repayments begin six months after graduation or he/she has been properly certified. Each veteran withdrawal from school. The federal is responsible for the payment of all fees and

20

expenses at the same time as regular students. Exceptions, Waivers, Appeals, Grievances The Admissions Office coordinates veteran services. Veterans are advised to contact that While most questions normally raised office for further information on admissions, by graduate students, and most problems they tutorials, and special programs. meet, will be answered or resolved by the faculty advisor or a departmental committee, the REGISTRATION, CREDITS AND GRADES Graduate Studies office and the Graduate Dean are also charged with assisting graduate students Academic Schedule who need additional information, guidance or follow-up assistance. Requests or petitions for Information concerning graduate class exceptions or waivers of Graduate School offerings by department, per semester or session, regulations or of graduate degree requirements, registration procedures, deadlines and the appeals and grievances, with supporting Academic calendar is found on the Academics materials, should be directed to the Graduate page of the UMES website. Dean for review and determination of applicable policy or procedure for the handling of the Developing a Program of Study exception/waiver, appeal or grievance.

Each graduate student is responsible Course Numbering System for understanding and complying with the rules and procedures of the UMES Graduate Course Designations School and all applicable departmental graduate program requirements, which govern individual programs of study. 000-009 Non-Credit Courses

Course selection for newly-admitted 100-199 Primarily First-year undergraduate courses graduate students, whether degree or non-degree seeking, begins with a contact with each 200-299 Primarily Sophomore student's assigned academic advisor, usually a undergraduate courses graduate faculty member in the departmental graduate program to which the student has been 300-399 Junior and Senior courses not admitted. Non-degree seeking students may acceptable for credit toward have a graduate faculty or program coordinator graduate degrees or the graduate dean as the advisor while they are in this status. Degree seeking students will 400-499 Junior and Senior courses obtain information from their advisors about acceptable for credit toward some graduate degrees specific degree or certificate requirements, recommendations on courses, etc. Some 500-599 Professional School courses graduate programs have handbooks, manuals, or (Dentistry, Law and Medicine) websites which explain degree program and post-baccalaureate courses requirements, department resources and forms not for graduate degree credit. used in evaluating student progress to degree, An exception is the joint applying for internships, etc. UMES/SU Master of Arts in Each degree-seeking student will Teaching programs. develop with the academic advisor the program of study and timetable for completion. For 600-898 Courses restricted to graduate students. Under certain information on the process and importance of conditions, seniors may take 600 advisement, students should consult the booklet, lower level courses with “Guidelines for Graduate Student Academic permission. Advisement”, on the Graduate School publications webpage. 799 Master's thesis credit

899 Doctoral dissertation credit

21

The first character of the numeric position determines the level of the course and Continuous Enrollment the last two digits are used for course identification. Courses ending with an 8 or 9 are Graduate programs may require a courses that are repeatable for credit. All non- continuous enrollment for admitted students into repeatable courses end in 0 through 7. the program during each semester of the academic year and/or session until the student Designation of Full and Part-time Graduate completes the degree requirements. The number Students of credit hours required per registration each semester or session may vary according to the In order to accurately reflect both course credit offerings and degree requirements involvement of graduate students in their of the program. In extenuating circumstances, programs of study/research and use of students may petition for an official leave of University resources in these programs, the absence from the program for up to one UMES Graduate School employs graduate units. academic year (two semesters). These graduate units, in turn, are utilized in making calculations to determine full- or part- Minimum Registration Requirements time student status in the administration of minimum registration requirements described All graduate students, at any level of below, and in responding to student requests for study and research, making any demand upon certification of full-time student status. The academic or support services of the university -- number of graduate units, per semester credit whether taking courses, using UMES facilities hour, is calculated in the following manner: (e.g., library, laboratories, computers, office space, housing, etc.), consulting with faculty Courses in the series: 000-399 carry 2 advisors, taking comprehensive examinations units/credit hour; and oral defenses, etc.-- must register for the number of graduate units which will, in a faculty Courses in the series: 400-499 carry 4 advisor's judgment, accurately reflect a student's units/credit hour; involvement with graduate study and use of university resources. In no case will registration Courses in the series: 500-599 carry 5 be for less than one credit. Minimum units/credit hour; registration may also be needed to comply with requirements for financial aid and deferments, Courses in the series: 600-898 carry 6 visa status, campus housing, health and car units/credit hour; insurance, etc.

Research course: 799 carries 12 Minimum Registration Requirements for units/credit hour; and Doctoral Candidates

Research course: 899 carries 12 Doctoral students who have been units/credit hour. advanced to candidacy must register each semester (see above section), until their degree To be certified as a full-time graduate is awarded. If the degree program is an student, an individual must be officially accelerated one, the Summer session is a registered for a combination of courses semester. equivalent to 48 units per semester. Graduate assistants, holding full time appointments, are Dissertation Research full-time students if they are registered for at least 24 units, in addition to their assistantship. Those who have not completed the Courses taken for Audit do not generate required number of credit hours of Dissertation graduate units and cannot be used in calculating Research (899) must register for a minimum of full- or part-time status. UMES reserves the one credit of dissertation research each semester. right to alter this system. Doctoral candidates whose demands

22

upon the University are greater than that for a 600 level or below graduate course. The represented by a minimum registration will be course(s) may later be counted for graduate expected to register for the number of graduate credit toward an advanced degree at UMES, if credits which reflect their use of UMES the student has been granted admission to the resources. UMES Graduate School within an academic year of completing the course, and subject to the Inter-Campus Enrollment (USM) admitted program’s approval in the student’s plan of study. A student admitted to a Graduate School The student’s total of undergraduate and on any campus of the University System of graduate courses must not exceed 15 credit Maryland (USM), is eligible to take courses on hours for the semester and 6 credit hours for the any other USM campus with approval of both Summer Session. Excess credits in the senior the academic advisor and administrators on the year cannot be used for graduate credit unless home as well as host campus. Credits earned on proper pre-arrangement is made. Seniors who a host campus are considered resident credits at wish to register for graduate credit should the home campus and meet all degree contact the UMES Graduate School for the form requirements. Transcripts of work taken at to be completed. another campus will be maintained on the home The maximum number of graduate campus, and fees will be paid to the home credits that can be earned under this mechanism campus. Forms for enrollment as an inter- will be six. The credits earned can be used only campus student may be obtained from the once, either for the undergraduate degree or Registrar and Graduate School offices on any toward an advanced degree at UMES (see first USM campus. Terms and conditions of USM paragraph of this subsection). Seniors who wish intercampus enrollment are given on the reverse to take a graduate course for undergraduate side of the USM form; students are responsible credit should consult the subsection below. to notify both the home and the host campus of intended changes in registration (add/drop, Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level withdrawal, etc.). Courses Inter-campus students anticipating enrollment in courses at UMES should have Subject to requirements and prior their forms received by the UMES Graduate approval of the graduate program offering the School no later than ten (10) school days prior to course, undergraduate students may register for the registration date set for each 600 level or below graduate level courses to semester/session. The Inter-campus enrollment receive undergraduate credit. process may not be acceptable to all USM A student seeking to use this option will campuses during the Winter or Summer sessions be in the senior year at UMES, have earned an as these sessions are self-supporting. accumulated grade point average of 3.0, have The UMES Policy on Graduate Student successfully completed with a grade of "B" or Concurrent Inter-Institutional Registration better any graduate course prerequisite, and be a (1992) and the Board of Regents Policy major in the appropriate or a closely-related Statement on the subject (1991) shall govern department. procedures and arrangements. Enrollment in a graduate level course for undergraduate credit does not, in any way, Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates imply subsequent departmental or UMES Graduate School approval for admission into a A senior, in the final semester at UMES, graduate program, nor may the course(s) be used who is within six credit hours of completing all as credit for a graduate degree within the requirements for an undergraduate degree, has a University System of Maryland. 3.0 cumulative GPA and completed any graduate course prerequisite with a grade of “B”, may, with approval of both the department/program offering the course (e.g., instructor, chair) and the Graduate Dean, register

23

Credit by Examination (Graduate and B. They must not have been used to meet Undergraduate) the requirements for any degree previously earned; A graduate student may obtain graduate credit by examination in courses (at the 400 or C. They must have been taken within the 500 level) previously identified for such credit time limits applicable to degrees by the appropriate department/program. As a awarded by the UMES Graduate School general rule, credit by examination is not (e.g. five years’-Master’s); available for courses at the 600, 700 or 800 levels. In the judgment of the UMES Graduate D. The department or program to which the Council, courses at these levels require a student has been admitted at UMES, continuing interaction between faculty and must certify that the courses are students to achieve the educational goals of appropriate and current to the degree advanced study. program the student is pursuing at Students may receive graduate credit by UMES; and examination only for courses for which they are otherwise eligible to receive graduate credit. The E. The student must have earned a grade of department or program in which the student is "B" or better in the courses offered for enrolled, may establish a limit on the number of transfer credit. graduate credits earned in this manner. Graduate students seeking credit by examination for A student-seeking acceptance of transfer graduate credit or for prerequisite undergraduate credit is advised to submit the necessary courses (100-300 series), must obtain the transcripts and certification of UMES consent of their advisor, the instructor currently department/program approval to the UMES responsible for the course, and the Graduate Graduate School as promptly as possible, for its Dean. Once each student begins the review and processing. examination, the grade earned will be recorded. Transfer grades earned at other than The fee for credit by examination is set per University System of Maryland campuses are course regardless of the number of credits or not factored into the computation of cumulative units to be earned (subject to change). The grade point averages at UMES nor do they credit by examination form is available in the appear on the transcript. Admissions and Registration office. Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be Transfer of Credit Accepted for Graduate Credit; the Winter Session A maximum of six semester hours of graduate level course credits, earned at Any course(s), workshop or seminar(s), regionally-accredited institutions prior to, or planned to take place in a span of time less than after matriculation in the UMES Graduate a normal academic semester or a winter/summer School, may be applied toward Master's degree session, and offering graduate credit to programs. Proportionately larger amounts of participants, must meet the following criteria: credit may be applied toward Doctoral degrees. Credit from foreign universities will be A. There must be 15 "contact hours" per evaluated, but, because of academic and graduate credit. procedural differences between foreign and U.S. regionally accredited institutions, may not in 1. Lectures: 1 contact hour per 50 minutes every case be acceptable for transfer on a quid lecture. pro quo basis. 2. Non-lecture contact (laboratory, work- All graduate study credits offered as shops, discussion and problem working transfer credit must meet the following criteria: sessions, etc.): 1 contact hour per 2 or 3 hour session; and A. They must have received graduate credit at the institution where earned;

24

B. Ordinarily, no more than three "contact Procedure for Canceling Registration hours" per day will be permitted (three (Withdrawal) for a Semester/Session "contact hours" are equivalent to 0.2 credits). Exceptions, such as intensive To cancel a registration for a given all day sessions, require the prior semester/session the office of Admissions and approval of the Graduate School. Registration withdrawal form is used. The canceling of registration is treated by that office During the short winter session, lecture, as a withdrawal from the university for the non-lecture and research credit courses are semester or session. limited to a maximum two hours of credit (the Cancellation of one's classes during the MAT program is excepted). All students, course of a semester/session is not meant to be regardless of program, may not take more than used as a means of avoiding poor grades. one course during this period. Minimum Grades for Graduate Students Course and Credit Changes A minimum grade point average of 3.0, A graduate student may change or “B”, on all graduate level courses taken for elections (i.e., drop or add a course, change credit is required for graduation with a graduate between audit and credit status, change number degree. Graduate students are required to meet of credits for a variable credit course within the all graduate program rules and regulations. The listed range, cancel registration or withdraw for graduate programs/departments may stipulate the semester/session) by obtaining the grade and other requirements more stringent appropriate approvals and observing published than those expected by the UMES Graduate deadlines and procedures of the offices of the School. Registrar and Academic Affairs and if the course/credits set up allows the change. Policy on Incomplete Grades

Procedures for Withdrawal from the The following policy on In-complete Graduate School/Program (“I”) Grades pertains to regular courses, not to the variable research credit courses available for Graduate students wishing to withdraw the different Master's programs (thesis, project, from a program may do so at any time. The etc.) and the doctoral dissertation. procedure for withdrawal is to submit a letter of The grade of "I" (Incomplete) is to be the withdrawal to the program coordinator or the given only to a graduate student whose work in a Graduate Dean. The letter will be reviewed and course(s) has been qualitatively satisfactory, and processed, and the necessary offices notified of when because of illness, or other circumstances the action. The requested date of resignation beyond his/her control, the graduate student has will be used as the effective date of withdrawal. been unable to complete the stated requirements Although students may withdraw during of the courses(s). In no case will the grade of "I" the course of a given semester/session, they be recorded for a graduate student who: remain liable for all fees and other obligations due UMES, and their academic records will (1) has not completed satisfactorily the reflect their standing at the time of withdrawal. major portion of the coursework; and/or Program withdrawal terminates a student’s admission. The act of withdrawal from a (2) wishes to improve his/her grade by program prohibits readmission to the same additional course work not offered to program, should the student wish to return to all students enrolled in the course. graduate study at a later time. In cases where an "I" grade is issued, the graduate student may not re-register for the course(s) until the "I" is removed by completing work outstanding and meeting all course requirements. Work must be completed by the

25

end of one year, or the "I" becomes "W" project, or research project. In these instances a (withdrawal). Before the end of the one year satisfactory (“S” grade) completion of the period, a student upon written petition to the required research credit hours satisfies only part Graduate School may request on extension of of the graduation requirements. A successful time if circumstances warrant further delay. thesis or dissertation defense and final approved An "I" cannot be removed by earning copy of the thesis or dissertation are essential for "credit by examination". the degree programs with the thesis option and When the graduate student receives the the dissertation requirement. A final written terminal grade, he/she may repeat the course as document and an oral presentation, both provided for any course where repeats are acceptable to the student’s advisor/advisory authorized. committee, are normally the requirements for Accelerated or intensive weekend master’s projects and research projects. graduate programs, because of the accelerated process of coursework and other degree Computation of Grade Point Average (GPA) requirements to meet a degree program completion within an abbreviated time frame, An "A" is calculated at 4 quality points, e.g., three years, have the option of using a six B at 3 quality points and C at 2 quality points. months time frame to facilitate the removal of The grades of D, F and I receive no quality incomplete grades in a timely manner. points. Courses taken with A to F letter grades will be used in calculating the grade point Grading Systems average. Students may request that prerequisite undergraduate course grades be excluded from The conventional A through F grading being computed in the cumulative grade point system is used in graduate level courses. average of their graduate record. A "Satisfactory or Failure" (S/F) grading system may be used, at the discretion of the Grade Change; Repeating of Courses; department or program, for certain types of Arbitrary and Capricious Grading graduate study. These include courses, which require independent work. Master’s project and A student may repeat any course where research projects may also be appropriate for repeats are authorized, in an effort to earn a such S-F grading systems. better grade. The later grade, whether higher or Thesis and dissertation research use the lower, will be used in computing the grade point S/F grading system (see the subsection below). average. While matriculated at UMES, a Courses labeled “Topics”, “Special Problems”, graduate student who earns a grade of “F” or “Seminar” “clinical,” Practicum, Internship may “D” in residence may not advance his/her credit use either the A to F or S/F grading system. hours earned toward a UMES degree by Only one grading system will normally repeating the course at another institution. be used for a single course in a particular Grades for graduate students remain as semester/session. The grading system will be part of each student's permanent record. In designated in the course data base by the addition to the repeating of courses, grades may department or program offering the course be changed only by the original instructor on a (excluding courses already specified for only certification, approved by both the department one grading system). chair and the Dean, that an actual mistake was made in determining or recording the grade, to Grading System for Research Credit Courses record a missing grade from the class roster or transcript, and to remove an incomplete grade. A grade of S/F should be used instead of The UMES procedures for Review of an “I” grade for 799, 899 and similar research Alleged Arbitrary and Capricious Grading credit courses (500 to 798 series), which are (1992) address and cover both graduate and offered/carried over or continued over semesters undergraduate students and will be used. or sessions, usually with variable credit hours, For Section C.2.a. of the procedures, in and whose objective is the long-term which the faculty composition or venue are not development of a thesis, dissertation, master’s workable, the Graduate Dean may appoint the

26

required tenured professor(s) from the graduate to graduate from a graduate degree program at faculty at-large to hear the case, which also may UMES. Prerequisite undergraduate courses may be heard outside the unit offering the course(s) be satisfied by credit by examination at UMES if in dispute. the graduate program allows it (see credit by examination subsection). Auditing of Graduate Courses Graduate students satisfying undergraduate numbered prerequisite courses A graduate student, regardless of must earn a letter grade of “C” or better in the program or status, may audit a graduate course course unless a graduate program/department with the written permission of the course stipulates a higher grade. A pass/fail option may instructor and the student’s advisor and subject not be used to satisfy prerequisite courses taken to the following restrictions. Courses which may at UMES. not be audited are 1) internships, 2) research credit courses such as 799 thesis and 899 Experimental Courses dissertation, the 699/798 master’s projects, and any other program’s research designated Students should confirm whether courses, and 3) any graduate course in the experimental courses may be elective courses graduate program with restricted enrollment for them or possible interim substitute core such as Physical Therapy, the Master of Arts in courses with the approval of the advisor and Teaching and intensive weekend programs. advisory committee as appropriate. Audited courses will appear on the student’s academic record as “AU” and may not Undergraduate and Graduate Combined be used to repeat a course for which credit has Instruction been previously earned. Audited courses do not earn credit, nor count as part of the credit hour In 400 or 400/600 level courses load, nor may be applied toward the approved to be applied toward a graduate degree requirements of a graduate degree. The regular program, which is combined undergraduate and tuition rate applies to audited courses. Once a graduate instruction, requirements for work course has been audited, it cannot be converted expected in the course for graduate students will to credit, except as below. be specified to reflect the level of complexity If students later find that an audited and specialization expected of graduate study. course they took is/will be a required course for the degree program in which they are The Academic Record (Transcript) matriculated, they must file a Petition for Waiver of Regulation to be considered to repeat A graduate student's academic record the course for credit. (transcript) is intended to serve as a complete history of that student's academic progress at Prerequisite Courses UMES. As such, it cannot be altered except in conformance with stated UMES Registrar and Prerequisite courses (e.g., 100 to 400 Graduate School policies (see grade change numbered undergraduate and selected 500 or section). Under no circumstances will the 600 numbered graduate) may be required to academic records be altered because of satisfy conditions of Provisional admission dissatisfaction with a grade (original or status or for preparation and understanding of repeated) or other academic accomplishment. advanced graduate level courses (500 or 600 and above numbering sequence). Prerequisite DEGREE REQUIREMENTS courses may be satisfied before or after matriculation in the University of Maryland Graduate School Requirements Applicable to Eastern Shore, but if after matriculation, must be all Master's Degree Programs completed within the first academic year of admittance. Prerequisite courses provide no The entire course of study undertaken graduate credit (if undergraduate numbered) and for any Master's degree must constitute a unified do not count toward the course credits required and coherent program, which is approved by the

27

student's advisor and, for some programs, the on the recommendation of the academic advisor program coordinator in the department. and the Graduate Program Coordinator. The A minimum of 30 semester hours, in Graduate School’s “Petition for Waiver of a courses acceptable for credit towards a graduate Regulation” form should be completed. degree, is required; in certain cases, six of the 30 semester hours must be thesis research credits. Minimum Residence Requirements; The graduate program must include at least 12 Continuous Enrollment hours of course work at the 600 level or higher. If the student is inadequately prepared for the A minimum residence for a degree required graduate courses, additional courses program is one calendar year of fulltime may be required, which may not be considered equivalent study (18 credit hours) taken on as part of the student's overall program of study campus or at an off campus site where the for the degree. Credits to be applied to a UMES program is offered. Fulltime students student's program for a Master's degree at may satisfy this requirement in one year, part- UMES cannot have been used to satisfy any time students in two years after enrollment. other previously earned Master’s degree. The graduate programs may require a continuous enrollment for admitted students into Grade Point Average (GPA) the program during each semester of the academic year and/or session until the student The student seeking any Master's degree completes the degree requirements. The number must maintain a grade point average of "B" or of credit hours required per registration each 3.0 over all courses taken for graduate credit. semester or session may vary according to the course credit offerings and degree requirements Time Limitation of the program.

All requirements for the Master's degree Comprehensive Examinations (applicable to must be completed within a five-year period. all Master’s and Doctoral Programs) This time limit also applies to any transfer work from other institutions to be included in a Graduate Programs have the option of student's overall program of study. holding qualifying examinations before students complete the thesis, non-thesis option, Leave of Absence; Extension of Time dissertation or doctoral research project. These Limitation Period examinations are often termed comprehensive examinations, and are usually composed of a In cases of unusual and/or compelling written and oral segment. Comprehensive reasons, a leave of absence for up to one examinations are usually given after a student academic year (two semesters) may be granted has satisfactorily completed the coursework in a to a matriculated graduate student by the program. The examinations test a student’s Graduate Dean, at the recommendation of the understanding of, and ability to integrate, academic advisor and the Graduate Program knowledge in his/her program of study. Because Coordinator. The Graduate School’s “Petition graduate programs vary in format [fixed for Waiver of a Regulation” form should be curriculum with few options to broad discretion completed. An approved leave of absence will in coursework in a concentration or stop the five-year time clock for Master’s specialization], the nature and content of students to complete their degree program (nine comprehensive examinations, if given, will vary years for doctoral students). by program. In cases of unusual and/or compelling The Graduate School’s minimum format for circumstances, an extension of the time conducting comprehensive examinations, limitation period for the degree may be whether taken individually or a group, is considered for a matriculated graduate student. 1. Graduate program coordinators will If granted, the extension will normally be for no have questions for comprehensive more than one academic year (two semesters). examinations from the faculty reflecting The extension is granted by the Graduate Dean

28

the curriculum and/ or students’ examination. If the student fails the program of study. second time, the admission status is 2. Students must apply to the program to terminated. take the comprehensive examination(s) In the program’s section of the graduate and be found eligible to do so. catalog or separate program handbook or 3. Comprehensive examinations are procedures’ guidelines, students will find the scheduled to be taken in a time block (a particulars of the comprehensive examination set time period, e.g., 6-8 hours duration). process for the program. Graduate programs 4. Students taking comprehensive may set more stringent requirements than the examinations are notified in advance of minimum set by the Graduate School. the examination date, location and time, and provided with information on Internships and Practicums proposed types of examination questions or categories of testable information Internships and/or practicums may be (samples may be on file in the program). required or optional for a program. Students 5. The written examination normally may elect an internship for practical work precedes an oral examination (if experience/training prior to completing the required), which is likewise to be thesis/non thesis option of a program, usually scheduled shortly after the written after all coursework has been completed. examination and in a specified time Students may need and elect an internship as the duration. preparation to seek initial, entry-level 6. Written comprehensive examinations certification in a profession. Practicums may be taken as a group must be monitored. identified as clinical or workplace and 7. Written comprehensive examinations occupation based. must be graded within a specified time If a program requires an internship or period (e.g., within 60 days), so the oral practicum as part of the curriculum and degree examination may be scheduled. completion, the program must assist the student 8. The written examination must be passed in arranging an internship or practicum before taking the oral examination (if appropriate to the program, specify the time the latter is required). period, the purpose and desired outcome(s) of 9. The graduate programs determine the the internship or practicum, arrange for the grading and voting policy for pass/fail supervision and grading of the internship or on the examination, which are stated in practicum, and set the format for approval of the their procedures’ guidelines for the internship or practicum (e.g., any proposal to comprehensive examinations. initiate and any final product such as a scholarly 10. Students and the Graduate School are paper or reports). notified of the comprehensive examinations results, written and oral, Scholarly Products and in the case of failure, the deficiencies in performance, specified in For non-thesis option graduate programs detail, that led to failure. and professional doctorates, scholarly products 11. Unethical actions in the written may consist of a major seminar or research comprehensive examination will invoke paper, a major or extensive research project, a action under the campus’ academic master’s project and a creative component paper. honesty policy. The graduate programs may set the format for 12. Comprehensive examination(s) may be the scholarly products of non-thesis option retaken only once in the event the programs and professional doctorates, any of student fails the initial examination in which products may also be accompanied by an whole or part (written and/or oral). The oral presentation in addition to a written version. second examination should be given no Theses and dissertations are scholarly products earlier than four months after the first for thesis-required master’s program and Ph.D. examination and no later than one and Ed.D. programs respectively. calendar year from the date of the initial

29

Scholarly products for required Additional Requirements internships may consist of a culminating paper or series of reports, oral presentations or some In addition to the preceding combination thereof as determined by the requirements, special requirements of the program to measure the student’s progress and different graduate programs may be imposed. outcome. For these special requirements, consult the The Graduate School receives a copy of specific graduate program listings in this scholarly products for assessment of student catalog. learning and quality of research or scholarship. The Graduate Dean approves the final official Graduate School Requirements for the thesis or dissertation to be bound for the Degrees of Master of Arts and Master of library’s collection Science

Co-Advisement of Student's Thesis Thesis Option

A Master's student may be equally and Course Requirements jointly advised by two Graduate Faculty members. The faculty members may be A minimum of 30 semester hours, Associate or Regular Members of the UMES including six hours of thesis research credit Graduate Faculty. For the Marine-Estuarine- (799), is required for the degrees of Master of Environmental Sciences program and the Arts and Master of Science. Of the 24 hours graduate programs in agriculture, graduate required in graduate courses, no less than 12 faculty at other USM campuses and specialists at must be earned in the major subject. No less other institutions may also be used; these than one-half of the total required course credits individuals acquire a special membership on the for the degree, or a minimum of 12, must be UMES Graduate Faculty or will have a USM selected from courses numbered 600 or above. Inter-Institutional (IIGF) Graduate Faculty Degree programs may stipulate course credit Membership. hours beyond the minimum.

Participation in Commencement Thesis Requirement

All requirements for graduation must be A thesis must be submitted for the completed before the graduate student is allowed Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees, to participate in Commencement exercises. To except for those programs in which a non-thesis be eligible, graduate students must have 1) option has been approved by the Graduate abided by the dates set forth in the Graduate School, in conformity with the policy of the School’s announcement on semester deadlines UMES Graduate Council. Approval of the thesis for graduation and marching in Commencement, is a responsibility of an examining committee pertaining to completion of, as applicable, appointed by the Graduate Dean, on the comprehensive examinations, seminar or recommendation of a student's advisor. The research papers or master’s and research advisor is the chairperson of the committee, and projects, and their oral presentations, or thesis or the remaining members of the committee are dissertation defenses; and in the case of theses or members of the Graduate Faculty who are dissertations, the submitted copies acceptable to familiar with the student's program of study and the Graduate School for binding; 2) research. A replacement committee member satisfactorily completed any other particular must be prior approved by the Graduate Dean. requirements of the graduate degree which they Directions for the preparation and are seeking; and 3) had processed on their behalf submission of theses will be found in the "Guide the Graduate School’s “Certification of to the Preparation of Theses and Dissertations" Completion of Master’s Degree” (or Doctoral available from the Graduate School. Degree) form by the designated signatories. Outstanding financial obligations must also have been satisfied.

30

Research Assurances identical with those for admission to any other Master's programs. The quality of work All faculty and student research and expected of each student is also identical to that scholarly activities conducted at UMES, expected in the thesis program. including student seminar or research papers, The general requirements for those on Master's and research projects and thesis and the non-thesis program are: a minimum of 30 dissertation research, and whether primary or semester credit hours in courses approved for secondary-derived research, must be conducted graduate credit with a minimum average grade in accordance with Board of Regents, USM, of "B" in all course work taken; a minimum of state and federal policies. For research involving 18 semester credit hours in courses numbered animals, human subjects, or materials that may 600 or above; in most cases the submission of a pose biological or chemical hazards, graduate major research project or seminar paper; students should seek information and guidance successful completion of a comprehensive final from the Office of Sponsored Programs. UMES examination, written or oral, or an oral defense; has established Internal Review Boards which practica/internships if required. meet periodically to review the aforementioned types of research protocols for compliance with Graduate School Requirements for the established standards and regulations, including Degree of Master of Arts in Teaching those established by Federal agencies (e.g., FDA, USDA, NIH). Graduate students may seek The Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT) guidance from the Graduate Dean and the degree requirements include: Director of the Sponsored Programs office about scholarly misconduct policies and issues, which A. A minimum of 39 credit hours of include plagiarism, improper credit citations, coursework with an overall grade point average falsification or manipulation of a study, sources of 3.0 or higher, and data, intellectual property (copyright/patent) B. Successful completion of a written and/or policy, among others. Scholarly misconduct oral comprehensive examination, a seminar violations are handled under the campus’s policy paper and internship, and on academic honesty and integrity. C. Adherence to the Research Assurances section of the graduate catalog as applicable. Oral Examination Graduate School Requirements for the See later section on “Established Degree of Master of Education Procedures for Conduct of the Master’s Thesis Examination” for specifics. The Master of Education (M.Ed.) degree Upon written approval of the Graduate requirements include: Dean, a graduate student in otherwise good standing, but lacking a maximum of two courses A. A minimum of 30 credit hours in course toward completely fulfilling the Master's course work with a grade point average of 3.0 ("B") or requirements, may be allowed to undergo the better, usually exclusive of internships and oral examination, only if the student will practicums. Grades for courses not a part of the complete the outstanding courses in the same program, but taken in graduate status, will be semester in which the oral examination is given. computed in the average; The duration of the examination is B. A minimum of 15-18 credit hours in courses normally about an hour, but it may be longer if numbered 600 to 800 series, with usually no necessary, to insure an adequate examination. more than 12 credit hours in the 400 series; C. A successful completion of a written and/or Non-Thesis Option oral comprehensive examination, a seminar paper by the end of the coursework and The requirements for Master of Arts and practicum and/or internship if required, and Master of Science degrees without thesis vary D. Adherence to the Research Assurances among the graduate programs in which this section of the graduate catalog as applicable. option is available. Standards for admission are

31

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to the responsibility of each student to submit an the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) and Doctor application for admission to candidacy when all of Education (Ed.D.) degrees the requirements for candidacy have been fulfilled, including regular admission status. The Credit Requirements application form is submitted to the program/department for action and forwarding The UMES Graduate School requires to the UMES Graduate School. The application that every student seeking the Ph.D. or Ed.D. form may be obtained from the UMES Graduate degree register for a minimum of 12 research School. credits. The number of research and other credit The time line for Admission to hours required in the individual degree programs Candidacy for doctoral programs designed as varies according to the program. full time, continuous enrollment programs per semester/session and with an accelerated course Residence Requirements scheduling format will typically be within the third year of the program to follow a three-year The equivalent of a minimum two years expected program completion. Students who of full-time coursework and completion of fall out of the continuous enrollment pattern comprehensive examinations typically meets the follow the above five-year rule for admission to residence requirements, whether taken on candidacy. campus or at an off campus site where the UMES degree program is offered. Coursework Time Limitation taken at other institutions, offered in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the Ph.D. or The student must complete the entire Ed.D. degree at UMES, must be submitted, with program for the degree, including the the recommendation of the UMES graduate dissertation and final defense, during a four-year program concerned, to the UMES Graduate period after admission to candidacy. Extensions School for approval within the first year of of time are granted only under the most unusual enrollment. Official transcripts of the work must circumstances. If students fail to complete all be filed in the UMES Graduate School. requirements within the time allotted and are in Doctoral programs which are full time, good academic standing, they must submit continuous enrollment of at least nine credit another application for admission to the UMES hours per semester and summer session and Graduate School and, if readmitted, another which follow an accelerated, intensive course application for Admission to Candidacy, after scheduling format, meet the minimum residence satisfying any program admission pre-requisites requirement. prior to the Admission to Candidacy. For leaves of absence, Ph.D. or Ed.D. Admission to Candidacy students follow the same policy as for master’s students (see Leave of Absence subsection under Preliminary or comprehensive Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all examinations, or other such substantial tests as Master’s Degree Programs). the programs may elect, internships and defense The time limit for required full time, of the dissertation proposal are typically continuous enrollment programs per semester prerequisites for admission to candidacy. The and session, with an accelerated course policy governing the number of times such scheduling format and with a three year examinations, internships or proposal defenses expected program completion design is three may be taken and the outcome for failure to pass years from matriculation. Students in this type of them is found in the subsections on program who take leave or need to extend the comprehensive examinations and internships in time to complete degree program requirements the Graduate School Requirements Applicable to may have the maximum time allotment as other All Master’s Degree Programs. doctoral programs. Students who take leaves and A student must be admitted to candidacy time extension may be subject to changed for the Doctorate within five-years after curriculum and other requirements implemented admission to the Ph.D. or Ed.D. program. It is during their absence.

32

Internship program and the accelerated weekend doctoral programs). For the MEES and weekend doctoral For programs which require an programs, faculty at USM campuses and other internship, see the subsection on internships in universities, and specialists and practitioners at the Graduate School Requirements Applicable to other institutions may also be used; these All Master’s Degree Programs. individuals acquire a special membership on the UMES Graduate Faculty or will have a USM Dissertation Inter-Institutional Graduate Faculty Membership. The ability to undertake independent research and provide sufficient evidence of Publication of the Dissertation scholarship is demonstrated by submission of an original dissertation, required of all candidates If a student wishes to publish all, or a for a Ph.D. or Ed.D. degree. The topic of the portion, of the dissertation prior to its defense dissertation must be approved by the candidate's and approval by the UMES dissertation program committee. The subsection on examining committee, he/she must first seek the "Research Assurances", listed under the approval of the Graduate Dean by submitting a Graduate School Requirements for the Master of letter endorsed by the dissertation advisor, which Arts/Science Thesis option, is applicable to presents the case for early publication. dissertation research. Candidates are advised to check whether their proposed research will be Final Defense subject to a prior approval process by a UMES internal review board. The final oral defense of the dissertation Approval of the dissertation is a is a requirement in partial fulfillment of the responsibility of an examining committee Ph.D. or Ed.D. degree. appointed by the Graduate Dean, on the One or more members of the recommendation of a student’s advisor. The dissertation examining committee may be advisor is the chair person of the committee, and persons from other institutions, including USM the remaining members of the committee are campuses, who hold the doctorate and who are members of the Graduate Facility who are distinguished scholars or specialists and familiar with the student’s program of study and experiential leaders in the field of the research. A replacement committee member dissertation. must be prior approved by the Graduate Dean. One member of the committee, During preparation of the dissertation, designated as the Graduate Dean's all candidates for the Ph.D. or Ed.D. degree representative, besides having the usual must register for the prescribed number of responsibility of a faculty examiner, has the semester hours of Doctoral Dissertation additional responsibility of assuring that the Research (899) at UMES. A minimum of 12 examination is conducted according to semester hours of 899 credits is required. established procedures. Any disagreement over Directions for the preparation and the examination procedures is referred to the submission of dissertations will be found in the Graduate Dean's representative for decision. Graduate School manual for theses and For the intensive weekend programs the dissertations, which may be obtained from the Graduate Dean’s representative may be a UMES Graduate School. separate member and appointed by the Graduate Dean to also serve as co-advisor of the student’s Co-Advisement of Student's Dissertation dissertation process. The student is responsible for A Doctoral student may be equally and distributing a complete copy of the dissertation jointly advised by two Graduate Faculty to each member of the committee at least ten members. The faculty members must be working days before the defense. Regular Members of the UMES Graduate See the section below on the Established Faculty (the exceptions are the Marine- Procedures for Conduct of the Doctoral Estuarine-Environmental Sciences (MEES) Dissertation Defense.

33

Accelerated Doctoral Programs project in written form and an oral presentation on the project. Accelerated or intensive doctoral programs, typically the weekend model, may Residence Requirements develop and use a separate manual to describe the format, process and conduct of the Since the Doctor of Physical Therapy coursework, comprehensive examinations, degree is a full time continuous enrollment internship, dissertation proposal and the defense, program leading to an expected degree retention and completion of degree program completion in three years following requirements, so long as the Graduate Dean matriculation, the residence requirement is approves the content of these manual(s). satisfied. The Graduate Dean approves the membership of the Research Advisory Time Limitation Committee before it begins to advise and guide the student on the dissertation process and While the expected degree completion approves any replacement member. for the Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) degree is three years of full time study and Participation in Commencement Exercises research following matriculation, under extenuating circumstances DPT students may See the subsection by the same title seek leaves of absences and extensions of time under the Graduate School Requirements as the Department of Physical Therapy will Applicable to All Master’s Degree Programs. allow. Leaves of absences and extensions of Doctoral students abide by the same policy. time follow the same policy as for master’s students (see leave of absence subsection under Additional Requirements Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Master’s Degree Programs). Students who take In addition to the preceding leaves and time extensions may be subject to requirements, special requirements of the changed curriculum and other requirements different graduate programs may be imposed. implemented during their absences. For these special requirements, consult the specific graduate program listings in this Research and Research Project catalog. The Graduate School policies on Graduate School Requirements For The Research Assurances, Internships and Degree Of Doctor Of Physical Therapy Practicums and scholarly products apply to the DPT program. Credit and General Program Requirements Admission to Candidacy The Professional Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) degree requirements include four The Graduate School policy on major areas of learning and an extensive admission to candidacy for other doctoral research project: programs applies to the DPT program except A. 98 semester hours of didactic course that the admission should normally take place work as specified in the program; within the third year of the program. Students B. 18 semester hours of clinical who fall out of the DPT continuous enrollment education experience; pattern follow the five-year rule for Admission C. 6 semester hours of independent to Candidacy. study/elective courses in specialty areas; Participation in Commencement Exercises D. 11 semester hours in critical inquiry/research; and The Graduate School policy applicable E. Successful completion and to other graduate programs applies to the DPT submission of an extensive research program.

34

********************************* 3. Nomination of the Thesis Examining ESTABLISHED PROCEDURES FOR Committee. Membership on a Thesis CONDUCT OF THE MASTER’S Examining Committee requires nomination by THESIS EXAMINATION the student’s advisor, concurrence (if required) by the graduate program coordinator in the A. Establishment of the Thesis student’s graduate program, and approval by the Examining Committee. The Thesis Dean of Graduate Studies who appoints the Examining Committee is appointed by the Dean committee. The nomination of a Thesis of Graduate Studies, in accordance with the Examining Committee should be provided to the policies listed below. Graduate School at least three weeks before the date of the expected thesis examination. The 1. Eligibility. A student is eligible to be thesis examination cannot be held until the examined on a thesis if the student (a) has met Graduate School approves the composition of the graduate program requirements for a thesis the Thesis Examining Committee. examination including a properly formed advisory committee and approved thesis topic, 4. Research Assurances. If the thesis (b) is in good standing as a graduate student at research involves the use of vertebrate animals, the University and has regular admission status, animal use protocols must be approved by the (c) is registered for at least one credit, (d) has a campus Animal Care and Use Committee. If the valid Graduate School - approved Thesis thesis research involves human subjects, the Examining Committee, (e) has a 3.0 grade point research must be approved by the campus average in the graduate program in which the Institutional Review Board. If the thesis student is enrolled, and (f) if this is the second research involves hazardous materials, either examination, the examination has been approved biological or chemical, or recombinant by the Graduate School. The final oral RNA/DNA, the research must be approved by examination shall be held when the student has the appropriate University committee. These completed the thesis to the satisfaction of the research assurances must be approved prior to student’s advisor. However, a thesis draft the initiation of any thesis-related research, and which is not presented in the standard thesis the approvals must be provided to the Graduate format, or the research and conclusions are School at the time the student submits the incomplete, shall not be considered completed Nomination of Examining Committee form. by the Graduate School for purposes of the The UMES Office of Sponsored Programs is the student’s eligibility to be examined on the thesis. contact office for guidance on and the processing of research assurances. 2. Thesis Examining Committee Membership. The Committee must consist of a 5. Chair. Each Thesis Examining minimum of three members, at least two of Committee will have as chair the student whom must be Regular or Associate Members of advisor, who must be a Regular or Associate the UMES Graduate Faculty and at least one Member of the Graduate Faculty. Thesis must be a full-time faculty in a UMES academic Examining Committees may be co-chaired, if (a) department. Additional Committee members co-advisement was approved at the time of the may be invited to serve at the discretion of the student’s admission to Graduate School, or if (b) program. Each member of the Thesis upon written recommendation of the student’s Examining Committee must be a member of the advisor, concurrence (if required) of the UMES Graduate Faculty; whether in a Regular, graduate program coordinator, and with Associate or Special Member category, or an approval of the Dean of Graduate Studies; at approved Inter-Institutional Graduate Faculty least one of the co-chairs must be a Regular or (IIGF) Member. An IIGF member may serve as Associate Member of the UMES Graduate chair of the committee. The Committee is Faculty. usually composed of the original program of study/research advisory committee for the 6. Special Members. Individuals who student. have been approved for Special Membership in

35

the UMES Graduate Faculty may be nominated composition of the Thesis Examining to serve on Thesis Examining Committees. Committee be required, the change must be However, these individuals must be in addition approved by the Dean of Graduate Studies in to the required two Regular or Associate consultation with the graduate program Members of the UMES Graduate Faculty (see coordinator (if required) and the chair of the A-2 above). student’s Thesis Examining Committee.

7. Service of Former UMES Faculty 4. Location of the Examination. Oral Members. Graduate Faculty who terminate examinations of theses must be held in employment at UMES (and who do not have University facilities that are readily accessible to emeritus status) retain their status as members of all members of the Thesis Examining the Graduate Faculty for a twelve-month period Committee and others attending the following their termination. Thus, they may examination. The chair of the Thesis Examining serve as members and chairs of Thesis Committee selects the time and place for the Examining Committees during this twelve- examination, notifies the other members of the month period if they are otherwise eligible. Committee and the candidate, and releases the After that time, they may no longer serve as public notice of the examination. Under special chairs of Thesis Examining Committees, circumstances as approved by the Dean of although, if granted the status of Special Graduate Studies, and if it can be logistically Members of the Graduate Faculty, they may arranged, the interactive video network or other serve as co-chairs (see A-5, above). acceptable electronic medium may be used to Professor Emeriti and Associate accommodate an off-site committee member. In Professor Emeriti of UMES may serve or chair this case, the committee member must follow up Thesis Examining Committees provided they with a written recommendation to the committee were Regular or Associate Members of the chair. Graduate Faculty at the time of retirement. 5. Invalidation of the Examination. The B. Procedures for the Oral Examination: Dean of Graduate Studies may void any examination not carried out in accordance with 1. Oral Examination Requirement. Each the procedures and policies of the Graduate master’s thesis student is required to defend School. In addition, upon the written orally his or her master’s thesis as a requirement recommendation of the Thesis Examining in partial fulfillment of the master’s degree.(An Committee or any member thereof, and upon additional comprehensive written examination consultation with the committee chair, the Dean may also be required at the option of the of Graduate Studies may rule an oral program). examination to be null and void.

2. Committee Preparation. The members 6. Conclusion of the Examination. After of the Thesis Examining Committee should the oral examination of the student, the Thesis receive the thesis ten working days before the Examining Committee discusses in closed scheduled examination. Should the Thesis session whether or not the thesis (including its Examining Committee deem it reasonable and examination) has been satisfactory. The appropriate, it may require submission of the Committee has the following alternatives: thesis more than ten working days in advance of the examination. a. To accept the thesis without any recommended changes and sign the 3. Attendance at the Examination. Oral Report of Examining Committee. examinations must be attended by all members b. To accept the thesis with of the student’s officially established Thesis recommendations for changes, and, Examining Committee as approved by the Dean except for the chair, sign the Report of of Graduate Studies. All examinations must be Examining Committee. The chair will open to UMES Graduate Faculty and the campus check the thesis and, upon his/her community. Should a last minute change in the

36

approval, sign the Report of Examining School, are to be submitted to the Graduate Committee. School after final approval of the thesis by the c. To recommend revisions to the thesis Thesis Examining Committee. Additional and not sign the Report of Examining copies may be required by individual programs. Committee until the student has made See the UMES Guide to the Preparation of the changes and submitted the revised Theses and Dissertations for the details of this thesis for the Thesis Examining process. The final approved copies must be Committee’s approval. The Thesis submitted to the Graduate School within three Examining Committee members sign months of the oral examination for outcomes 6a the Report of Examining Committee if and 6b above, and within six months for they approve the revised thesis. outcomes 6c and 6d above. The oral d. To recommend revisions and convene a examination may be invalidated and the student second meeting of the Thesis Examining required to defend the thesis for a second time Committee to review the thesis and should these deadlines be missed, except in complete the student’s examination. extraordinary circumstances acceptable to the e. To rule the thesis (including its graduate dean. examination) unsatisfactory, and there- fore, the student fails. ************************************

Following the examination, the chair ESTABLISHED PROCEDURES FOR must inform the student of the outcome of the CONDUCT OF THE DOCTORAL examination, which of the above alternatives has DISSERTATION DEFENSE been adopted, and if other than alternatives a or e, an expected time period in which the process A. Establishment of the Dissertation is to be completed. Examining Committee. The Dissertation Examining Committee is appointed by the Dean 7. Passage or Failure. The student passes of Graduate Studies, in accordance with the if all members of the Thesis Examining policies listed below. Committee accept the thesis (including its examination) as satisfactory. One or more 1. Eligibility. A student is eligible to negative votes constitute a failure of the defend a dissertation if the student (a) has candidate to meet the thesis requirement. In advanced to doctoral candidacy, (b) has met the cases of failure, the Thesis Examining graduate program requirements for a dissertation Committee must specify in detail and in writing defense, (c) is in good standing as a graduate the nature of the deficiencies in the thesis and/or student at the University, with a 3.0 Cumulative the oral performance that led to failure. This Grade Point Average, (d) is registered for at statement is to be submitted to the graduate least one credit (as applicable; refer to the program coordinator, the Dean of Graduate Graduate Catalog sub-sections on Minimum Studies and the student. A second examination Registration Requirements for Doctoral may be permitted if the student will be in good Candidates and Dissertation Research); (e) has a standing at the time of the proposed second valid Graduate School-approved Dissertation examination. A second examination requires Examining Committee, and (f) if this is the the approval of the graduate program second defense, the defense has been approved coordinator and the Dean of Graduate Studies. by the Graduate School. The defense shall be If the student fails this second examination, or if held when the student has completed the a second examination is not permitted, the dissertation to the satisfaction of the student’s student’s admission to the graduate program is advisor. However, a dissertation draft which is terminated. Any disagreements on the thesis are not presented in the standard dissertation format, referred to the Dean of Graduate Studies for or for which the research and conclusions are resolution. incomplete, shall not be considered complete by the Graduate School for purposes of the C. Submission of the Thesis. Two copies of student’s eligibility to defend the dissertation. the thesis, in a format approved by the Graduate

37

2. The dissertation. The ability to do approved by the campus Animal Care and Use independent research and provide sufficient Committee. If the dissertation research involves evidence of scholarship must be demonstrated human subjects, the research must be approved by an original dissertation on a topic approved by the campus Institutional Review Board. If by the candidate’s program committee. For the dissertation research involves hazardous publication of the dissertation prior to its materials, either biological or chemical, or defense, refer to the Graduate Catalog recombinant RNA/DNA, the research must be subsection on this subject. approved by the appropriate University committee. These research assurances must be 3. Dissertation Examining Committee approved prior to the initiation of any Membership. The Committee must consist of a dissertation-related research, and the approvals minimum of five voting members, at least three must be provided to the Graduate School at the of whom must be Regular Members of the time the student submits the Nomination of UMES Graduate Faculty and at least two must Examining Committee form. The UMES office be full-time faculty in a UMES academic of Sponsored Programs is the contact office for department. At least one of the five must be a guidance on and the processing of research Regular Member of the Graduate Faculty in a assurances. department or graduate program at UMES external to the one in which the student is 6. Chair. Each Dissertation Examining seeking the degree. Additional Committee Committee will have a chair (usually the advisor members may be required or invited to serve at or major professor), who must be a Regular the discretion of the program. Each member of Member of the Graduate Faculty or, by special the Dissertation Examining Committee must be permission, has been otherwise appointed by the a member of the UMES Graduate Faculty; Dean of Graduate Studies. Dissertation whether in a Regular, Associate, or Special Examining Committees may be co-chaired, if (a) Member category, or an approved University co-advisement was approved at the time of the System of Maryland Inter-Institutional Graduate student’s admission to Graduate School or upon Faculty (IIGF) member. An IIGF member may (b) written recommendation of the student’s serve as chair of the committee. adviser, concurrence of the graduate program coordinator (if required), and with the approval 4. Nomination of the Dissertation Examining of the Dean of Graduate Studies; at least one of Committee. Membership on a Dissertation the co-chairs must be a Regular Member of the Examining Committee requires nomination by UMES Graduate Faculty for the Marine- the student’s advisor, the concurrence (if Estuarine-Environmental Sciences (MEES) required) by the graduate program coordinator in program. the student’s graduate program, and approval by the Dean of Graduate Studies who appoints the 7. Representative of the Dean of the Graduate committee. The nomination of a Dissertation Studies. Each Dissertation Examining Examining Committee should be provided to the Committee shall have appointed to it a Graduate School at least three weeks before the representative of the Dean of Graduate Studies date of the expected dissertation defense. The to observe the process. The Dean’s dissertation defense cannot be held until the Representative should have some background or Graduate School approves the composition of interest related to the student’s research. The the Dissertation Examining Committee. In case Dean’s Representative must be a Regular of any unavoidable circumstances, a committee Member of the UMES Graduate Faculty and member can be substituted by another graduate from a department or graduate program other faculty member at the request of the Committee than the student’s home department. The Dean’s Chair and approval by the Dean of Graduate Representative is normally one of the five voting Studies. members of the student’s committee, unless circumstances warrant that the Dean’s 5. Research Assurances. If the Representative be an external appointee, and in dissertation research involves the use of these instances, a non-voting member of the vertebrate animals, animal use protocols must be committee.

38

8. Special Members. Individuals who have Dean of Graduate Studies. All defenses been approved for Special Membership in the must be open to UMES Graduate Faculty UMES Graduate Faculty may be nominated to and the campus community. Should a last- serve on Dissertation Examining Committees. minute change in the constitution of the However, these individuals must be in addition Dissertation Examining Committee be to the required three Regular Members of the required, the change must be approved by UMES graduate faculty (see A-3, above). the Dean of Graduate Studies in consultation with the graduate program coordinator (if 9. Service of former UMES faculty members. required) and the chair of the student’s Graduate Faculty who terminate employment at Dissertation Examining Committee. UMES (and who do not have emeritus status) retain their status as members of the Graduate 4. Location of the defense. Oral defenses Faculty for a twelve-month period following must be held in University facilities that are their termination. Thus, they may serve as readily accessible to all members of the members and chairs (but not as Dean’s Dissertation Examining Committee and Representatives) of Dissertation Examining others attending the defense. The chair of Committees during this twelve-month period if the Dissertation Examining Committee they are otherwise eligible. After that time, they selects the time and place for the may no longer serve as chairs of Dissertation examination, notifies the other members of Examining Committees, although, if granted the the Committee and the candidate, and status of Special Members of the Graduate releases the public notice of the defense. Faculty, they may serve as co-chairs (see A- 6, Under special circumstances as approved by above). Professors Emeriti and Associate the Dean of Graduate Studies, and if it can Professors Emeriti may serve on Dissertation be logistically arranged, the interactive Examining Committees provided they were video network or other acceptable electronic Regular or Associate Members of the UMES medium may be used to accommodate an Graduate Faculty at the time of retirement; off-site committee member. In this case, the unless granted special permission by the committee member must follow up with a Graduate Dean, only those with Regular written recommendation to the committee Membership in the Graduate Faculty can chair chair. Dissertation Examining Committees or serve as the Dean’s Representative. 5. Notice. Notice of the doctoral defense must be publicized in the student’s graduate B. Procedures for the Oral Defense: program/department at least five working 1. Oral defense requirement. Each doctoral days prior to the defense. candidate is required to defend orally his or her doctoral dissertation as a requirement in 6. The Dean’s Representative. The partial fulfillment of the doctoral degree. responsibilities of the Dean’s Representative include the following: to ensure that the 2. Committee preparation. The members of procedures of the oral defense are in the Dissertation Examining Committee compliance with those of the Graduate should receive the dissertation at least ten School and to report to the Dean of working days before the scheduled defense. Graduate Studies any unusual problems Should the Dissertation Examining experienced in the conduct of the defense. Committee deem it reasonable and The Dean’s Representative must be appropriate, it may require submission of the identified at the beginning of the defense. dissertation more than ten working days in advance of the defense. 7. Invalidation of the defense. The Dean of Graduate Studies may void any defense not 3. Attendance at the defense. Oral defenses carried out in accordance with the must be attended by all members of the procedures and policies of the Graduate student’s officially established Dissertation School. In addition, upon recommendation Examining Committee as approved by the

39

of the Dean’s Representative, the Dean may dissertation and complete the student’s rule an oral defense to be null and void. defense. e. To rule the dissertation (including its 8. Student presentation. The student is defense) unsatisfactory, and therefore, the permitted to briefly present a summary of student fails. the dissertation, emphasizing the important results and giving an explanation of the Following the defense, the chair, in the presence reasoning that led to the conclusions of the Dean’s Representative, must inform the reached. The floor will then be open for student of the outcome of the defense, which of questioning. This presentation is open to the the above alternatives has been adopted, and if public. other than alternatives a or e, an expected time period in which the process is to be completed. 9. Opportunity for questioning by members of the Dissertation Examining Committee. 11. Passage or failure. The student passes if The chair invites questions in turn from each one member refuses to sign the Report, but member of the Dissertation Examining the other members of the Dissertation Committee. The questioning may continue Examining Committee agree to sign, before as long as the Dissertation Examining or after the approval of recommended Committee feels that it is necessary and changes. Two or more negative votes reasonable for the proper examination of the constitute a failure of the candidate to meet student. This portion of the defense is held the dissertation requirement. In cases of in closed session. failure, the Dissertation Examining Committee must specify in detail and in 10. Conclusion of the defense. After writing the nature of the deficiencies in the questioning of the student has been dissertation and/or the oral performance completed, the Dissertation Examining that led to failure. This statement is to be Committee discusses in closed session submitted to the graduate program whether or not the dissertation (including its coordinator, the Dean of Graduate Studies defense) has been satisfactory. The and the student. A second defense may be Committee has the following alternatives: permitted if the student will be in good standing at the time of the proposed second a. To accept the dissertation without any defense. The time limits for the second recommended changes and sign the Report defense to take place are no less than six of Examining Committee. months and no later than twelve months b. To accept the dissertation with after the first defense. A second defense recommendations for changes, and, except requires the approval of the student’s for the chair, sign the Report of Examining advisor, the graduate program coordinator Committee. The chair will check the (if required) and the Dean of Graduate dissertation and, upon his/her approval, Studies. If the student fails this second sign the Report of Examining Committee. defense, or if a second defense is not c. To recommend revisions to the permitted, the student’s admission to the dissertation and not sign the Report of graduate program is terminated. Any Examining Committee until the student has disagreements on the dissertation are made the changes and submitted the revised referred to the Dean of Graduate Studies for dissertation for the Dissertation Examining resolution. Committee’s approval. The Dissertation Examining Committee members sign the Report of Examining Committee if they approve the revised dissertation. d. To recommend revisions and convene a second meeting of the Dissertation Examining Committee to review the

40

C. Submission of the Dissertation. Two COMMENCEMENT copies of the dissertation, in a format approved by the Graduate School, are to be Application for Degree (diploma) must submitted to the Graduate School after final be filed with the Office of Admissions and approval of the dissertation by the Registration according to deadlines set by that Dissertation Examining Committee. office. If, for any reason, students do not Additional copies may be required by complete the requirements for graduation in the individual programs. See the UMES Guide semester for which they have applied for the to the Preparation of Theses and diploma, they must reapply for it. Dissertations for the details of this process. Academic regalia are required of all The final approved copies must be candidates at commencement exercises. Those submitted to the Graduate School within who so desire may purchase or rent caps and three months of the oral defense for gowns at the campus Follett Higher Education outcomes 6a and 6b above, and up to Group Bookstore. Orders must be filed twelve months for outcomes 6c and 6d approximately thirteen weeks before the date of above so long as the deadline for outcomes commencement, but may be cancelled later if 6c and 6d is within the four year period students find themselves unable to complete the after admission to candidacy for completion requirements for the degree. Students should of the degree program. The oral defense consult the Bookstore on the exact dates for may be invalidated and the student required filing orders and for cancellation of orders. to defend the dissertation for a second time should these deadlines be missed, except in INSTITUTIONAL POLICIES extraordinary circumstances acceptable to GOVERNING STUDENTS the graduate dean. Graduate students are subject to State, OTHER GRADUATE SCHOOL POLICY University System and Campus policies governing employees, students and visitors to Petition for Waiver or Partial Waiver of a the campus. By their acceptance of admission Regulation and matriculation at UMES, students indicate their willingness to comply with these policies. All policies of the UMES Graduate These policies address such topics as smoking, School have been formulated by the UMES use of alcoholic beverages, drug abuse, non- Graduate Council, the governing body of the discrimination, sexual harassment, handicapped graduate school, with the goal of ensuring access, vehicular traffic laws, registration and academic quality. These policies must be parking, theft or damage to University property, equitably and uniformly enforced for all and federal regulations and compliance graduate students. Nevertheless, circumstances governing research and financial occasionally occur which warrant individual assistance/funding. consideration. Therefore, if a graduate student Students should familiarize themselves with believes that there are compelling reasons for a the above policies. Also particularly relevant are specific regulation to be waived or modified, the the University System of Maryland "Policy on student should submit the Graduate School’s Faculty, Student and Institutional Rights and Petition form, explaining the facts and issues, Responsibilities for Academic Integrity," and the which bear on the case. In all instances, the UMES Policy and Procedures on the Disclosures Petition must be reviewed by the academic ad- of Student Records (1992), which complies with visor and the graduate program coordinator, and the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act. if the Petition involves a course, by the course Students should direct specific inquiries and instructor. If these officials recommend problems to the appropriate campus office. approval, the Petition is then forwarded to the Consult the annually issued UMES Graduate Dean for final review and action. Student Handbook, which is a guide to all aforementioned university policies and academic/administrative policies and procedures applicable to undergraduate and graduate

41

students (where policies and procedures are personal and academic, often overlap and different for graduate students these are found in intertwine. the Graduate Catalog). University services and Additionally, Counselors provide activities are also found in the handbook. outreach and consultation for the University The student code of conduct policy community. Workshops, class presentations, (latest issue of the UMES student judicial and residence hall programs are some of the manual) applies to graduate students. examples of outreach services that may be requested. SELECTED STUDENT SERVICES All records and information are AVAILABLE TO GRADUATE STUDENTS confidential according to professional and ethical guidelines. Counseling records are not HEALTH CENTER made available to anyone without the expressed written consent of the student. Services are The Charles R. Drew Student Health provided at no cost to all currently enrolled Center is primarily charged with aiding students students at UMES. in maintaining their physical well being, so that they may pursue their studies as effectively as STUDENT SERVICES CENTER possible. Students are required to provide proof of up-to-date immunizations prior to The Student Services Center (SSC) matriculation. Health insurance is highly offers facilities and offices for registered student recommended. Plans to make health insurance organizations at UMES. The SSC and the Office available to students through the university are of Student Activities offer cultural, recreational currently being studied. Students may obtain and educational programs, events and activities additional information by contacting the Health for students, faculty and staff, as part of co- Center. The Student Health Center is open curricular program offerings. The office also Monday through Friday from 8:00 am to 5:00 provides events management planning services pm. For emergencies after hours, students may for the university community. seek assistance from the Office of Public Safety The Student Services Center houses: a) or the Residence Life staff. For additional the Career Services; b) Bookstore; c) Game, information, contact the Health Center at 410- Bowling and Billiards area; d) Dining Services; 651-6597, or the office of Student Affairs. e) Theatre; f) Automatic Bank Machine; g) the Hawk Center; h) Campus Post Office; i) UNIVERSITY COUNSELING SERVICES Lounges; j) the Student Government Association; k) Counseling Services; l) Student The Counseling Services unit provides Affairs; and m) International Student Programs. individual, group, and couples’ counseling for all students. Counseling is a collaborative CAREER SERVICES OFFICE process between the counselor and the student, which involves the development of a helping The Office of Career Services assists relationship. Counseling provides a safe non- graduate and undergraduate students as well as threatening atmosphere where students may seek alumni with all aspects of career development. counseling and related services for a wide range The staff provides individualized career of concerns. All the services exist to increase counseling, which involves the beginning stages self-awareness, understanding and problem of career development, career assessment, solving skills that are essential in everyone’s gathering of occupational information and the life. Counseling can assist students in utilization of computerized career guidance effectively confronting and coping with programs. Emphasis is also placed on the uncertainty and conflict. The Counseling preparation of resumes, interviewing techniques Services at UMES subscribes to a personal and other job search strategies. growth and wellness model. The wellness model The office maintains a computerized job is holistic in nature since various aspects of listing of current employment, employment one’s life, including the intellectual, social, directories and lists of prospective employers and many other career related resources.

42

Referrals and on-campus interview services are GRADUATE RESEARCH AND also available to students and alumni registered INSTRUCTION RESOURCES with the office. The office also supplies information about internships, summer jobs and THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY SERVICES also programming for graduate/scholarship preparation and assistance. The Frederick Douglass Library houses The office provides information about a multiplicity of print and non-print resources to testing for the Graduate Record Examinations support the mission and academic programs of (GRE), the Law School Admission Test the university. The collection includes 204,902 (LSAT), the Professional Assessments for volumes, 637 current periodical subscriptions, Beginning Teachers (PRAXIS) and the College 48,000 bound periodicals and over a half million Level Examination Program (CLEP). microfiche and microfilm collections. As a All students are strongly encouraged to member of USMAI (University System of register with the office prior to graduation in Maryland and Affiliated Institutions) order to establish a Credential Portfolio file and consortium, the library is affiliated with the to become eligible for the services provided by University’s eleven campuses and thirteen the office of Career Services. libraries for the purpose of sharing library The Career Services office also resources. The integrated, comprehensive administers the Cooperative Education program, library system, ALEPH, makes it possible for which has opportunities for graduate students. patrons to have 24/7 access to USMAI library Interested students should contact the office for collections and electronic resources. These details. collections and resources include the library catalog and over 168 research databases often DISABILITIES SERVICES CENTER including full text journals, books and newspapers. Students with learning or physical The library offers a library instruction disabilities should consult the office of Services program on three levels to support the for Students with Disabilities. university’s curriculum and the research needs of the students, faculty and staff. They are the ACADEMIC SUPPORT SERVICES following: 1. Library Orientation is the most basic Consult the Academic Support Services session that includes an introduction to a office for Assistance with writing skills. multidisciplinary database such as Academic Search Premier, the online catalog, a tour of ATHLETIC CENTER the library and available library services. 2. Subject Orientation is topic related The William P. Hytche Athletic Center instruction, which consists of database includes an Olympic-size swimming pool, demonstrations related to the subject and an NCAA regulation indoor track, state-of-the-art overview of specialized reference resources. exercise and fitness center, racquetball courts, 3. Professional and Research is dance studio, multi-sports arena, and academic instruction designed for graduate and faculty classrooms. level research. Of particular interest are the databases, Digital Dissertations and ERIC. COMPUTING RESOURCES Instruction can be given for any level at the request of the faculty and or student. There are over sixteen computer A very competent staff is also available departmental laboratories located in ten to assist with information needs. The library’s buildings on campus. Additionally there is the website www.fdl.umes.edu may be visited for Waters Hall computing center which has five additional information on resources and computer laboratories, one of which is dedicated services. for graduate student use. The Waters Hall facility is open evenings and weekends.

43

SPECIAL RESEARCH RESOURCES provides research opportunities for UMES faculty and graduate students. The UMES campus is within a 2 ½ hour The University of Maryland is among a drive of one of the greatest concentrations of select group of U.S. universities and colleges to research facilities and intellectual talent in the have attained the U.S. Department of nation in the Washington, D.C. – Baltimore- Commerce’s designation as a Sea Grant College. Northern Virginia corridor. Libraries and The Maryland Sea Grant college, housed at the laboratories, serving virtually every academic College Park campus, is a statewide program in discipline, are within easy commuting distance. marine research, education and outreach, Opportunities abound for the exchange of ideas, focused primarily on the Chesapeake Bay. information, and scholarship. Many of the libraries and laboratories are open to qualified THE UMES OFFICE OF SPONSORED UMES graduate students, others by special RESEARCH AND PROGRAMS arrangement. The federal sector possibilities for The UMES Office of Sponsored faculty and graduate student collaboration Research and Programs (ORSP) assists faculty include the USDA’s Beltsville (Maryland) involved in graduate research and instruction by Agricultural Research Center, the National helping them in the preparation and submission Institutes of Health (for biomedical and of proposals, and in the administration of behavioral research), the National Institute of subsequent grant and contract awards from Standards and Technology, the Naval Research federal, state and private sponsors. Laboratory, among others. ORSP can be helpful to graduate faculty The State’s concern with the and/or graduate students in: a) identifying commercial and recreational use of the potential funding sources, b) maintaining Chesapeake Bay, as well as its preservation, has contacts with potential sponsors, c) assisting been a focus of the University of Maryland with proposal development and the processing Center for Environmental Studies (CES). Two of proposals to sponsors, d) coordinating of the CES research facilities are located on the sponsor-required compliance review functions Chesapeake Bay, one of which is an hour away (e.g., for animal welfare, human subjects, from UMES in Cambridge. UMES graduate biological and chemical hazards), and e) students may use CES faculty on their research monitoring grant and contract activities to committees, and access CES facilities and ensure that project expenditures are within the equipment. In addition to the UMES farm, regulations and policies of the University graduate students in agriculture have access to System of Maryland, the State of Maryland, and the research farms and facilities of the Research the Federal Government. ORSP assists with the and Education Centers of the Maryland review of financial support and other resources Agricultural Experiment Station/Cooperative available for graduate students on specific Extension Service. The UMES Agriculture sponsored projects of UMES faculty. Research Program is a part of the Agricultural Experiment Station. DEGREE PROGRAMS BY SCHOOL AND The University System of Maryland DEPARTMENT jointly participates in the Chesapeake Research Consortium, Inc., a wide-scale environmental SCHOOL OF AGRICULTURAL AND NATURAL research program, with Johns Hopkins SCIENCES University, Virginia Institute of Marine Science Departments of Agriculture and Human Ecology and the Smithsonian Institute. The consortium -Food and Agricultural Sciences coordinates and integrates research on the -Food Science and Technology Chesapeake Bay, and is compiling a vast amount of scientific data to assist in the management Department of Natural Sciences and and control of the area. Each participating Interdepartmental institution draws on faculty expertise in a -Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences diversity of disciplines. The consortium -Toxicology

44

***************************************** the degree or program requirements (e.g., SCHOOL OF THE ARTS AND PROFESSIONS seminar and research action papers, theses, dissertations, applications, research projects and Department of Criminal Justice so forth), 3) credit bearing courses for -Criminology & Criminal Justice internships, clinical affiliations, practicums, and Department of Education comprehensive examinations (as applicable), 4) -Guidance and Counseling oral defenses of scholarly products, and 5) -Special Education examinations not taken in the regular course -Master of Arts in Teaching credit setting but are or will become part of -Education Leadership completing program requirements such as credit by examination and written comprehensive Interdepartmental -Organizational Leadership examinations.

******************************************* SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND TECHNOLOGY

Department of Mathematics and Computer Science -Applied Computer Science

Department of Technology -Career and Technology Education

******************************************* SCHOOL OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS

Department of Physical Therapy -Physical Therapy

Department of Rehabilitation Services -Rehabilitation Counseling

DISCONTINUED PROGRAM

The Agriculture and Extension Education (AEED) program is restricted to current admitted students completing the degree program. There are no changes in the degree program requirements. The catalog description may be found in the 2002-2004 Graduate Catalog (web version) and the 2001-2002 and previous years’ print version graduate catalogs. Agriculture and Extension Education has become a concentration in the Food and Agricultural Sciences program.

ACADEMIC HONESTY

The campus policy on academic honesty, covering cheating, falsification and plagiarism is found in the appendix. The policy will govern 1) all credit coursework for a student, including variable research credit courses for thesis, dissertation, research or master’s project, 2) any capstone or culminating scholarly products resulting therefrom as a partial requirement of

45

FOOD AND AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES Agriculture and Human Ecology at UMES. A student may qualify for graduate study, Objectives of Program however, even though his/her undergraduate degree has been earned in a discipline other than The overall objective of the program is agriculture or human ecology. Supporting or to provide the State of Maryland, the Eastern prerequisite work may be required, depending Shore region and the nation with persons upon the student's background and area of possessing the M.S. degree who have the interest. A minimum cumulative grade point knowledge and skills necessary to fill critical average of 3.0 (A=4.0) is required for Regular employment needs in scientific, technological Admission, but at the discretion of the and economic areas related to food and Admissions Committee, a student with a lower agriculture. Specific objectives of the program grade point average may be admitted on a are: provisional basis. Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores (general test only), three letters of ™ To provide students with recommendation and a completed application competencies in research and form are required of all applicants. Foreign scientific knowledge needed for students must take the Test of English as a gainful employment in the Food and Foreign Language (TOEFL) and score a Agricultural Sciences; minimum of 213 (computer test).

™ To provide in the land-grant The program offers a thesis or non- tradition, a quality education with thesis option for completion of degree research training at the Master's requirements. The thesis option is designed for level within a framework of holistic students who wish to conduct a research project and interdisciplinary agricultural and is required of all students holding graduate science technology; research assistantships. Students are required to complete a minimum of 24 hours of course work ™ To recruit minorities and women to and 6 hours of thesis credits for a total of 30 pursue careers in agricultural hours. The non-thesis option is designed for professions where they have students who do not wish to complete a thesis traditionally and historically been research project. Students who choose this under- represented; option must complete a minimum of 36 hours of course work which includes a "creative ™ To assist students in developing component" (e.g., scholarly paper). their skills in problem solving, analytical thinking, communication Each student is assigned an advisor/ and leadership. major professor according to his/her area of concentration. Major professors may be either Description of Program regular or associate members of the UMES Graduate Faculty. The student, in consultation The Departments of Agriculture and with the major professor, selects his/her Human Ecology offer a graduate program Graduate Committee no later than the end of the leading to the degree of Master of Science second semester following enrollment. Each (M.S.) in Food and Agricultural Sciences student's program of study is planned in (FASC). Concentrations include: Agricultural conjunction with the major professor and Economics, Agriculture and Extension Graduate Committee. For additional information Education, Animal and Poultry Science, Food on completion of degree requirements, students and Nutrition, Natural Resources Science and should consult the booklet, Guidelines for the Plant and Soil Science. In typical situations, Graduate degree programs in Food and the prerequisite to graduate work is the Agricultural Sciences and Food Science and completion of a curriculum substantially Technology. All students, regardless of the area equivalent to that required of undergraduate of concentration or program option chosen, must students enrolled in the Departments of maintain an overall 3.0 grade point average,

46

complete degree requirements within 5 years of Annual appropriations by the initial enrollment and pass a final oral Cooperative State Research Extension and examination. Education Service (CSREES)/USDA and extramural grants support research activities by Structure of Program faculty and graduate students. Faculty in the Departments of Agriculture and Human Ecology Core courses include the following: maintain close working relations with faculty at the University of Maryland College Park and Research Methodology 3 credits other 1862 land-grant institutions, the Statistics 3 credits Cooperative Extension Service and the Seminar Three, 1-credit courses Agricultural Experiment Station. A number of UMES faculty have access to and utilize Areas of concentration include: facilities of the various units that comprise the Agricultural Experiment Station. Scientists with Agricultural Economics agricultural expertise from other University Agriculture and Extension Education System of Maryland campuses, the USDA and Animal and Poultry Science the Co-op Fish and Wildlife Service may serve Food and Nutrition on graduate committees for students enrolled in Natural Resources Science the program. Faculty, staff and students also Plant and Soil Science collaborate with scientists from USDA, as well as from universities outside the University Thesis Option System of Maryland.

Minimum of 30 credit hours: Facilities and Equipment

Core courses 9 Faculty in the Departments of Concentration courses 12 Agriculture and Human Ecology maintain office Electives 3 space in Trigg Hall, the Crop and Soil Science Thesis 6 Research Building, the Poultry Science Research Building, the Richard A. Henson Center, and the Non-Thesis Option new Food Science and Technology Building.

Minimum of 36 credit hours: Biotechnology and radio-immunoassay laboratories and nutrition laboratories are fully Core courses 9 equipped with instrumentation for both basic Concentration courses 18 and applied research. Laboratories in the Crop Electives 6 and Soil Science Building accommodate Creative Component 3 research efforts in agronomy, plant genetics and breeding, soil science, host-insect interactions, Application Deadlines plant pathology and plant-environment interactions. Application deadlines are: Fall Semester - April 15 The UMES teaching and research farm Spring Semester - October 30 possesses over 200 tillable acres for crop use. Summer Sessions - April 15 State-of-the-art animal facilities include a totally confined 60-sow farrow-to-finish swine unit Research Activities (which is the only swine research facility operated within the University System of Faculty in the Departments of Maryland), a beef cattle farm, a 10,000 and Agriculture and Human Ecology conduct basic 100,000 bird commercial broiler house, a and applied research in each of the concentration closed-loop re-circulating aquaculture system areas. and a 2.5 acre greenhouse facility.

47

Two computer laboratories (Trigg Hall Agricultural Economics Courses and Richard A. Henson Center) are equipped with Gateway or Gateway compatible AGEC 423 Marketing Agricultural computers, laser jet printers, a color printer, Products (3) color scanner, an auto-cad system, and various Discussions in this course emphasize software for word processing, desktop characteristics of the demand for and supply of publishing, graphics, spreadsheets, econometrics farm products, alternative marketing channels, and other statistical work. These laboratories services and costs involved in marketing. and the new Food Science and Technology building are connected to the UMES mainframe AGEC 453 Agricultural Finance (3) with capabilities for networking throughout the Agricultural finance in farm firms and campus, state, region and nation. financial institutions is studied, emphasizing financial reports and analysis, liquidity and risk. Description of Courses Also studied are the use of credit and other financial alternatives to acquire control of farm (NOTE: Credit Hours are given in resources, credit sources and acquisition of parentheses) capital, and decision-making.

Core Courses AGEC 463 Agricultural Policy (3) This course explains current policy AGSC 600, 601, 602 Agricultural Sciences issues, policy instruments and choices in U.S. Seminar (1) agriculture. It also describes the economic Students report on and discuss recent characteristics and problems of agriculture, literature and current investigations relative to evolution and significance of agricultural food and agricultural sciences and preparation of policies, the international dimension and reports on selected topics. Repeatable credit. domestic policies that affect agriculture. Minimum of three (3) credit hours required. AGEC 613 Quantitative Methods in AGSC 605 Statistics in Agricultural Agricultural Economics (3) Research (3) The course addresses formulation, Emphasis is placed on techniques and estimation, and testing of economic models, application of statistical and experimental interaction between economic problems and design, data acquisition, analysis, interpretation specification of econometric models. and presentation as it applies to the agricultural sciences. AGEC 623 Advanced Agricultural Marketing (3) AGSC 691 Research Methodology in the Emphasis in this course is placed on Agricultural Sciences (3) marketing theory, market structure conduct and Students will learn the basic principles performance, economics of control, interregional of research methodology. Emphasis will be trade theory, governmental regulation and placed on techniques used in identifying policy, and bargaining in agricultural markets. problems, forming hypotheses, constructing and using data-gathering instruments, designing AGEC 633 Advanced Agricultural Price research studies, and employing statistical Analysis (3) procedures to analyze data. Topics in this course include demand and price structures, price discovery, time series AGSC 799 Master's Thesis Research and agricultural price research methods, (1-6) techniques for evaluating marketing behavior, market legislation and market development.

48

AGEC 653 Advanced Agricultural AGEC 814 Advanced Macroeconomic Finance (3) Theory (3) Financial structure of agriculture, firm This is an advanced treatment of an financial planning and management, financial economy's overall performance, including intermediation in agriculture and agricultural fluctuations in economic activity, causes of finance in developing countries are the topics inflation and unemployment, impact of fiscal that are discussed in this course. and monetary policies on the economy's aggregate output. AGEC 663 Agricultural Policy and Rural Resource Development Agriculture and Extension Education (3) Courses This course focuses on current issues in agricultural policy and rural resource AEED 423 Extension Education (3) development, application of welfare criteria and The course focuses on the agricultural economic analysis to agriculture, food and rural extension service as an educational agency. development problems and policies. Students will learn the history, philosophy, objectives, policy, organization, legislation and AGEC 680 Individual Studies in methods used in extension work. Agricultural Economics (1-3) The student is required to produce a AEED 426 Development and scholarly paper, which provides a critique of a Management of Extension selected topic in agribusiness related areas. This Youth Program (3) can be used to satisfy the "creative component" This course is designed for present and requirement for students pursuing the non-thesis prospective state leaders of extension youth option. programs. It emphasizes program development, principles of program management, leadership AGEC 713 Economics of Agricultural development and counseling, science, career Production (3) selection and citizenship in youth programs, Students learn about the use and field experience in working with low income application of production economics in the families' youth, and urban work. agricultural industry through graphical and mathematical approaches. AEED 497 Conservation of Natural Resources (3) AGEC 773 Seminar/Group Study in Students learn about the state's natural Research Methods (3) resources: soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, forests Students will be required to develop and and minerals. Natural resources problems and present a thesis prospectus for this course, to practices are covered. This course involves include principles and application of the extensive field study. Methods of teaching scientific method in developing a research conservation are included. proposal, data collection management and analysis, and thesis writing. AEED 600 Seminar I (1) This course focuses on reports and AGEC 813 Advanced Microeconomic discussion of recent literature and current Theory (3) investigations relative to the agricultural This is an advanced treatment of the sciences. theory of prices and markets. Discussions focus on analysis of the theory of the household and AEED 625 Administration and the firm, concepts of general equilibrium and Supervision of Agriculture welfare economics, and principles of efficient Programs (3) and equitable allocation of resources. Students learn about management principles and practices of planning, organizing, directing, staffing and evaluating as applied to

49

administration and supervision of programs in made in consultation with the instructor prior to agriculture. registration. A written report and an oral presentation of the topic studied will be AEED 626 Program Development in required. Agriculture and Extension Education (3) AEED 789 Special Topics (1-3) Students learn about concepts in The course may be repeated to a program planning and development and the maximum of nine credits provided content is framework for analysis of programs and their different each offering. implementation in the education and extension services. AEED 798 Seminar in Research (1-8) Students learn about problems in the AEED 627 Program Evaluation in Adult organization, administration and supervision of and Continuing Education the several agencies of extension and/or (3) agricultural education. This course is repeatable This course is designed for those who to a maximum of eight credit hours. provide adult instruction in community colleges, university outreach programs, businesses and AEED 799 Master's Thesis Research industries. This course will help learners to (1-6) become more effective in evaluating educational programs, and will build upon current levels of Animal and Poultry Science Courses instructional or administrative expertise in the adult education field. ANPT 424/624 Animal and Avian Health and Diseases (4) AEED 630 Teaching – Learning in Adult The study of parasitic, viral, bacterial and Continuing Education and protozoal diseases of mammalian and avian (3) species will be covered. Methods of disease This course deals with theory, principles prevention, control and eradication will also be and procedures of teaching and learning in adult discussed. and continuing education. ANPT 611 Poultry Diseases and Hygiene AEED 663 Development Leadership (4) (3) Students will study the parasitic, viral, This course focuses on principles and bacterial and protozoan diseases of domestic practices of leadership development. The poultry. Methods of disease prevention, control organization, implementation, and evaluation of and eradication will also be discussed. individual and group leadership development in agriculture are covered. ANPT 614 Advanced Animal Avian Physiology (4) AEED 691 Research Methodology in the This course covers an in depth Agricultural Sciences (3) presentation of major organ systems and their This course focuses on principles, interaction in the maintenance of homeokinesis. applications and techniques used in identifying problems, forming hypotheses, developing and ANPT 621 Applied Poultry Nutrition using data gathering instruments, designing (3) research studies, employing statistical Students will learn how to apply the procedures to analyze data, and organizing basic principles of nutrition to the avian species. materials for thesis writing. Nutritional requirements of poultry, deficiency diseases, lease cost formulations and effects of AEED 699 Special Problems (1-3) environment on avian nutrition will also be Emphasis on a specific topic within the discussed. student's area of interest is the focus of this course. Choice of topic, hours and credit must be

50

ANPT 622 Analytical Laboratory NUTD 644 Special Problems in Nutrition Methods (2) (3) The application of analytical laboratory This is an assessment of nutritional techniques used in biomedical research will be status and needs of various groups such as the explored. aged, infants and children and adolescents. Emphasis is placed on development and ANPT 634 Advanced Animal and Avian management of nutrition programs to meet Diseases (4) specific needs through the actions of community Students will study the nutritional and agencies. metabolic diseases and the isolation and cultivation of macro-and microscopic parasites NUTD 646 Clinical Nutrition (3) inclusive of gross and microscopic pathology. Metabolism in disease and the adaptation of diet in the treatment or prevention ANPT 642 Advanced Non-Ruminant of disease are studied. Nutrition (3) The application of basic principles of NUTD 650 Intermediary Metabolism nutrition to commercial non-ruminant animals (3) will be discussed. Factors affecting nutritional The course covers the major routes of requirements, effects of environment on carbohydrates, lipids and protein metabolism nutrition and least cost formulations will also be with particular emphasis on metabolic shifts and covered. their detection and significance.

ANPT 680 Individual Studies in Animal NUTD 654 Nutritional Biochemistry and Poultry Science (1-3) (4) The student is required to produce a The course reviews recent developments scholarly paper, which provides a critique of a in nutritional sciences designed to acquaint selected topic in Animal and Poultry Science. students with laboratory procedures in This can be used to satisfy the "creative nutritional biochemistry and physiology, component" requirement for student pursuing including the identification and measurements of the non-thesis option. nutrients and their metabolites in foods, tissue and body fluids and human and animal Food and Nutrition Courses experiments in nutrition. Special emphasis is placed on the relationship between biochemistry NUTD 600 Pre-professional AP-4 and nutrition. Practice Program in Dietetics (1-5) NUTD 656 Nutrition Laboratory (1-3) This is an in-service course restricted to Digestibility studies are conducted with dietitians. ruminant and monogastric animals. The proximate analysis of various food products and NUTD 640 Nutrition & Human feeding trials are used to demonstrate classical Development (3) nutritional deficiencies in laboratory animals. The course covers the role of nutrients in physiological systems and biochemical NUTD 660 Protein and Amino Acids in processes as related to the perspective of human Nutrition (3) growth and development across the lifespan. This is an advanced study of the roles of amino acids in nutrition and metabolism. Protein NUTD 642 Nutritional Counseling digestion, absorption, anabolism, catabolism and (3) amino acid balance are examined. Assessment, planning, implementation and evaluation of nutritional counseling and NUTD 664 Vitamin and Mineral educational techniques are examined. Metabolism (3) This is an advanced study of the fundamental role of vitamins in nutrition,

51

including chemical properties, absorption, written reports on current conservation issues. metabolism, excretion and deficiency Prerequisites: BIOL 111, BIOL 113, BIOL syndromes. Basic nutritional data on minerals 112, BIOL 114, BIOL 402 or consent of are presented. instructor.

NUTD 670 Advanced Food Safety (3) NRES 473/673 Ornithology (3) The course emphasizes current trends in This course covers general biology, a number of areas: food safety and emerging taxonomy, and natural history of birds, with an food borne pathogens, regulating food safety, emphasis on North American families. Cross- traditional and rapid microbiological methods, listed with NRES 473. Prerequisites: BIOL relationship of environmental factors to 111, BIOL 113, BIOL 112, BIOL 114 or occurrence, growth and survival of consent of instructor. microorganisms in foods, mechanisms of control, HACCP, risk assessment, sanitation and AGRN 483 Principles of Geographic food safety education. Special emphasis is Information Systems (3) placed on actual food borne outbreaks. This course is designed to provide Prerequisite: BIOL 301 or AMIC 324 or students with an overview of the applicability permission of the instructor. and use of Geographic Information Systems (GIS); students will become competent with NUTD 680 Individual Studies in Food & ArcView ©, a GIS software package from Nutrition (1) Environmental Systems Research Institute The student is required to produce a (ESRI), Inc. Students will also learn the basics scholarly paper which provides a critique of a of data management, data accuracy, spatial selected topic in Food and Nutrition. This can analysis, and data presentation. be used to satisfy the "creative component" requirement for students pursuing the non-thesis ANPT 403/NRES 403 Advanced option. Aquaculture (3) The course covers the fundamentals of Natural Resources Science Courses commercial fish and other marine animal production, including principles of pond and NRES 683 Principles of Watershed tank production, management, nutrition and Management (3) disease. This is a course designed to acquaint students about how watersheds work, how they BIOL 431 Mammology (4) are managed, and how their management affects This course is a detailed investigation of the ecology of the Chesapeake Bay, Coastal mammal biology, with emphasis on special Bays and the Atlantic Ocean. Prerequisites: physiological and ecological adaptations, CHEM 111, CHEM 113, BIOL 111, BIOL ecological specializations and biogeography of 113, SOIL 203, AGRN 423; or consent of mammals. instructor. ENVS 684 Natural Resource NRES 404/BIOL 404 Conservation Biology Management (3) (3) Discussions revolve around the This course is a multi-disciplinary availability, use, abuse, depletion and pollution approach to conservation of natural resources. of various natural resources humans need for Course topics examine basic genetic and survival. The cost-benefit analyses and systems ecological principles, importance of management concepts for natural resource biodiversity, concept of island biogeography as conservation enabling us to save the “earth” for it applies to the course topic, endangered species future generations will be addressed. conservation, and the value of protected areas. Prerequisites: B.S. in Biology, Chemistry, Strong emphasis will be placed on sociological, Environmental Science, Agricultural Sciences economic, and political components of or consent of the instructor. conservation. Students will prepare three

52

BIOL 688F Fish Physiology (1-4) AGRN 423/653 Soil Fertility (3) This is an overview of fish physiology, This course provides an in-depth which fishery biologists and others can knowledge of relationships of soil mineralogy, supplement with readings in current texts, texture, organic matter and pH to soil fertility. reviews and research articles. Applicable points The use of organic and commercial fertilizers in of general and comparative physiology are crop production, and their effects on the included. Summaries of important anatomic environment are emphasized and explored. considerations are included where relevant, but the course is primarily for those who have AGRN 623 Advanced Soil already completed courses in general Chemistry (3) physiology, chemistry, biochemistry and fish This course provides an in-depth anatomy. It is an IVN offered course. knowledge of clay-mineral properties and use of x-ray diffraction and electron micrographic CHEM 670 Advanced Biochemistry analysis in their identification. The impact of (3) clay-colloid chemistry in every day life and The course covers the classification, special topics in soil chemistry related to clays chemistry and metabolism of protein, amino and clay minerals are also explored. acids, carbohydrates and lipids. Prerequisite: One semester of Biochemistry. AGRN 633 Soil Water Pollution (3) This course is designed to provide NRES 799 Master’s Thesis Research (1-6) students with knowledge of the reaction and fate of pesticides, agricultural fertilizers, industrial Plant and Soil Science Courses and animal wastes in soil and water. Their relationship to the environment is heavily AGRI 615 Advances in Plant Genetics emphasized. and Breeding (3) Discussion of special topics in genetics PLSC 474/674 Plant Pathology (4) and breeding for resistance to pest and other The course will examine causes of stress factors are covered. diseases in agronomic and horticultural crops to include symptom and sign recognition, isolation, AGRI 625 Plant, Soil-Water enumeration and management of diseases in the Relationships (3) landscape and field crops. Lab exercises will This course involves a study of soil include preparation of a journal-type manuscript biology, ecology, root morphology and anatomy based on an individual research project. Cross- affecting mineral nutrition and plant-water listed with PLSC 474. relations. PLSC 603 Ecology of Plant-Microbial AGRI 638 Advanced Horticultural Crop Systems (3) Production (3) The course provides an in-depth study Physical, chemical and biological of the degradation of pollutants in plant- factors affecting horticultural crops will be microbial systems and the role of plant- covered. Emphasis will be placed on post- microbial interaction on the attenuation of harvest physiology. environmental contaminants. Plant and microbial-mediated mechanisms of pollutant AGRI 684 Recombinant DNA transformation will be covered. The role the Technology (3) rhizosphere as a unique environment for the This is a laboratory course to introduce detoxification of aggressive compounds will be the basic principles of gene cloning, give emphasized. essential background on working with E. coli, utilize different cloning systems and employ methods utilized for DNA sequencing.

53

PLSC 606 Crop Physiology and Ecology (3) This course involves in depth discussion of ecological factors affecting crop growth, development and productivity.

PLSC 680 Individual Studies in Plant and Soil Science (1-3) The student is required to produce a scholarly paper, which provides a critique of a selected topic in Plant and Soil Science. This can be used to satisfy the "creative component" requirement for students pursuing the non-thesis option.

*************************************** For information on this program, please contact:

Graduate Coordinator - Food and Agricultural Sciences Program Trigg Hall, Room 1107 University of Maryland Eastern Shore Princess Anne, Maryland 21853 Email: [email protected]

54

FOOD SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY student’s Graduate Committee; or 2) admitted to Regular Status based on a high GPA (3.5/4.0), Program Objective strong background in the food sciences and potential demonstrated in GRE scores (General The Food Science and Technology Test), and strong support of recommenders that (FDST) Program is an interdepartmental the applicant has the ability to complete the academic program between the Department of doctoral degree. Agriculture and the Department of Human Provisional Admission may be granted Ecology within the School of Agricultural and to applicants with the baccalaureate and the Natural Sciences. The mission of the FDST Master’s degree, or the baccalaureate degree, Doctoral program is to prepare students for who need prerequisite coursework or are successful careers and life-long learning pending award of the Master’s degree (See experiences within the food industry, academia Graduate School subsection on Provisional and government. Specially, the program aims: Admission status). International students must take the Test of English as a Foreign Language 1. To meet the need for highly trained food (TOEFL) and score a minimum of 213 scientists, including food safety professionals, (computer test). International applicants must by providing a multi-disciplinary education and also submit documentation that they will be intensive research experiences in food science financially able to support their studies. and technology; Additionally, to be admitted to the 2. To provide in the Land Grant tradition a FDST program, each applicant must submit a national and international Center of Excellence brief description of his or her intended in Food Science and Technology that will be dissertation research proposal with the used for teaching, research and outreach to completed application package. If admitted, the include the education and training of personnel student in consultation with his or her academic who are or will be involved in the food related adviser and Graduate (dissertation advisory) sectors of agriculture; Committee, will decide on the research proposal. 3. To create new opportunities and training for The FDST Executive Committee will UMES students to develop their skills and subsequently review the dissertation proposal to competencies in problem solving, critical and determine the appropriateness of the intended analytical thinking and communications, with an research for the FDST program. emphasis on food safety and food quality systems. Application Deadlines Fall Semester - April 15 Admission Requirements Spring Semester – October 30 Summer Sessions – April 15 Regular Admission may be granted to applicants with a baccalaureate and a Master’s Program Retention and Graduate Committee degree (thesis option) in either food science or Role related disciplines (nutrition, microbiology, chemistry, biology, animal and poultry science, The program requires completion of a environmental science, plant and soil science, dissertation as partial fulfillment for the doctoral veterinary medicine, etc.). GRE scores (General degree. Each student is initially assigned a Test) may also be considered. major advisor who is responsible for advising Applicants may be considered for the student on all aspects of the student’s admission into the Ph.D. program with a progress throughout the program. minimum of 30 credit hours beyond the B.S. The major advisor must be a Regular degree, or only the B.S. degree, and may be member of the University of Maryland Eastern admitted 1) on a provisional basis with final Shore Graduate Faculty. acceptance to the Ph.D. program contingent The student must have a major professor upon successful completion of a probationary (Regular Graduate Faculty Status) and select a period, usually the second semester after Graduate Committee no later than the end of the matriculation, and on the recommendation of the second semester of enrollment. Before the end

55

of the second semester of enrollment, each degrees (5 years to Advancement to Candidacy, student’s program of study is planned in consort 4 years to final dissertation submission). with the major professor (advisor) and the Students should consult for further Graduate committee, including any transfer information, specifics and forms the booklet credits to be applied to the degree program. The Guidelines for the Graduate Degree Programs in Graduate committee must have five members, Food and Agricultural Sciences and Food three of whom must hold UMES Regular or Science & Technology; the Graduate School Associate Graduate Faculty status membership, booklet on Guidelines for Graduate Student and a majority of the Committee must be UMES Academic Advisement, and the sections in the full-time faculty in academic departments. The catalog on the Graduate School Requirements major professor chairs the committee. Annual Applicable to the Ph.D. Degree, the Established student progress reviews will be conducted by Procedures for Conduct of the Doctoral the committee to ensure satisfactory progress of Dissertation Defense, Minimum Registration students toward degree completion. All students Requirements, Minimum Registration must maintain a cumulative 3.0 GPA, pass a Requirements for Doctoral Candidates and written comprehensive examination and Dissertation Research. complete degree requirements, including dissertation within seven years of initial Credit Requirements and Distribution enrollment if full-time, otherwise nine years if part-time. Core Requirements: (9) • FDST 700 Seminar in Food Science and Exit Degree Requirements Technology (3) • AGSC 605 Statistics in Agricultural The Ph.D. requires a minimum of 36 Research (3) credits beyond the M.S. level (or 66 credits • AGSC 691 Research Methodology in the minimum beyond the baccalaureate degree), Agricultural Sciences (3) with at least 24 credits of course work and 12 credits of dissertation research; those with only a Dissertation: (12) Bachelor’s degree will need additional • FDST 899 Doctoral Dissertation coursework to meet the 66 credits minimum. Of Research (1-12) the minimum 24 credits of course work, there are 9 credit hours of core courses and 15 credit Electives: (Select 15 credits from the list hours of electives. Twelve credits of course below) work must be at the 600 level or above. Formal application for advancement to candidacy in the • AGRI 684 Recombinant DNA Technology doctoral program requires successful completion (3) of both the comprehensive examination and an • ANPT 622 Analytical Laboratory Methods oral defense of the dissertation proposal. The (2) Graduate Committee administers the • ANPT 611 Poultry Diseases and Hygiene comprehensive examination, defense of the (4) dissertation proposal, oversees the student’s • ANPT 614 Advanced Animal and Avian dissertation research, and administers the Physiology (4) dissertation seminar and final dissertation • ANPT 624 Animal & Avian Health defense (see the Graduate School’s Established and Diseases (4) Procedures for Conduct of the Doctoral • ANPT 634 Advanced Animal and Avian Dissertation Defense in this catalog). Diseases (4) Full-time students must be advanced to • BIOL 601 Environmental candidacy, i.e., taken and passed the Microbiology (4) comprehensive examination and dissertation • CHEM 670 Advanced Biochemistry (3) proposal defense no later than four years after • CHEM 621 Advanced Environmental matriculation. Part-time students follow the Chemistry (4) Graduate School’s time limits for doctoral • CSDP 604 Computer Methods in Statistics (3)

56

• CSDP 658 Computer Applications in AGSC 691 Research Methodology in Agriculture (3) the Agricultural Sciences • FDST 493 Food Chemistry (3) (3) • FDST 680 Food Policy Regulations (3) Students will learn the basic principles • FDST 692 Advanced Food Microbiology of research methodology. Emphasis will be (3) placed on techniques used in identifying • FDST 693 Food Microbiology Lab (2) problems, forming hypotheses, constructing and • FDST 801 Food Quality using data-gathering instruments, designing Assurance (3) research studies, and employing statistical • FDST 802 Advanced Food Toxicology procedures to analyze data. (3) • FDST 805 Food Processing (3) AGRI 684 Recombinant DNA • NUDT 654 Nutritional Biochemistry Technology (3) (4) This is a laboratory course to introduce • NUDT 670 Advanced Food Safety (3) the basic principles of gene cloning, give essential background on working with E.coli, Students not having a prior statistics utilize different cloning systems and employ course will be required to complete a methods utilized for DNA sequencing. prerequisite statistics course. ANPT 424/624 Animal and Avian Health Students who have previously and Diseases (4) completed some core requirement courses will The study of parasitic, viral, bacterial take different courses, or if eligible to transfer a and protozoal disease of mammalian and avian research methods or statistics course will be species will be covered. Methods of disease advised and assisted by the major advisor in prevention, control and eradication will also be identifying an alternate course. discussed.

Course Descriptions (credit hours are in ANPT 611 Poultry Diseases and Hygiene parentheses) (4) Students will study the parasitic, viral, FDST 700 Seminar in Food Science and bacterial and protozoan diseases of domestic Technology (1) poultry. Methods of disease prevention, control This course is designed to build and eradication will also be discussed. communications skills for graduate students. Presentations, both verbal and written, are ANPT 614 Advanced Animal and Avian prepared and given by students following an Physiology (4) extensive review of the technical literature. This course covers an in depth Seminar topics to be presented include the presentation of major organ systems and their specific research area of the student as well as interaction in the maintenance of homeokinesis. more general topics in the food science field. A minimum of three (3) credit hours is required of ANPT 622 Analytical Laboratory all students in the program. Methods (2) The application of analytical laboratory AGSC 605 Statistics in Agricultural techniques used in biomedical research will be Research (3) explored. Emphasis is placed on techniques and application of statistical and experimental ANPT 634 Advanced Animal and Avian design, data acquisition, analysis, interpretation Diseases (4) and presentation as applied to the Agricultural Students will study the nutritional and Sciences. metabolic diseases and the isolation and cultivation of macro-and microscopic parasites inclusive of gross and microscopic pathology.

57

BIOL 601 Environmental Microbiology nutritional biochemistry and physiology, (4) including the identification and measurements of Topics include microbial ecology of nutrients and their metabolites in foods, tissue plants and animals, aquatic microbial ecology and body fluids and human and animal (including medical implications), soil microbial experiments in nutrition. Special emphasis is ecology, biodegradation, microbial insecticides, placed on the relationship between biochemistry gastrointestinal microbiology, microbiology of and nutrition. foods and environmental problems management. Each student will be required to complete an NUTD 670 Advanced Food Safety (3) independent research project. Prerequisite: The course emphasizes current trends in General Microbiology number of areas: food safety and emerging food borne pathogens, regulating food safety, CHEM 670 Advanced Biochemistry traditional and rapid microbiological methods, (3) relationship of environmental factors to The course covers the classification, occurrence, growth and survival of chemistry and metabolism of protein, amino microorganisms in foods, mechanisms of acids, carbohydrates and lipids. Prerequisite: control, HACCP, risk assessment, sanitation and One semester of Biochemistry. food safety education. Special emphasis is placed on actual food borne outbreaks. CHEM 621 Advanced Environmental Prerequisite: BIOL 301 or AMIC 324 or Chemistry (4) permission of the instructor. The origin, transport and effects of atmospheric and aquatic pollutants are studied, FDST 493 Food Chemistry (3) with emphasis on energy-related pollutants This course presents the chemistry of which include coal, oil and synfuels. food components including water, Prerequisites: One year of General carbohydrates, liquids, proteins, vitamins, and Chemistry, one semester of Organic minerals, as well as additives including Chemistry and one semester of Analytical preservatives, colorants, flavors, antioxidants Chemistry or permission of the instructor. and sweeteners. Functionality and interaction of components and their importance to quality and CSDP 604 Computer Methods in wholesomeness of foods will be discussed. Statistics (3) Prerequisites: CHEM 212 or permission of This course is an introduction to the instructor. principles and applications of probability and statistics needed in graduate studies in various FDST 680 Food Policy Regulations (3) academic areas and to the computer realization The course focuses on food and of these methods. The course begins with a nutrition policy development, guidelines that brief intensive review of basic statistical govern compliance and enforcement rules in principles. Prerequisites: One Semester of inspection, labeling, import and export and calculus. federal and state food regulations. Emphasis is given to HACCP and food safety education. CSDP 658 Computer Applications in Agriculture (3) FDST 692 Advanced Food Current topics include expert systems Microbiology (3) for small farm applications, farm-record This course is designed to provide the management, and special planning tools for microbiologist and/or food scientist with agriculture. extended education and training in food microbiology. Emphasis on spoilage and NUTD 654 Nutritional Biochemistry pathogenic microorganisms in food includes (4) detection, identification, characterization, and The course reviews recent developments control methods utilized. Ecology and survival in nutritional sciences, designed to acquaint strategies of pathogens in foods and virulence students with laboratory procedures in mechanisms of food borne pathogens are being

58

discussed. Prerequisites: BIOL 301 or AMIC discussed as general topics. Prerequisites: 324 Permission of instructor.

FDST 693 Food Microbiology FDST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Laboratory (2) Research (1-12) The course is designed to introduce Repeatable credit. techniques for detecting and enumerating microorganisms in foods. Conventional and ************************************ rapid microbiological methods, immunoassays For further information on the FDST and molecular techniques will be applied to program, please contact: determine the microorganisms and their end products in foods. Jurgen Schwarz, Ph.D. Program Director – FDST Program FDST 801 Food Quality Assurance Center for Food Science and Technology (3) University of Maryland Eastern Shore This course provides understanding of food Princess Anne, MD 21853 quality control/assurance programs and Email: [email protected] compliance with government regulation. Topics presented include International Standards for Quality Management Systems, ISO 9000, Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP), Total Quality Management (TQM) and Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP). The class also covers factors affecting the quality of food products, such as appearance, flavor, texture, nutritional value, safety and wholesomeness as well as principles of statistical quality control. Prerequisite: FDST 493

FDST 802 Advanced Food Toxicology (3) This course emphasizes biological and chemical aspects of toxicology, microbial aspects of food borne infections and intoxications, food additives, toxic substances occurring in food, either naturally or formed during processing, and the toxic effects of these substances on the biological systems. Safety of genetically engineered foods, risk assessment and food safety policy will be discussed as general topics. Prerequisite: permission of instructor

FDST 805 Food Processing (3)

This course integrates principles of food chemistry, food microbiology, food engineering, nutrition, statistics and sensory evaluation through discussion of food processing operations, such as processing of fruit and vegetables, dairy, seafood, fats and oils, beverages, and chocolate manufacture. Food sanitation as well as food packaging will be

59

MARINE-ESTUARINE- ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES (MEES) course taught at a USM campus is available to enrolled graduate students through the INTRODUCTION intercampus enrollment process. Applicants as well as matriculated The University of Maryland Eastern students to the program should consult the Shore (UMES) offers graduate programs leading MEES program website for additional to the degrees of Master of Science (M.S.) and information and details on the program which Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in the Marine- are not covered in the MEES program section of Estuarine-Environmental Sciences (MEES). The this catalog, and for any updates to the program mission of the MEES Program is to train after the time of the catalog printing. The graduate students in the overall environmental MEES program comprehensive website is sciences. There is a clear need for scientists www.mees.umd.edu. with training in this area, given the multitude of environmental problems faced by society today. OVERALL DEGREE PROGRAM The interests of students in the program are diverse, but generally center on some aspect of Admission the interaction between biological and physical or chemical systems. The analysis of this Applicants will be considered for interaction may be anything from a study of admission and advising on participating molecular mechanisms to an assessment of the campuses by faculty associated with an economics of an environmental impact. To appropriate Area of Specialization (AOS) based ensure that all students in the program have on the applicant's requests. Applicants are free to some understanding of the breadth of apply to more than one AOS, if so desired. information in the field of environmental Prospective students may apply through either sciences, each student is required to have course the University of Maryland Baltimore County work in a variety of areas. Graduate School, the University of Maryland The interests of faculty and students Graduate School at College Park, or the within the MEES Program have led to six Graduate School at UMES. In general, a student formally defined Areas of Specialization who has identified a specific member of the (AOSs), from which a student may choose. The faculty with whom to work should apply to the AOSs are: Ecology, Environmental Chemistry, campus where that faculty member is affiliated. Environmental Molecular Biology and A student may also apply to a particular campus Biotechnology, Environmental Science, due to geographic considerations. See the UMES Fisheries Science, and Oceanography. Each contacts for inquiries and application at the end student will choose an AOS when applying, and of this section. both admission and program requirements will Applicants to the MEES Program will depend on the AOS and the student's be considered at both the M.S. and Ph.D. levels. background and interests. In the event an applicant to the Ph.D. program The strongest concentrations at UMES has only a B.A. or B.S. degree, admission may are in the areas of Ecology, Environmental initially be to the M.S. program with the final Chemistry, Environmental Science and Fisheries acceptance to the Ph.D. program contingent on Science, with Environmental Molecular Biology successful completion of a probationary period and Biotechnology under development and (usually one year) and on the recommendation strengthening. of the student's Research Advisory Committee. An Admissions Committee from each GENERAL INFORMATION AND Area of Specialization has been established to PROGRAM OVERVIEW evaluate the applications of prospective students based on the following criteria: The MEES Program is a University System of Maryland (USM) interdisciplinary 1. The applicant's research interests must be graduate degree program. Courses taken by clearly stated and relevant to one or more of the MEES students are taught on participating USM MEES Areas of Specialization. campuses and USM research laboratories. A 60

2. The academic preparation of the applicant advisor should forward a letter of agreement. must be consonant with stated interests and AOS The student will be matriculated on the requirements. degree-granting campus of his/her advisor, following admission of the applicant by the 3. The undergraduate GPA must be at least 3.0, respective Graduate School. although some students with a GPA below 3.0 may be provisionally accepted based on related Application deadlines are: research or work experience. Fall Semester - December 1 to February 1

Spring Semester - August 1 to September 1 4. Applicants must submit the following required documents as part of their application For international applicants the application for graduate study in the MEES Program: deadlines are: a. Graduate Record Examination Scores Fall Semester - December 1 to February 1 (Only the General Test is required, Spring Semester - June 1 although one of the Advanced Tests is strongly recommended. See the AOS Advisors and Research Advisory Committees prerequisites). Upon admission to the MEES Program, b. Transcripts of all college-level work. students are assigned to an Academic Advisor. This person will be responsible for advising on c. A brief essay clearly defining areas of all aspects of the student's progress through the research interest and research objectives program. Any request for a change of advisor preferably including the AOS(s) of must be submitted to and be approved by the interest. The essay should be carefully AOS committee and the MEES Program prepared, not in outline form, and will Director (Central Office). assist with identification of an academic In certain situations, a student may want advisor should the applicant be judged a second Academic Advisor. This might happen admissible. if, for instance, the professor most familiar with the student's work will have only an Associate d. Three letters of recommendation from Graduate Faculty status. In this case, it is persons familiar with the academic work possible to set up a Co-Advisor team of two of the applicant. professors who jointly serve in the role of

Advisor (the other having Regular Graduate The initial screening of an applicant's Faculty status). credentials is done by the Admissions Due to the expected divergent interests Committee of the appropriate AOS(s). Each and goals of students in the MEES Program, as AOS has course prerequisites (described in well as the dispersion of campuses and subsequent subsections). Students missing laboratories, the early formation of a Research several of these prerequisite courses may be Advisory Committee is mandatory to develop an offered provisional acceptance. Students missing individual program. During the first semester of four or more prerequisites will generally not be enrollment in the MEES Program, the student admitted, and should plan to take some of those and the Advisor must form this committee and courses before re-applying. submit its membership to the AOS Committee Receipt of the application will initiate chairperson for approval. The committee should the search for an appropriate faculty member to meet during the first semester, and must make its serve as the academic advisor for the student. No written recommendations for a program of study student will be admitted to the Program for before the end of the second semester. whom an advisor has not been identified in A Master's Research Advisory advance. Hence, if prior discussions have taken Committee will consist of three members, all of place between an applicant and a member of the whom must be Regular or Associate members of faculty regarding the faculty member's serving a University System of Maryland (USM) as advisor to the student, that fact should be campus Graduate Faculty. A Ph.D. Research mentioned in the application and the potential Advisory Committee must have five members, 61

three of whom must be Regular or Associate members must be submitted to an AOS faculty as above. The Ph.D. Research Advisory Committee Chairperson for approval. Committee can consist of a minimum of three Annual progress reviews initiated by the members, who are UMS graduate faculty, until advisor will be conducted through the MEES the Comprehensive Examinations, at which time Program Central office and the AOS committees it must have all five members. The student's to ensure satisfactory progress of MEES Advisor will serve as chair of this committee. students toward degree completion (coursework The membership of the Research Advisory and research direction). Committee should not be drawn entirely from a single laboratory or department. Replacement of Master of Science Requirements committee members is expected, as needed, The specific requirements for the MEES based on the Advisor's recommendation. M.S. degree program are as follows:

The program of study is laid out by the 1. Course Work Research Advisory Committee in the first or second semester and will include any missing a. A minimum of 30 credits with 24 credits prerequisites [all prerequisites must be of course work and 6 credits of graduate completed within the first year in the program], research. Of the 24 course credits, 12 of all required core courses, and any specialized them must be at the 600 level or higher. courses the committee believes the student Exceptions and waivers for equivalent needs. Total required and suggested courses will courses taken at other institutions may often exceed the general credit minimum (30 for be used to meet prerequisite M.S. and 36 for Ph.D.). The program of study requirements of the student's AOS upon must then be approved by the appropriate MEES approval of the appropriate AOS AOS Committee. Committee. Although graduate courses The Research Advisory Committee is taken elsewhere may serve to fulfill responsible for initial approval of the student's AOS requirements, only six credits from area of research. Once the student has chosen an such courses may be identified as area of research, a proposal should be written up transfer credits. Courses used to fulfill and discussed with the Research Advisory requirements for a previously awarded Committee. This preliminary research proposal degree cannot be used for transfer should be brief (3-5 pages), but should cover as credits. specifically as possible the student's research b. One seminar course (MEES 608 or interests. Students in the Ph.D. program will equivalent) must be taken for each year later develop a more comprehensive research in residence (on average); total of 2. proposal which they must defend before c. One approved Statistics course (400 advancement to candidacy. Students in the M.S. level or higher) is required. program will develop a more complete Thesis d. One graduate course representing Proposal to submit to their Research Advisory significant interdisciplinary breadth, Committee as described below. The approved preferably outside the student's AOS is preliminary proposal should be filed with the required. MEES Program Director's office by the end of e. One course or seminar in Environmental the second semester following entry into the Management (a 3-4 cr. course can MEES Program. satisfy 'd' above) is required. An M.S. student's Research Advisory Committee will approve the Thesis Proposal and 2. Thesis Defense the Thesis Defense. Master's students are not required to take Comprehensive Examinations. An oral defense of the Thesis, For Ph.D. students, the Research administered according to Graduate School Advisory Committee will administer the procedures (see section, pp.35-37), will take Defense of the Dissertation Proposal, oversee place at the completion of the research project. the student's research, and administer the This defense will be conducted by the Research Dissertation Defense. Once formulated, the Advisory Committee and will be administered names of the Research Advisory Committee once all other degree requirements have been

62

fulfilled. The Thesis Defense will generally last preferably outside the student's AOS is no longer than two hours, but the time will be required. long enough to ensure an adequate examination. e. One course or seminar in Environmental The Research Advisory Committee also Management is required (a 3-4 cr. approves the thesis, and it is the candidate's course can satisfy 'd' above). obligation to see that each member of the committee has at least two weeks in which to 2. Examinations examine a copy of the thesis prior to the time of Formal application for advancement to the defense. The Research Advisory Committee candidacy for the doctoral degree requires may conclude that the candidate has passed or successful completion of both a Comprehensive failed. A student may be conditionally passed Examination and an oral Defense of the with the provision that minor changes in the Dissertation Proposal. The Comprehensive thesis be made by the student and approved by Examination must be passed before the student the Major Advisor. A student who fails may, at can defend the Dissertation Proposal. the discretion of the committee and with approval of the MEES Program Director and the a. Comprehensive Examination UMES Graduate Dean, be permitted to stand a second defense after acting on suggestions for The MEES Program central office has improvement of the thesis (e.g., collection of both general MEES and specific AOS more data, use of different statistical analysis, committee guidelines available for rewriting of the discussion, etc.), at such time as comprehensive examinations. the advisor considers appropriate. Once the The Research Advisory Committee is thesis has been successfully defended, one copy responsible for administering the comprehensive must be supplied to the UMES MEES Office in examination. Since this examination must be addition to the copies required by the Graduate successfully completed before the dissertation School. proposal can be defended, it is in the student's best interests to take the Comprehensive Doctor of Philosophy Requirements Examination as early as possible in the The specific requirements for the MEES Program. The exam must be taken by the end Ph.D. degree program are as follows: of the student's fifth semester. This examination 1. Course Work is intended to determine whether the student demonstrates sufficient evidence of scholastic a. The student must complete a minimum and intellectual ability in major and related of 36 credits, with at least 24 credits of academic areas. The examination will not be a coursework and 12 credits of defense of the research proposal. Areas of the dissertation research. Twelve credits examination will be chosen by the student with of coursework must be at the 600 level the committee’s approval, from a general list or above. Credits used to obtain a M.S. formulated by the AOS Committee. One area of degree at a USM campus or other the examination must be chosen for college/university cannot be transferred interdisciplinary breadth (e.g., relating to the to the Ph.D. program. However, if a interdisciplinary course from the core student has completed a M.S. degree, up curriculum). to 16 credits of appropriate courses can The examination will include a be waived by petition to the AOS combination of written and oral sections. The committee. Research Advisory Committee will determine b. One seminar course (MEES 608 or whether the student passes (a minimum of four equivalent) is required for each year in affirmative votes is required), or fails. If failed, residence (on average); total of 4. the examination may, at the recommendation of c. One approved Statistics course (600 the Research Advisory Committee, be taken level or higher) is required. again. In this case the examination should be d. One graduate course representing repeated within one year, but no sooner than six significant interdisciplinary breadth, months, after the initial examination. If the examination is failed a second time, admission

63

will be cancelled. Any conditional passing of the and should submit the necessary form to the examination must be satisfied before the UMES MEES Program office for transmission examination can be rendered “successfully to the UMES Graduate School. Students must be completed.” The MEES Program Director's admitted to candidacy at least six months prior office must be notified at least two weeks in to the Defense of the Dissertation (final advance of the pending examination. A report of defense). the examination will be filed with the Director's Office following the examination. Dissertation Seminar and Defense of the The USM interactive video network Dissertation Research system may be used for oral comprehensive examinations and dissertation proposal defenses A candidate for the Ph.D. degree will but all committee members, the student and the present a public seminar on the dissertation Graduate Dean must agree to this use. research during the academic year in which the Phone/conference calls are not acceptable degree will be awarded. The seminar should, alternatives. under normal circumstances, be given within five weeks in advance of the day of the oral final b. Dissertation Proposal Defense examination. The student and the Advisor will be responsible for initiating arrangements The Proposal Defense is an oral through the UMES MEES Office for the date examination on the research proposal and advertisement of the seminar. The seminar administered by the Research Advisory will be open to faculty, students, and other Committee. At least two weeks prior to the interested parties. examination, the student must supply the The final oral defense of the dissertation committee members with a formal research is conducted by a committee of the graduate proposal in which is detailed: background faculty appointed by the Graduate Dean (this is information, research progress to date (if any), usually the Research Advisory Committee plus a specific objectives, and experimental design of Graduate Dean’s representative). Nominations the proposed research. The committee is for membership on this committee are submitted expected to examine the student on all aspects of on the designated form to the UMES Graduate the proposed research to determine whether the School by the student's Advisor. This is done by research plan is sound, and whether the student the third week of the semester in which the has the proper motivation, intellectual capacity student expects to complete all requirements, but and curiosity, and has, or can develop, the no later than two months prior to the defense technical skills necessary to successfully pursue (see the UMES Graduate School’s calendar for the Ph.D. degree. The student passes if there are Commencement Fall or Spring semester). The at least four affirmative votes. If failed, the time and place of the examination are student must re-defend the proposal within one established by the chair of the committee. The year. A second failure will result in cancellation student is responsible for distributing a of admission. complete, final copy of the dissertation to each The research proposal should be member of the committee at least two weeks defended within one year of unconditionally before the examination date. Announcement of passing the oral and written Comprehensive the final examination will be made through the Examination and at least one year before UMES MEES Office to all members of the projected completion of the degree MEES faculty at least two weeks prior to the requirements. The MEES Program Director's examination. All final oral examinations are Office must be notified of the pending open to all members of the graduate faculty and examination several weeks prior to its students, although only members of the administration, and a report of the examination examining committee may question the must be filed with the Director's Office candidate. After the examination, the committee following the examination. deliberates and votes in private. Two or more At the successful completion of this negative votes constitute failure. The student defense, the student officially applies for may be examined no more than twice. Advancement to Candidacy for the Ph.D. degree

64

Following successful completion of the 1) Scientific method and experimental design. final examination, a final copy of the 2) Statistical methods and use of computers for dissertation must be supplied to the UMES statistics, database manipulation, and MEES Office, in addition to those required by modeling. the UMES Graduate School. 3) Ecological theory and mathematical modeling. AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION 4) Field techniques in ecology. 5) Scientific writing. ECOLOGY Prerequisites: The MEES Program provides access to a strong curriculum of interdisciplinary graduate A Bachelor's degree with courses training and research in ecology. Within this equivalent to an undergraduate General Biology Area of Specialization (AOS), numerous degree, including: scientists throughout the University System of Maryland (USM) are actively involved in 1. Two semesters of Calculus teaching and research, with collaboration 2. Two semesters of Introductory Chemistry common between these scientists and those in 3. Two semesters of Organic Chemistry or the other areas of MEES. Biochemistry Ecology is a broad discipline 4. Two semesters of Physics encompassing terrestrial, aquatic, estuarine and 5. Two semesters of Introductory Biology marine environments. Specific areas of study 6. One Ecology course and two other Advanced include behavioral, community, evolutionary, Biology courses marine, benthic, limnological, systematic, and physiological ecology. Variations and/or Core Courses and Other Requirements (M.S. combinations of one or more of these sub- and Ph.D.): disciplines are common (e.g. marine benthic community ecology as one area of study, or the 1. Population Biology – including evolution of terrestrial communities as another). mathematical modeling (600 level, 3-4 Students successfully completing this AOS cr.) could go on to academic appointments in a 2. Ecosystem Ecology and/or Community variety of departments (e.g. Environmental Ecology (600 level, 3-4 cr.) Sciences, Ecology, Biology, Zoology, Botany, 3. A specialized field or laboratory-based etc.), or work for environmental consulting Ecology course is recommended companies, as well as federal or state 4. A course from one of the other MEES government agencies. AOS’s (from an approved list) Due to the nature of the MEES Program, 5. A course in Statistics/Biostatistics (600 heavy emphasis is placed on the student's unique level for the Ph.D., 400 level for the research goals in this AOS. As such, core course M.S.) requirements are kept to a minimum. The 6. One graduate level seminar for each remainder of a student's course load is year in residence (on average) determined by that student and his or her 7. One course or seminar in Environmental Research Advisory Committee on the basis of Management, Policy, Ethics or the individual's research topic and previous Philosophy of Science, (400 or 600 academic experience. The USM has a wide and level,1-4 cr.) diverse set of course offerings in ecology and 8. Courses in Experimental Design and related areas, so it should be possible for Analysis and in Scientific Writing are students in almost any area of ecology to create also strongly recommended. a beneficial program of study. The MEES Program ecology faculty ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY believe that graduate students should be well- trained in the following five important areas: The objective of the Environmental Chemistry Area of Specialization (AOS) is to

65

train research scientists to apply basic chemical 6. A course in Statistics or Applied principles to the study of the environmental Mathematics (600 level for the Ph.D., behaviors of natural and anthropogenic 400 level for the M.S.) chemicals. Environmental chemistry includes 7. One graduate level seminar for each interdisciplinary studies which integrate across year in residence (on average). subjects such as geochemistry, analytical 8. One or more courses in Physical chemistry, transport processes, and toxicology to Chemistry are strongly encouraged (2-4 determine the cycling and impact of chemicals cr. each). in the natural environment. 9. Courses in Experimental Design and As both the Master's and Ph.D. are Analysis and in Scientific Writing are research-oriented programs, emphasis is placed also recommended. on learning and applying the scientific method, employing strong quantitative approaches and ENVIRONMENTAL MOLECULAR developing effective scientific writing skills. BIOLOGY/BIOTECHNOLOGY Students graduating from MEES through this AOS will find professional positions in federal, Molecular approaches pervade every state and local government agencies (such as biological discipline, and each MEES campus EPA, FDA, NIH), private chemical and has distinguished, energetic faculty that manufacturing industries, academic institutions, emphasize molecular mechanisms of ecological and consulting firms. interactions and dynamics. Expertise includes molecular microbial ecology and physiology; Prerequisites: bioremediation; molecular endocrinology of fish growth, development and reproduction; A Bachelor's degree in the natural environmental stressors contributing to fish sciences or engineering, including: physiological dysfunction and oncogenesis; mechanisms and stressors of nitrogen fixation; 1. Two semesters of Calculus molecular models of marine surface 2. Two semesters of Physics colonization; molecular cues of organism to 3. Two semesters of General Chemistry organism interaction, and invertebrate immunity. 4. Two semesters of Biology Faculty in this area frequently study 5. Two semesters of Organic or other macromolecular environmental interactions Advanced Chemistry (e.g. using recombinant DNA and hybridoma Biochemistry). approaches. The Environmental Molecular Biology and Biotechnology Area of Core Courses and Other Requirements (M.S. Specialization encourages interaction between and Ph.D.): campuses, and is synergistic with other AOSs. Several campuses in the University 1. One fundamental and one advanced System of Maryland (USM) have facilities course in Environmental Chemistry or specializing in Molecular Biology and Geochemistry (one 400-600 level, one Biotechnology, such the Center of Marine 600-700 level 3-4 cr.) Biotechnology of the Maryland Biotechnology 2. One course in Physical Transport Institute, the campuses at Baltimore, Baltimore Processes (600 level, 3-4 cr.) County and College Park, and facilities 3. One course in Aquatic Toxicology or underway at UMES. Ecology (600 level, 3-4 cr.) 4. One 400 or 600 level course from one of Prerequisites: the other MEES AOSs (from an approved list) A Bachelor's degree in the natural 5. One course or seminar in Environmental sciences or engineering including: Management, Policy, Ethics, or Philosophy of Science (a 3-4 cr. course 1. Four semesters of Biology including can satisfy '4' above) (400 or 600 level) Biochemistry 2. Two semesters of Physics

66

3. Four semesters of Chemistry 2. Chemistry - Courses in chemistry as 4. Two semester of Calculus applied to organisms or to the 5. Two semester of Molecular Biology or environment, with an emphasis on Molecular Genetics pollution or environmental toxicology courses. Core Courses and Other Requirements (M.S. and Ph.D.): 3. Physical Sciences and Technology - 1. One course in Molecular Biology/ Genetics Courses dealing with the physical world (600 level, 3-4 cr.) or with the application of physical 2. One course in Cell Biology/Physiology (600 principles or technology to biological or level, 3-4 cr.) environmental problems. 3. One course in Ecology (400 or 600 level, 3-4 cr.) 4. Management, Economics, and Policy - 4. One course in Advanced Chemistry or Courses dealing with the interaction of Biochemistry (400 or 600 level, 2-4 cr.) economic, legal, political, and/or social 5. One elective 400 or 600 level course institutions with the biological, chemical 6. One course or seminar in Environmental or physical environment. Management, Policy, Ethics or Philosophy of Science (a 2-4 cr. course can satisfy Subprogram in Environmental Management: '5.' above) (400 or 600 level) Science and Policy at Participating Campuses 7. A course in Statistics/Biostatistics (600 level for the Ph.D., 400 level for the M.S.) The primary content of this option 8. One graduate level seminar for each year in within the Environmental Science AOS will residence (on average) focus on developing professionals in the field of 9. Courses in Experimental Design and environmental management, at the M.S. and Analysis and in Scientific Writing are Ph.D. levels. Students successfully completing also recommended this degree will normally pursue careers in the government or private industry, especially with Note: For the M.S. degree, only three of the first organizations having strong environmental four requirements must be fulfilled (Nos. 5 interests or programs. It is also anticipated that through 8 are required for all students). students desiring to work in foreign countries, and foreign students, will take part in this ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE program.

Although the Environmental This Area of Specialization provides Management option is open to students at the broad training in the environmental sciences. Master's level, students completing advanced Some students do not want to specialize to the degrees in Applied Ecology and Conservation extent the other Areas of Specialization require, Biology (M.S.- Frostburg State) or Sustainable but would like to gain experience and take Development and Conservation Biology (M.S.- courses in a variety of scientific, economic, and Maryland, College Park) as well as at other social disciplines related to the natural graduate environmental management programs environment. These requirements are also very within or outside of the USM could logically appropriate for students wishing to specialize in pursue a Ph.D. within this AOS. It is also environmental management. expected that students with strong interests in The relevant graduate training will restoration and landscape ecology or in provide advanced courses in five distribution environmental science and policy would areas: matriculate within the Environmental Science

AOS with an emphasis in environmental 1. Biology - Courses in the biological management. sciences in which the emphasis is on

ecology, especially at the population, community, and ecosystem levels.

67

Prerequisites: The multidisciplinary nature of fisheries science requires broad training in areas that may An undergraduate degree in the natural include ecology, oceanography, aquaculture, sciences or engineering, including: economics, mathematics, seafood technology, pathology and diseases, and management 1. Two semesters of Calculus science. Students will select a curriculum, with 2. Two semesters of Introductory Chemistry assistance from their Research Advisory 3. Two semesters of Physics committees, to best achieve their academic and 4. Two semesters of Introductory Biology professional goals. The faculty recognizes that (or high placement test, high GRE Biology flexible, yet rigorous, curriculum choices are scores) important for students in fisheries science. 5. Ecology and other advanced The program in fisheries offers both Environmental Science courses are M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Graduates at either recommended level may expect to find challenging career opportunities. Most career opportunities in Core Courses and Other Requirements (M.S. fisheries science are in the government and and Ph.D.): academic sectors, although in recent years private businesses, research firms and 1. One approved course from three of the aquaculture businesses offer increasingly diverse four distribution areas (biology, career choices. chemistry, physical science or management) for M.S. students, and The course work and research from each of the four distribution areas undertaken by MEES students in this AOS for Ph.D. students. One of these courses emphasize the following three fields of study: can be at the 400 level, the others will be at the 600 level or above 1. Fisheries Ecology 2. A course in Statistics/Biostatistics (600 level for the Ph.D., 400 level for the This field provides basic studies in fish M.S.) and invertebrate population biology, food webs, 3. One graduate level seminar for each recruitment and life history processes, predator- year in residence (on average) prey and competitive interactions, diseases, and 4. One or more courses in computer effects of habitat conditions. science or computer applications are strongly recommended 2. Fisheries Management 5. Courses in Experimental Design and This field provides basic and applied Analysis and in Scientific Writing are studies on the effects of exploitation, pollution also recommended and habitat change on fish and invertebrate populations; assessment of resources and their FISHERIES SCIENCE potential yields; and development of models and information useful for management of living Fisheries Science is multidisciplinary, aquatic resources. Students with outstanding drawing expertise from the biological, physical credentials in economics, mathematics, or and social sciences. Fisheries scientists study operations research may request the Fisheries populations and communities of aquatic AOS to waiver certain prerequisites. resources, their responses to exploitation and changes in environmental conditions, and their 3. Fisheries Aquaculture management. Research is quantitative and may This field contributes to the research on be either basic or applied. A diversity of faculty the culture of aquatic organisms and the talent exists within the USM to provide graduate development of aquaculture systems. This is a students with a strong education in ecology, broad disciplinary area that includes ecology, biology and management of fish and physiology, chemistry, genetics, seafood invertebrate resources. technology, diseases and pathology, engineering, economics and management under its auspices.

68

Prerequisites: populations. Basic ecological models and applied fisheries models are presented in A Bachelor's degree in the natural theoretical and practical frameworks. It is sciences or other field with a strong quantitative recommended that either Fisheries Science and emphasis, including: Management or Fisheries Ecology is taken prior to this course. 1. Two semesters of Calculus 2. Two semesters of Introductory Chemistry 5. Graduate Level Course in Oceanography 3. Two semesters of Organic Chemistry, (physical, chemical or biological) or Stream Biochemistry, or Physics Ecology – The courses cover major and minor 4. Two semesters of Introductory Biology elements, composition of seawater, seawater (or high placement test, high GRE Biology ionic structure and interactions, nutrient scores). distributions, biogeochemical cycles and the 5. Advanced Biology courses, such as Ecology biology of marine organisms. Students will and Ichthyology, are recommended. obtain most of their academic course work from a broad array of relevant courses presently Core Courses and Other Requirements (M.S. available throughout the USM. Each student and and Ph.D.): his or her Research Advisory Committee will design a course of study to be approved by the Five core courses will be offered, and at Fisheries AOS. Curricular requirements are least three must be successfully completed by all purposely flexible, yet rigorous, to accommodate students entering the Fisheries Science AOS. the diverse needs of students in fisheries science. The requirements may be waived if equivalent course work has been obtained elsewhere, or if In addition, the following core courses the student and his or her Research Advisory are required: committee successfully petition the Fisheries Science AOS Committee. 6. A 400 or 600 level course from one of the other MEES AOSs (from an approved list, 1. Fisheries Science and Management - This which can include 2, 4, and 5 above) course cover the basic principles of aquatic productivity, fish and invertebrate population 7. One course or seminar in Environmental biology, the harvest and conservation of Management (1 or 4 above satisfies this resources, assessment of yield potentials, and requirement; any such 3-4 cr. course can satisfy fishery management practices. 6 above)

2. Fisheries Ecology - This course cover the 8. A course in Statistics/Biostatistics (600 level biological processes that affect the productivity, for the Ph.D., 400 level for the M.S.) abundances, and distributions of fish and invertebrate resources. The course include life 9. Courses in Experimental Design and Analysis history theory, predator-prey relationships, and in Scientific Writing are strongly bioenergetics, trophic ecology, and recommended zoogeography. 10. One graduate level seminar for each year in 3. Aquaculture - This course cover the theory residence (on average). and practices of modern aquaculture of fishes and invertebrates. The course include coverage OCEANOGRAPHY on water quality, production systems, extensive and intensive approaches, culture genetics, and In the past decade, the University fish diseases and management. System of Maryland (USM) has emerged as a nationally and internationally recognized center 4. Quantitative Fisheries Science – This course for oceanographic research. Laboratories of the cover factors affecting the stability and USM Center for Environmental Studies and at resilience of exploited marine and estuarine the College Park campus have been most active

69

in this field. The current expertise in Core Courses and Other Requirements (M.S. oceanography in the USM lies in the subfields of and Ph.D.): Biological and Physical Oceanography and the cross disciplinary studies of Marine 1. One 3-credit course in Physical biogeochemistry. Oceanography (MEES 661 or The expertise in biological equivalent) oceanography includes water column nutrient 2. One 3-Credit course in Biological cycling and trophic dynamics (comprising the Oceanography (MEES 621 or entire pelagic food web and fishes) benthic equivalent) ecology, and theoretical ecosystem analysis. 3. One 3-credit course in Chemical The expertise in physical oceanography Oceanography (CHEM 723 or is in large scale flows and global circulation equivalent) problems, estuarine and coastal circulations, 4. Two 3-credit courses in Oceanography mixing, transport and numerical modeling. or related fields (400 or 600 level) Physical and biological oceanographers work including: closely together to understand the dynamics of a. One course in rotating fluid estuarine, coastal, and ocean systems. It should dynamics be noted that there is also considerable strength b. One course in non-rotating in marine chemistry in the USM; some courses fluid dynamics are available in the MEES Oceanography track, 5. A course in Statistics/Biostatistics (600 but the MEES track in Environmental Chemistry level for the Ph.D., 400 level for the currently has a more diverse listing and greater M.S.) program strength in this area. 6. One course or seminar in Environmental Students in this AOS have access to Management, Ethics or Philosophy of extensive oceanographic facilities throughout Science the USM as well as the opportunity to work with 7. One graduate level seminar for each some of the University's outstanding faculty in year in residence (on average) oceanography with global scale programs. 8. Courses in Experimental Design and Fundamental courses in the four major subfields Analysis and in Scientific Writing are of oceanography are required to provide also recommended. interdisciplinary breadth, but a degree in the Oceanography AOS emphasizes the student's Biological Oceanography independent research. Students graduating from the Oceanography AOS can expect to find jobs Prerequisites: in universities, oceanographic laboratories, A Bachelor's degree equivalent to the government agencies, and consulting firms. University of Maryland College Park undergraduate Biology degree, including: Physical Oceanography 1. Two semesters of Calculus Prerequisites: 2. Two semesters of Introductory Chemistry A bachelor's degree in a physical 3. Two semesters of Organic Chemistry or science, including: Biochemistry 4. Two semesters of Physics 1. Two semesters of Calculus 5. Two semesters of Introductory Biology 2. Two semesters of Physics 3. One or two additional advanced mathematics Core Courses and Other Requirements (M.S. courses and Ph.D.): 4. One or two additional advanced physical science courses 1. One 3-credit course in Physical 5. Two semesters of Introductory Biology Oceanography (MEES 661 or and/or Chemistry are highly recommended. equivalent)

70

2. One 3-Credit course in Biological BIOL 621 Environmental Endocrinology (3) Oceanography (MEES 621 or Topics include impact of environmental factors equivalent) on endocrine and neuroendocrine systems in 3. One 3-credit course in Chemical various animal species; hormonal and Oceanography (CHEM 723 or adjustments to environmental stress; and review equivalent) of pertinent scientific literature. Prerequisite: 4. Two 3-credit courses in Oceanography One year of Biology and one semester of or related fields (400 or 600 level) Biochemistry. including: a. A recommended additional BIOL 633 Adaptations to the Marine interdisciplinary course Environment (3) although MEES 661 can satisfy Topics include physiological adaptation, the MEES requirement for perception of the environment, feeding and interdisciplinary breadth energy budgets, gases and respiration, 5. A course in Statistics/Biostatistics (600 circulation, reproduction and development. An level for the Ph.D., 400 level for the independent research project is required. M.S.) Prerequisite: One year of college Biology and 6. One course or seminar in Environmental one year of college Chemistry or permission Management, Ethics or Philosophy of of the instructor. Science 7. One graduate level seminar for each BIOL 661 Community Ecology (4) year in residence (on average) This course is an in-depth study of the biology 8. Courses in Experimental Design and of communities with emphasis on factors that Analysis and in Scientific Writing are regulate abundance, diversity and stability of also recommended. communities. Current theories on community dynamics will be combined with field COURSE OFFERINGS experiences and detailed analyses of selected field projects. (Note: Credit hours given in parentheses.) BIOL 662 Population Ecology (4) BIOL 600 Marine & Estuarine Ecology (4) The course is an in-depth study of the biology of Discussion topics include marine environment, populations with emphasis on population adaptations of populations, structure of marine structure, factors that regulate populations, and ecosystems, dispersion of marine organisms, the effect of individual behavior on population migration, nutrition cycles, productivity and characteristics. Field studies and computer catches of fish, food chains and models of the simulations will explore selected areas of study. sea. Prerequisite: An introductory Biology, Botany or Zoology course and a course in BIOL 681 Barrier Island Management (4) Ecology. The course is an in-depth view of barrier island ecosystems and management problems in BIOL 601 Environmental Microbiology (4) general, and Assateague Island National Topics include microbial ecology of plants and Seashore, in particular. Research design and animals, aquatic microbial ecology (including problem-solving of actual problems facing the medical implications), soil microbial ecology, National Park Service will be emphasized. biodegradation, microbial insecticides, gastrointestinal microbiology, microbiology of BIOL 683 Wildlife Management (4) foods and management of environmental Students will develop an understanding of the problems. Each student will be required to principles and practices associated with wildlife complete an independent research project. management. Emphasis will be placed on Prerequisite: General Microbiology research design, sampling techniques, field research and statistical analyses. Students will practice field techniques during labs, analyze results and develop wildlife management

71

recommendations as part of the semester project. Chemistry and Environmental Science. Permission of instructor required. BIOL 688B Ichthyology (4) This is an advanced course in ichthyology CHEM 670 Advanced Biochemistry covering fish systematics, classification, (3) phylogenetics, and evolution. Regional and The course covers the classification, chemistry global zoogeographic patterns of distribution of and metabolism of protein, amino acids, taxa will be discussed from both an historical carbohydrates and lipids. Prerequisite: One and contemporary perspective. Emphasis is semester of Biochemistry. placed on comparative fish anatomy and taxonomy of local marine, estuarine and CSDP 604 Computer Methods in freshwater fishes and the field collection, Statistics (3) handling and preservation of fishes. The course is an introduction to principles and Prerequisite: An upper division graduate or applications of probability and statistics needed undergraduate level course in general in graduate studies in various academic areas ichthyology, fish biology, fish ecology, and to computer realization of these methods. physiology or behavior. The course begins with a brief intensive review of basic statistical principles. Prerequisite: BIOL 688F Fish Physiology (1-4) One semester of calculus. The course is an overview of fish physiology which fishery biologists and others can ENVS 437/637 Environmental Soil supplement with readings in current texts, Chemistry (3) reviews and research articles. Applicable points The course extends the concepts of chemistry of general and comparative physiology are and physics to the physical, chemical and included. Summaries of important anatomic biochemical characteristics of soil/water systems considerations are included where relevant, but and their implications for managing the course is primarily for those who have contaminants, pesticides and agricultural inputs. already completed courses in general Prerequisites: Senior standing or Graduate physiology, chemistry, biochemistry and fish status. Co-Requisite: ENVS 438/638 anatomy. It is an IVN offered course. ENVS 438/638 Environmental Soil CHEM 621 Advanced Environmental Chemistry Laboratory Chemistry (4) (2) The origin, transport and effects of atmospheric This is a companion laboratory to ENVS and aquatic pollutants are studied, with emphasis 437/637. The course studies determination of on energy-related pollutants including coal, soil properties such as salinity, pH and redox oil and synfuels. Prerequisites: One year of potential, organic matter content, surface area, General Chemistry, one semester of Organic carbonates and lime requirements, including Chemistry and one semester of Analytical quality assurance and GIS-based chemical data Chemistry or permission of the instructor. acquisition.

CHEM 632 Applied Water Chemistry ENVS 488/688 Coastal Ecology (3) (3) This course provides an overview of ecological The course studies the chemistry of both principles as they apply to coastal and estuarine municipal and industrial water treatment environments. The major coastal ecosystems processing. Topics include water softening, will be discussed and emphasis will be placed on stabilization, chemical destabilization of sandy and rocky coasts, marshes, subtidal colloidal materials, ion exchange, disinfection, environments, coastal shelf systems and chemical oxidation and oxygenation upwelling, sea grass beds, coral reefs and the reactions. Prerequisites: B.Sc. in Biology, rocky intertidal. The effects of detritus, primary Chemistry or Environmental Science. One and secondary biomass production, plankton, year of undergraduate courses in Analytical nekton, benthos, and fish stock production will be explored and related to physical processes of

72

the coast. Graduate student credit will require and other stress on their health and well-being the in-depth research of a topic relevant to will be discussed. Prerequisites: B.Sc. in coastal ecology and selected in consultation with Biology, Chemistry or Environmental Science the instructor. Once approved, the graduate with some background in environmental student must research the topic, write a pollution or consent of the instructor. referenced report, and make an oral presentation to the class. Prerequisite: ENVS 201 General ENVS 660 Earth Science (4) Oceanography; BIOL 201 Marine Zoology, This is an interdisciplinary course designed to or permission of the instructor. show how geology, meteorology, physical geography, soil science, astronomy and ENVS 611 Water Pollution (4) oceanography are interrelated in the study of Biological, chemical and physical impurities in earth and its environment in space. water with emphasis on agricultural, industrial Prerequisites: One year of Chemistry and one and municipal waste pollution including acid year of Physics. mine drainage, detergents and eutrophication, thermal pollution, oil spills and other non-point ENVS 684 Natural Resource source pollution will be studied. Further study Management (3) will include the physical and biochemical Topics include discussion of the availability, processes for wastewater treatment, sludge use, abuse, depletion and pollution of various handling and disposal and land disposal of natural resources humans need for their survival. wastewaters. Prerequisites: B.Sc. in Biology, The cost-benefit analyses and systems Chemistry or Environmental Science. One management concepts for natural resource year of undergraduate courses in Water conservation enabling us to save the 'earth' for Pollution and Environmental Science. future generations will be addressed. Prerequisites: B.S. in Biology, Chemistry, ENVS 634 Air Pollution and Control Environmental Science or Agricultural (4) Sciences or consent of the instructor. Classification of atmospheric pollutants and their effects on visibility, inanimate and animate PHYS 621 Physical Principals of receptors will be discussed. Evaluation of source Environmental emissions and principles of air pollution control, Instrumentation (3) e.g., meteorological factors governing the The course is a discussion of advanced physical distribution and removal of air pollutants, air concepts and their applications in quality measurements and air pollution control instrumentation used in contemporary research. legislation will also be studied. Prerequisites: Construction details and the computer B.Sc. in Biology, Chemistry or Environmental interfacing of selected instruments will also be Science. One year of undergraduate courses discussed. Prerequisites: One year of Physics in Air Pollution and Environmental Science. and one year of Calculus.

ENVS 639 Sources and Effects of MEES 608 MEES Seminar (1) Pollutants (3) This is repeatable credit with different topics. The course is a study of the sources, fate and effects of various toxic pollutants on man and MEES 610 Experimental Design Seminar the environment with emphasis on aquatic and (1) atmospheric pollutants. Prerequisites: B.Sc. in The course is an exploration of research issues Biology, Chemistry or Environmental Science in experimental design. Seminar format with some background in environmental includes student presentations and literature pollution or consent of the instructor. searches. Prerequisite: course in basic statistics or permission of instructor. ENVS 641 Environmental Toxicology (3) MEES 698 Special Topics in MEES Organisms in the atmosphere, hydrosphere and (1-3) lithosphere and the effects of foreign chemical This is repeatable credit with different topics.

73

MEES 699 Special Problems in MEES major equipment and the UMES MEES faculty, (1-3) see the website: Special problems in areas related to the natural www.umes.edu/sciences/mees/mees.html. sciences, agriculture and nutrition are explored. UMES is uniquely situated for studying marine and estuarine habitats. Students have MEES 799 Master Thesis Research access to the Chesapeake Bay and the Atlantic (1-6) Ocean, as well as rivers, ponds and marshes. This is repeatable credit. EXTERNAL SUPPORT OF RESEARCH MEES 899 Doctoral Dissertation ACTIVITIES Research (1-12) This is repeatable credit. UMES faculty have received funding for research from a number of federal and state The following undergraduate courses agencies and private organizations, including the are available for MEES graduate students to National Science Foundation, National Institutes take. No more than 12 credits of 400 level of Health, U. S. Department of Agriculture, courses may be used towards the minimum 24 National Oceanic and Atmospheric credits of course work required. Administration, U. S. Department of the Interior, Environmental Protection Agency, Mid-Atlantic BIOL 402 Ecology Fisheries Development Foundation, National BIOL 420 Animal Histology Aeronautics and Space Administration, U.S. BIOL 431 Mammalogy Forest Service, Agency for International BIOL 436 General Endocrinology Development and the Maryland Department of BIOL 440 Plant Physiology Natural Resources. BIOL 441 Comparative Physiology BIOL 451 Conservation Biology UMES COMBINED B.S./M.S. DEGREE BIOL 461 Invertebrate Zoology PROGRAM BIOL 488 Wildlife Ecology CHEM 401 Principles of Physical UMES offers a combined B.S./M.S. Chemistry I degree program in the Environmental Sciences CHEM 402 Principles of Physical area (Environmental Chemistry or Marine Chemistry II Science option). This is an accelerated program ENVS 411 Water Pollution & designed to enable students to obtain both the Purification B.S. degree and the M.S. degree in five years. ENVS 434 Air Pollution The curricula for the two degrees are MATH 410 Mathematical Statistics administered under the auspices of the undergraduate Environmental Science Program Graduate statistics options include and the graduate MEES program. The combined AGSC 605 Statistics in Agricultural Research degree program offers an option or track in and CSDP 604 Computer Methods in Statistics. either Environmental Chemistry or Marine Variable credit MEES 688 experimental courses Science. may be offered periodically with specialty topics This is an undergraduate admission into of various faculty members. the B.S. degree program in Environmental Science, which allows for subsequent FACILITIES, STATE-OF-THE-ART application for admission to the MEES graduate EQUIPMENT AND FIELD SITES program in pursuit of the M.S. degree in Marine- Estuarine-Environmental Sciences. Excellent research laboratories exist on campus in the G. W. Carver Science Hall. MEES PROGRAM TIME LIMITS Research laboratories are also located in Trigg Hall and on the campus farm (Department of Full time master’s students will be Agriculture). For a listing of the laboratories and limited to four years in which to graduate.

74

Full time doctoral students will be limited to seven years in which to graduate. Students must be advanced to candidacy, i.e., taken and passed the written and oral comprehensive examination and the dissertation proposal defense, within six semesters after initial enrollment. Part time doctoral and master’s MEES students will follow the Graduate School’s time limits for master’s degrees (5 years) and doctoral degrees (5 + 4). An extension of these time limits may be granted upon request of the student’s research advisory committee, and with the approval of the MEES Program Director and the UMES Graduate Dean.

*************************************** For further information on the MEES program, please contact:

Graduate Coordinator - MEES Program Department of Natural Sciences Carver Hall University of Maryland Eastern Shore Princess Anne, MD 21853 Email: [email protected] or [email protected] or www.mees.umd.edu for the MEES program comprehensive website

75

TOXICOLOGY Program Description and Degrees Offered School of Medicine in Baltimore, the University System of Maryland’s Program in Toxicology The Toxicology Program is a University encompasses faculty and resources on the USM System of Maryland (USM) graduate program. campuses in Baltimore, College Park, Baltimore It provides educational and professional training County, the Eastern Shore and the Chesapeake in mechanistic and applied fields of Biological Laboratory of the USM Center for environmental and mammalian toxicology. Environmental Science. Graduates conduct research, teach, and provide technical support to federal, state, and local Courses governments, industry, and public interest groups in areas including: evaluation and testing See the aforementioned website for a of harmful effects of chemical, physical, and listing of Toxicology course offerings. UMES biological agents on living organisms; does not offer any of the toxicology courses, but mechanisms of toxicity; prevention of chemical the MEES graduate program at UMES offers induced diseases; risk assessment; and periodically several environmental toxicology environmental protection through governmental related courses. regulations for the control and monitoring of hazardous chemicals. Application Deadlines and Process To meet these objectives, the program’s curriculum includes the following areas of See the aforementioned website for specialization: in mechanisms of cell injury; application deadlines and process. UMES does carcinogenesis; reproductive toxicology; not receive or review the applications, admit neurotoxicology; aquatic toxicology; forensic students to the program or award degrees for the toxicology; molecular epidemiology; and risk program. assessment and environmental law. The program offers the M.S. (thesis or ************************************ non-thesis), the Ph.D. and the MD/Ph.D degrees. For additional information on the program contact: Program Admission Graduate Program Applicants should have majored in Toxicology chemistry, biology or pharmacy or a related 100 N. Greene St., Room 416 field. For specifics on admissions requirements, University of Maryland Baltimore see the USM Graduate Program in Toxicology Baltimore, MD 21201 website:http://medschool.umaryland.edu/depart (410) 706-8196 ments/epidemiology/grad_tox.html. E-mail: [email protected]

Curriculum and Degree Requirements

The Toxicology Program course curriculum is designed to provide essential core knowledge in toxicology, together with elective courses that offer students the opportunity to specialize in their area of interest. For the course curriculum and degree requirements (master’s and doctoral), see the above USM Graduate Program in Toxicology website.

Faculty

Based in the Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine in the

76

CRIMINOLOGY AND CRIMINAL 5. assure that students acquire an JUSTICE understanding of an integrative minority perspective in criminological thought; Objectives of the Program 6. increase students’ knowledge and The Master of Science in Criminology and appreciation of various theoretical Criminal Justice (MCCJ) is a program designed explanations of criminal behavior. to produce quality-based and critically-oriented scholars in criminology and criminal justice, Description of the Program with an in-depth knowledge of the functioning of the criminal justice system. The Criminology All Master’s degree students are required to and Criminal Justice Program is interdisciplinary take five core courses (MCCJ 600, 620, 625, and seeks qualified students with baccalaureate 631, 640). A grade of “B” (3.0) or better must be degrees in criminal justice and other disciplines achieved in each core course. Each Master of as well as professionals in the field who desire to Science degree student may specialize in one further their degrees in criminal justice. The concentration area. These include Criminology program also prepares students for doctoral and Research (CR), Law Enforcement and work in the discipline. Graduate education in Courts (LEC), and Corrections and Delinquency Criminal Justice at UMES, the only such Prevention (CDP). The Master of Science program on the Eastern Shore of Maryland, will degree is granted upon completion of one of two be useful to criminal justice agencies in the state. program options: Graduate education in the discipline has become the generally sought academic experience for Thesis Option - The thesis option requires the optimum performance within the criminal justice successful completion of twenty-four (24) system. semester hours of course work and a minimum of six (6) hours of credit on an original thesis. The major objectives of the Master of This research-oriented option of thirty (30) Science in Criminology and Criminal Justice are credit hours is designed for students who to: anticipate pursuing their academic career to the doctoral level. Students electing this option must 1. enhance students’ knowledge in criminology form a thesis committee. A minimum committee and criminal justice with the potentialities consists of a major professor and two additional and opportunities for doctoral work and faculty members, all of whom must be a UMES advancement of this body of knowledge; graduate faculty member. The major professor and one member of the thesis committee should 2. provide students with the skills to engage in be selected from the Department of Criminal original and independent scholarly research Justice Faculty. The third committee member in criminology and criminal justice; must be selected from campus approved graduate faculty. A successful oral defense of 3. enhance students’ capacity to critically the thesis is required. Students are encouraged evaluate the criminal justice system and to to review the department’s Comprehensive hold management and research positions in Examination-Thesis Policy prior to beginning the public and private sectors; work on the thesis.

4. increase students’ knowledge of qualitative Course Work Option - The course work option and quantitative research in criminology and requires that the student completes thirty-six criminal justice and provide them with the (36) credit hours of course work. This option necessary skills to be effective researchers, does not require completion of a major paper. program evaluators, consultants in the field, and users of existing criminological research Structure of The Program data; Core courses include the following: MCCJ 600 Proseminar in Criminology and

77

Criminal Justice (3 credits) Thesis option graduate students are MCCJ 620 Theoretical Perspectives on Crime responsible for all aspects of the preparation of and Justice (3 credits) the thesis, including the following: MCCJ 625 Research Methods in Criminology 1. subject matter and content; and Criminal Justice (3 credits) 2. organization and format; MCCJ 631 Applied Statistics in Criminology 3. editorial, linguistic and bibliographic and Criminal Justice (3credits) quality; MCCJ 640 Minorities, Crime, and Justice 4. quality of text, illustrations and duplication; (3 credits) 5. quality of data, evidence and logical reasoning presented; Areas of concentration include: 6. proper processing and submission of the final copies of the document to the Graduate Criminology and Research - CR School. Law Enforcement and Courts - LEC Corrections and Delinquency The Thesis Advisory Committee's Prevention - CDP Responsibility

Thesis Option The chair and to a lesser extent, the other members of the advisory committee, are Minimum of 30 credit hours: responsible for the following aspects of the thesis and the related or associated research Core courses 15 experience: Concentration courses 6 Electives 3 1. approval of the subject matter and Thesis 6 methodology of the thesis research; 2. approval of the organization, content and Non-Thesis Option (Course Work) format of the thesis; 3. review of and comment on drafts of various Minimum of 36 credit hours: aspects of the thesis; 4. evaluation of the thesis as a basis for Core courses 15 certification that the student has fulfilled the Concentration courses 18 degree requirements; Electives 3 5. encouragement of and advice to the student and review of manuscripts based on the Graduate Student Responsibility (Thesis thesis research for publication in scholarly Option) journals.

Each student will select a major professor Admissions Requirements and Guidelines according to his/her area of concentration. Major professors must be selected from the All requirements of the university, as set faculty of the Criminal Justice Department who forth in the catalog, must be met prior to are associate/regular members of the UMES admission into the Criminology and Criminal Graduate Faculty. The student, in consultation Justice Program in the Department of Criminal with his/her major professor, selects the Thesis Justice. The admissions criteria for Regular Committee. The committee includes a major Admission status are: professor from the Department of Criminal Justice and two other faculty members, one of 1. A baccalaureate degree from a regionally whom must come from the Criminal Justice accredited 4-year college or university, or Department. A student may select an associate the equivalent from a foreign country. or regular member of the Graduate Faculty from 2. A minimum cumulative grade point average another discipline (GPA) of 3.0 (on a 4.0 scale) on undergraduate coursework.

78

3. Successful completion of the Graduate Removal of Academic Suspension is as Record Examination (GRE) [general test] follows. A suspended student may be with a combined score of 1000 or above on conditionally readmitted after: both quantitative and verbal scores. a. sitting out for one calendar year and 4. Three letters of recommendation from b. retaking the GRE test. person capable of adequately assessing the The Departments’ policy on academic applicant’s potential for success in the dismissal from this program is that a student program. shall be dismissed from the program if he/she: 5. An interview by the admissions committee. a. made three grades of “C” or less in one semester, and Provisional Admission b. made two “C” grades in one Applicants who fail to meet any of the semester while in Provisional above requirements may be admitted on a Admission status. provisional basis. Provisional admission consideration will be based on fulfillment of all Non Degree Registration the following: A student who has not been formally a. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 admitted into the Criminal Justice Graduate (on a 4.0 scale) on all undergraduate program may be allowed to take no more than coursework. six (6) credit hours of classes per semester as a b. Registration will not be allowed for non-degree seeking student. Such grades earned more than 9 credit hours in the first will not in any way count toward qualifying semester in the program, and a conditions for admission into the program. Non minimum grade of “B” in all degree seeking students are admitted by the courses must be maintained. Graduate School and follow the policy for the c. Three letters of recommendation Advanced Special status student set forth in this from persons capable of adequately catalog. assessing the applicant’s potential Retention and Exit Requirements for success in the program.

d. Successful completion of the GRE All students, regardless of area of (general test) within the timeframe concentration or program option chosen, must presented in the Department’s maintain a cumulative 3.0 or better grade point Graduate Program Policy and average, complete degree requirements in five Procedures document. (5) years or less, and successfully pass a written

comprehensive examination. The written APPLICATION DEADLINES comprehensive examination may be attempted a

maximum of two times. Comprehensive Application deadlines are: examinations are given each October and April. Fall Semester - April 15 The Department of Criminal Justice’s Spring Semester - October 30 Comprehensive Examination Procedures will Summer Sessions - April 15 govern conduct of the examination.

Academic Probation, Suspension and Employed Professionals Dismissal

Academic probation follows the policy The MCCJ Program acknowledges the of the Graduate School as set forth in this correlation between theory and research on the catalog. one hand and practical application on the other. The Department’s policy on academic The MCCJ Program strongly invites criminal suspension for this program is that a student may justice practitioners and other professionals to be suspended from the program if he/she: enroll in the program. The overall objective is to a. made two “C: grades or prepare practitioners for advanced b. has a cumulative GPA of less than 3.0 administrative positions in criminal justice and other related agencies. Students may elect to complete the program requirements for 79

graduation on either a full-time or part-time MCCJ 620 Theoretical Perspectives on basis (five-year limit for the duration of the Crime and Justice (3) program). The program courses will to the This course is a survey of criminological extent possible be offered in the evenings in theories with emphasis on crime causation and order to accommodate employed practitioners. justice. Included are sociological, economic, Courses may also be offered on weekends. geographic, and political theories of law formation and law breaking; development of Financial Assistance physiological, genetic, psychological, and psychiatric perspectives of criminal behavior The University of Maryland Eastern Shore and the relationship between theory and policy. recognizes the high cost of education and makes every effort to offer financial assistance, through MCCJ 625 Research Methods in a variety of programs, to qualified students. In Criminology and Criminal addition, federal loans are available to graduate Justice (3) students through the university’s financial aid This course provides an introduction to the office. For additional information about loans research methodology used in studying crime and other sources of aid, contact the Financial and criminological issues. Aid Office. MCCJ 631 Applied Statistics in Faculty of The Department of Criminal Criminology and Criminal Justice Justice (3) This is an advanced applied social statistics The Department of Criminal Justice is course with computer applications, using interdisciplinary with faculty holding advanced examples from criminological issues and crime- degrees in various disciplines, including law, related data. Statistical procedures to be studied sociology, public administration, and –descriptive and inferential statistics and linear criminology. All resident faculty in the regression techniques—are those typically used department are expected to teach in both the to analyze data to understand and explain graduate and undergraduate programs. All criminological issues. faculty members, except adjunct lecturers, Prerequisite: Undergraduate or graduate provide student counseling and serve as advisors introduction to statistics to students in the department. MCCJ 640 Minorities, Crime, and DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Justice (3) This course considers the relationships among (NOTE: Credit Hours are denoted in race, ethnicity, and crime in the justice system. parentheses) The effect of social policy on racial and ethnic inequality is studied, and theories of ethnic and Core Courses racial justice are presented in terms of their effect on crime and criminal justice. MCCJ 600 Proseminar in Criminology and Criminal Justice (3) Supportive Courses This course is designed as an in-depth analysis of criminological issues and components of the (NOTE: Courses for different areas of criminal justice system for students with diverse concentrations are designated as follows: CR undergraduate backgrounds. It employs an = Criminology and Research, LEC = Law integrated systems approach toward thinking Enforcement and Courts, and CDP = about crime and its causes and covers the history Corrections and Delinquency Prevention) of criminological thought as well as multidisciplinary attempts at crime explanation.

80

MCCJ 642 Women, Crime, and general. Included in the course are institutional Justice (3) security, challenges of violence in the CR workforce, industrial and retail security, various This course explains theories of gender, society, forms of preventing losses, and risk and their relationship to crime are explored. management. Empirical knowledge of causal theories will be used to explore reasons for female involvement MCCJ 652 Survey of the Correctional in the criminal justice system. An exploration of Field (3) the meaning and application of justice for CDP women will also be included. This course examines the dynamics of American correctional techniques and rationale from the MCCJ 644 Organized Crime (3) 1700’s to date. It familiarizes students with the CR; LEC history, philosophy, and evolution of This course provides the student with both an correctional practice in America. historical and contemporary analysis of organized crime and the fight against organized MCCJ 654 History of African American crime in the United States; considers factors that Criminological Thought led to the rise of organized crime in the United (3) States at the turn of the 20th Century and how CR; LEC; CDP those factors continue to influence organized This course is designed to provide the student crime today. It also considers multiple theories with knowledge of and understanding of African of organized crime and explores many of the American perspectives on criminology and methods used by law enforcement to criminal issues. The course is intended to give curtail/eliminate organized crime. graduate students perspectives that are often omitted from mainstream undergraduate MCCJ 646 Special Topics in Criminology criminal justice curriculums. The materials used and Criminal Justice (3) in this course are relatively broad covering both CR; LEC; CDP historical and contemporary African American This course analyzes current research and policy thought. The perspectives considered have issues of priority from a range of perspectives in analyzed the issues with an emphasis on how criminology and criminal justice (focus of they impact and are impacted by race. course is on specific research expertise of faculty and importance of justice issues). MCCJ 656 Law Enforcement (3) MCCJ 648 Criminal Justice LEC; CDP Administration (3) This course analyzes the problems, practices, CR; LEC; CDP and philosophies of law enforcement in This course acquaints students with a basic contemporary society. It gives special attention understanding of organization/administrative to particular areas, such as personnel selection, theory and behavior and their assumptions. The police-community relations, crisis intervention, course will explore administrative theories patrol intervention, police brutality, and criminal within a criminal justice context as students profiling. learn the impact of organization structure, environment, and behavior on such issues as MCCJ 658 Law and Courts (3) leadership, control, and decision making. LEC; CDP This course considers the definitions and MCCJ 650 Private and Industrial development of criminal law, criminal Security (3) procedure, criminal rights, and constitutional CR; LEC; CDP theory and practice. It also examines the This course deals with historical, philosophical, structure, functions, and operations of the courts, and modern perspectives of private and with special emphasis on principles of legality as industrial security - survey of its principles, its provided by the US constitution. legal authority and its effects on society in

81

MCCJ 659 Theories of Juvenile MCCJ 734 Directed Individual Study Delinquency (3) (1-3) CR; LEC; CDP CR; LEC; CDP This course examines theories of juvenile This course involves study under the supervision delinquency, environmental influences on and guidance of a faculty member. juvenile offenders, control, and corrections of the juvenile offender. It will investigate the MCCJ 740 Comparative Criminology special forms of justice applied to non-adults by and Criminal Justice (3) arrest, detention, adjudication and juvenile CR; LEC; CDP corrections. This course examines criminal justice institutions comparatively in several countries. MCCJ 700 Public Policy in Criminal The purpose will be to describe the variety of Justice System (3) criminal justice experience, to understand the CR; LEC; CDP determinants of these variations, and enhance This course examines the assumptions, context, the understanding of what works, what doesn't, and environment for the formulation and and why in the criminal justice system. implementation of public policy. The issues of morality and politics will provide a subtext for MCCJ 750 Seminar in Probation and discussion and analysis of contemporary public Parole (3) policy. There will also be a discussion and CDP identification of stakeholders. This course is an in-depth examination of selected area within the broader field of MCCJ 710 Law and Social Control (3) corrections. Specific attention will be paid to CR; LEC; CDP analysis of theories and practice of probation Select topics in Law and Social Control are and parole, responses of paroling authorities to examined in this course. Topics -- which may public pressures, and court controls and their vary from semester to semester--include mental implications for rehabilitative efforts. It assesses illness and the law, individual rights and public the feasibility and effectiveness of treatment of welfare, comparative criminal law and individuals under sentence in the community. procedure, sanction law and public order, authority and power, and indirect social control MCCJ 760 Qualitative Methods in in criminal justice. Criminology (3) CR; LEC; CDP MCCJ 720 Seminar in Community This course is an examination of ethnographic Policing (3) and qualitative fields methods and their LEC application to problems of crime and criminal This course focuses on the problems and justice. It is focused on familiarizing students practices of contemporary law enforcement and with the nature and utility of qualitative uses current scholarship to understand police- fieldwork in various areas of criminological community relations. research.

MCCJ 730 Seminar in Terrorism (3) MCCJ 770 White Collar and Governmental Crimes (3) This course is a review of historical and CR; LEC; CDP contemporary knowledge on the many terrorism- Special topics in White Collar and crime relationships. It includes a survey of the Governmental Crimes are examined in this literature that examines patterns of terrorism, course from a criminological perspective. White domestic, global, and technological terrorism collar crimes and government crimes include and a review of articles that examine theories, fraud, embezzlement, price-fixing, antitrust causes, ideology, typologies, security problems, violations, income - tax evasion, misuse of media, structure, and issues in counterterrorism. public funds, and abuse of political and legal powers.

82

MCCJ 780 Seminar in Criminological Theory and Research (3) CR This course is an exploration of the etiology of crime, theory development and crime causation. Emphasis will be placed on theoretical perspectives, research, and ideological dialectics. Bio-criminology, employing an integrated systems approach, will also be examined.

MCCJ 782 Advanced Seminar in Police and Society (3) CR; CDP This course is a survey of literature examining historical and current issues and problems in policing with emphasis on the legal aspects of law enforcement.

MCCJ 786 Field Practice in Criminal Justice (1-3) CR; LEC; CDP This course involves firsthand experience in the day-to-day operation of a criminal justice program under the guidance and supervision of a faculty member and a practitioner in the field.

MCCJ 790 Master’s Comprehensive Examination (0) (s/u grade only) This course is required of all students involved in the Master of Science program with the consent of the major professor. Students must be registered for at least one class when taking the comprehensive examination.

MCCJ 799 Master's Thesis (1-6) CR; LEC; CDP This course is required of all students involved in preparation, data collection, and writing of the Master of Science (MS) thesis.

*************************************** For further information on this program, please contact:

Graduate Program Coordinator (MCCJ) Department of Criminal Justice Hazel Hall University of Maryland Eastern Shore Princess Anne, MD 21853 Email: [email protected]

83

GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING C. 3.0 average or better on a 4.0 scale in The Guidance and Counseling program undergraduate course work; offers graduate work leading to a Master of Education (M.Ed.) degree. The school D. Three letters of recommendation from counseling program is approved by the persons capable of assessing the applicant's Maryland State Department of Education to potential for success in a Guidance and meet competency area requirements for school Counseling graduate program; certification (K-12). The program prepares students to E. An interview with the Admissions become entry-level, human development Committee. specialists. The M.Ed. level program constitutes the initial professional preparation for students Application Deadlines desiring employment in public or private schools or non-educational agencies. The course of Application deadlines are: study is based on the Council for the Accreditation of Counseling and Related Fall Semester - May 1st Educational Programs (CACREP) national Spring Semester - November 1st standards. The state's Essential Dimensions of Summer Session - April 1st Teaching (EDoT) standards are also addressed as appropriate. Provisional Admission

Accreditation Applicants who possess an overall GPA of between 2.75 to 2.99 will be admitted to UMES’ Teacher Education and School Provisional Status. Provisional Status students Counseling Programs are accredited by the must maintain a 3.30 average in the first nine National Council for Accreditation of Teacher approved credit hours of graduate level courses Education (NCATE) and approved by the in Guidance and Counseling. In exceptional Maryland State Department of Education cases, students who possess an overall GPA of (MSDE). 2.5 - 2.74 and yet show promise may be considered for Provisional Status. Admission Criteria A student who is considered to have potential for success, but lacks adequate course The Guidance and Counseling Program preparation for Guidance and Counseling, may Admissions Committee recommends students to be asked to complete additional courses to the UMES Graduate School for admission to the enhance their background in related fields. program. Entrance requirements include: Exit Requirements A. Bachelor's degree from an accredited institution; A 100 clock hour practicum and a 400 clock hour Internship are required for all B. Course preparation in education, psychology students. The practicum and internship are and human development. Students are expected supervised counseling experiences in which to have completed the following undergraduate students are required to integrate and apply the courses prior to entry into the program: Human knowledge and skills acquired throughout the Growth and Development, Tests and program. Students seeking certification as a Measurements, Introduction to Special school counselor are placed in school settings at Education and Introduction to Psychology. the elementary/middle and high school levels Students who have not completed course work where they can participate in all activities that a in these areas may be required to do so before professional school counselor is expected to being admitted to the program; and/or be perform. Other students are placed in required to take EDGC 610 Advanced appropriate agencies where they can participate Psychology; in all activities expected by a community

84

counselor. Application to take the practicum GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING must be filed with the department one semester SCHOOL PROGRAM (K-12) before the student plans to take it. Approvals of advisor and the program coordinator are CORE COURSE/COMPETENCY REQUIREMENTS

required. EDGC 601 Introduction to Guidance & Counseling (3) A written comprehensive examination EDGC 604 Theories and Techniques of Counseling (3) is required to ensure the mastery of the program EDGC 605 Individual and Group Appraisal (3) EDGC 606 Clinical Applications of Counseling (3) competencies. Core courses must be completed EDUC 620 Human Growth and Development (3) before the comprehensive examination is taken. EDGC 631 Career and Life Development (3) EDGC 640 Group Processes in Counseling (3) The completion of a seminar paper EDGC 643 Counseling Children and Adolescents (3) demonstrating research competency is required. EDGC 645 Cross Cultural Perspectives The Advisor for the paper, the Graduate in Counseling (3) EDGC 660 Crisis Management in Counseling (3) Program Coordinator, and the Chair of the EDGC 670 Ethical, Legal and Professional Issues Education Department must approve this paper. in Counseling (3) The M.Ed. degree student must EDGC 677 Practicum in School Counseling (3) EDUC 690 Introduction to Behavioral Research (3) maintain a 3.0 grade point average. No grade EDGC 697 Advanced Practicum in Counseling (3) in any program course which is lower than a “C” EDGC 698 Seminar in Guidance and Counseling (2-6) Elective (3) is acceptable for retention in the program. A minimum of 48 credit hours is COMMUNITY COUNSELING required for completion of the master’s degree program in Guidance and Counseling. CORE COURSE/COMPETENCY REQUIREMENTS

EDGC 602 Introduction to Community Counseling (3) Program Objectives: EDGC 604 Theories and Techniques of Counseling (3) EDGC 606 Clinical Applications in Counseling (3) EDGC 612 Marriage and Family Counseling (3) The general objectives of the program EDUC 620 Human Growth and Development (3) are: EDGC 631 Career and Life Development (3) EDGC 640 Group Processes in Counseling (3) EDGC 645 Cross Cultural Perspectives in A. To help students develop personal and Counseling (3) interpersonal qualities and skills that are EDGC 655 Social Diversity in Counseling (3) EDGC 660 Crisis Management in Counseling (3) necessary to function in helping others; and EDGC 670 Ethical, Legal, and Professional Issues in Counseling (3) B. To provide students with the competencies EDGC 679 Practicum in Community Counseling (3) EDUC 690 Introduction to Behavioral Research (3) needed to demonstrate knowledge and skills that EDGC 698 Seminar in Guidance and Counseling (2-6) are necessary for counselors in school settings EDGC 699 Advanced Practicum in Community Counseling (3) and human development specialists in non- Elective (3) school settings. ELECTIVE COURSES

Guidance and Counseling Courses The student may select additional electives to complete degree requirements from the following offerings upon approval by Based upon the applicant's background the advisor.

and interests, a course of study will be planned EDSP 481 Characteristics and Programming with the advisor that is congruent with the for the Gifted (3) EDGC 655 Social Diversity in Counseling (3) student’s career goals. Curriculum options are: EDGC 612 Marriage and Family Counseling (3) (1) School Counseling K-12; or (2) Community EDGC 665 Special Topics (1) Counseling. (maximum 6 credits) EDGC 610 Introduction to Advanced Psychology (3) SPED 600 Characteristics of Exceptional (NOTE: CREDIT HOURS FOR ALL THE Individuals (3) FOLLOWING COURSES ARE GIVEN IN EDSP 491 Characteristics and Programming for the Learning Disabled (3) PARENTHESES.) EDSP 498 Foundations of the Education of Exceptional Children (3) EDGC 609 Special Problems in Guidance and Counseling (1-3) CDSP 628 Computer Application in Education (3) EDGC 646 Organization and Administration of Guidance Program (3) 85

SOWK 455 Substance Abuse Issues and Services (3) quantitative and qualitative ways people change HUEL 460 The Family and Aging (3) EDGC 798 Research Project (1-3) over time is examined. The use of theory and SPED 630 Current Legal and Advocacy Issues other information through application of in Special Education (3) scientific principles in the study of a child may

be included. COURSES

EDGC 601 Introduction to Guidance EDUC 690 Introduction to Behavioral & Counseling (3) Research (3) This course is an overview of the field of This course introduces the various methods and guidance and counseling, providing knowledge techniques of educational research. It provides of the historical and philosophical foundations intensive experience both in reading, analyzing of guidance and counseling and their and interpreting educational research and in implications for professional practice. writing abstracts, reports on research and Professional activities and ethical practices of seminar papers. counselors and other helping professionals in both educational and non-educational settings EDGC 640 Group Processes in are explored. Exploration of how personal Counseling (3) values interact and impact upon counseling are The study of the dynamic processes that occur in examined. groups and their application to group counseling is the focus of this course. It examines group EDGC 604 Theories & Techniques of stages, leadership styles and the importance of Counseling (3) verbal and non-verbal communication in a The course focuses on counseling theories and laboratory setting. Social and cultural issues techniques, with emphasis on their applicability such as race, gender and social class are also to specific counseling settings and counselor addressed. Actual involvement in group process orientation. is required.

EDGC 612 Marriage & Family EDGC 643 Counseling Children and Counseling (3) Adolescents (3) This course focuses on counseling theory and This course examines counseling theory and techniques as related to families and couples, techniques as related to children and with an emphasis on the unique aspects of adolescents. It emphasizes how to plan and marriage and family relationships. Analysis of implement counseling strategies appropriate to family dynamics and the use and interpretation the developmental stages and need of each of genograms are presented. group.

EDGC 660 Crisis Management in EDGC 605 Individual and Group Counseling (3) Appraisal (3) This is an overview of applied therapeutic The course focuses on the following topics: counseling in general and crisis intervention in understanding of group and individual particular. There is an emphasis on intervention educational and psychometric approaches to strategies that work when people are in crisis. appraisal, use and interpretation of both Counseling and counselor issues that will be standardized and non-standardized appraisal effective in any crisis are explored. Topics such data, and planning and administering testing as suicide, sexual assault, posttraumatic stress programs. disorder, and bereavement and grief are addressed. EDGC 645 Cross-Cultural Perspectives in Counseling (3) EDUC 620 Human Growth & This course examines barriers in effective cross- Development (3) cultural counseling. There is an emphasis on This course is a general overview of life-span understanding cultural characteristics on visible development from conception through late racial/ethnic groups. Issues of racial identity adulthood. The scientific study of the world view and bias awareness are addressed. 86

EDGC 665 Special Topics (1) Students will establish realistic goals with the This course number and title are intended to be a client and evaluate the extent to which goals mechanism for students to take 1 credit courses were reached. Students will describe their own on special topics that are cutting edge in the field well formulated theory of counseling. of counseling and/or completion of program PREREQUISITE: Must obtain the skills and requirements. All courses will be permission of the Coordinator of the listed as 665 with a letter to delineate which Guidance and Counseling Program to enroll course was taken (e.g. 665a-technology in in this course. counseling; 665b-gerontological counseling; 665c-Adlerian counseling; 665d-seminar II). EDGC 655 Social Diversity in Counseling (3) EDGC 610 Introduction to Advanced This course is study of the nature, Psychology (3) characteristics, and needs of socially diverse This is a survey course which reviews major client groups seeking counseling. Socially psychological concepts of human development diverse groups will include those with differing and behavior. The intent of this course is to life-styles, physical disabilities, learning provide a foundation to students with a minimal disabilities, the gifted and talented, the elderly, background in psychology and the social the obese and women. An emphasis will be sciences who intend to enter the field of placed on societal oppression, treatment, counseling. Emphasis is given to personality discrimination, and specific counseling issues theory, abnormal psychology, and adjustment. related to these socially diverse groups.

EDGC 670 Ethical, Legal and EDGC 677 Practicum in School Professional Issues Counseling (3) in Counseling (3) This course assists counselor trainees in The study of the role of the counselor in relation acquiring a broad and varied background of to ethical and legal issues and dilemmas is knowledge, skills and abilities, as well as certain explored. Emphasis is place on the dynamic personal characteristics, in order to perform their interactions and processes between counselor, roles effectively and efficiently. The trainee individuals, and institutions. Topics such as must demonstrate under supervision the ability standards, licensure, accountability, liability, and to integrate and apply theories and techniques in professional development will be addressed. providing direct counseling services for individuals and groups and to participate in EDGC 631 Career and Life Development appropriate professional activities in the (3) practicum setting. PREREQUISITE: Must This course is the study of topics on: career obtain the permission of the Coordinator of development theories, the relationship between the Guidance and Counseling Program to career choice and life style, sources of enroll in this course. occupational and personal/social information, career decision-making processes and career EDGC 697 Advanced Practicum in development explanation techniques. School Counseling (3) This course is an advanced group supervision EDGC 698 Seminar in Guidance and experience (taken in conjunction with the second Counseling (3) practicum placement) which seeks to provide a The opportunity to research professional issues capstone experience that prepares students for a is provided, culminating in an approved seminar career as a professional counselor. paper. EDGC 602 Introduction to Community EDGC 606 Clinical Applications of Counseling (3) Counseling (3) This course focus on planning, implementation, Students conduct the initial stages of counseling administration, and evaluation of human service with individuals, who present a variety of systems affecting communication. Major personal, educational, and vocational concerns. organization theories, management styles,

87

administrative techniques and study of relevant 1ST YEAR issues in human services delivery in a community setting are explored. FALL

EDGC 609 Special Problems in Guidance EDGC 601 Introduction to Guidance & and Counseling (1-3) Counseling This course consists of individual projects EDGC 604 Theories and Techniques of geared to specific needs of students. It allows Counseling students to study independently in topical areas EDUC 620 Human Growth and related to counseling. Specific requirements Development related to each independent study are approved on an individual basis. JANUARY PREREQUISITE: Written permission of adviser is required. EDGC 665 Special Topics in Counseling

EDGC 646 Organization and SPRING Administration of Guidance Program (3) EDUC 690 Introduction to Behavioral This course examines the evolution of content- Research based comprehensive guidance programs and EDGC 640 Group Processes in Counseling why guidance programs are an integral part of EDGC 631 Career and Life Development the school curriculum. It provides the student with experience in developing and implementing 2ND YEAR a comprehensive program. FALL EDGC 679 Practicum in Community Counseling (3) EDGC 645 Cross-Cultural Perspectives in This course assist community counselor trainees Counseling in acquiring a broad and varied background of EDGC 643 Counseling Children and knowledge, skills and abilities, as well as certain Adolescents personal characteristics, in order to perform their EDGC 605 Individual and Group Appraisal roles effectively and efficiently. PREREQUISITE: Must obtain the JANUARY permission of the Coordinator of the Guidance and Counseling Program to enroll EDGC 665 Special Topics in Counseling in this course. SPRING** EDGC 699 Advanced Practicum in Community Counseling EDGC 670 Ethical, Legal, and Professional (3) Issues in Counseling This course is an advanced group supervision EDGC 660 Crisis Management in experience (taken in conjunction with the second Counseling part of practicum placement) which seeks to SPED 600 Characteristics of Exceptional provide a capstone experience that prepares Individuals or Elective students for a career as a professional counselor. 3RD YEAR

SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR FALL GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING EDGC 606 Clinical Applications of SCHOOL PROGRAM (K-12) Counseling EDGC 677 Practicum in School Counseling EDGC698 Seminar in Guidance and Counseling

88

SPRING SPRING**

EDGC 697 Advanced Practicum in School EDGC 670 Ethical, Legal, and Professional Counseling Issues in Counseling Elective EDGC 660 Crisis Management in Counseling * For full-time student EDGC 655 Social Diversity in Counseling ** Comprehensive exams should not be taken before this time. 3RD YEAR

SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR FALL COMMUNITY COUNSELING EDGC 606 Clinical Applications of 1ST YEAR Counseling EDGC 679 Practicum in Community FALL Counseling EDGC 698 Seminar in Guidance and EDGC 602 Introduction to Community Counseling Counseling EDGC 604 Theories and Techniques of SPRING Counseling EDGC 699 Advanced Practicum in EDUC 620 Human Growth and Community Counseling Development * For full-time student JANUARY ** Comprehensive exams should not be taken before this time. EDGC 665 Special Topics in Counseling *************************************** SPRING For further information on this program, please contact: EDUC 690 Introduction to Behavioral Research Graduate Program Coordinator EDGC 640 Group Processes in Counseling Guidance and Counseling EDGC 631 Career and Life Development Department of Education Hazel Hall 2ND YEAR University of Maryland Eastern Shore Princess Anne, MD 21853 FALL Email: [email protected]

EDGC 645 Cross-Cultural Perspectives in Counseling EDGC 612 Marriage and Family Counseling EDGC 665 Substance Abuse Counseling or G,H,I Elective

JANUARY

EDGC 665 Special Topics in Counseling

89

SPECIAL EDUCATION 2. To prepare teachers and leaders who are The Department of Education provides a knowledgeable of research, theory and practice Master of Education (M.Ed.) program in Special related to effective classroom and program Education with emphasis on students with mild management; and moderate disabilities in grades 1-12. The Special Education Program is a Maryland state- 3. To develop teachers and leaders who are approved program at both the undergraduate and committed, continuous learners, and contributors graduate levels. to the enhancement of the teaching profession; The graduate program is designed to and develop and refine the graduate student skills as classroom teachers, inclusion teachers, resource 4. To prepare teachers and leaders who teachers, teacher consultants, academic coaches, demonstrate sensitivity and effective or as specialists in alternative educational interpersonal skills in working with culturally settings. Students must complete the M.Ed. diverse populations. degree with certification if not already certified in special education. They may opt CANDIDATE COMPETENCIES for coursework leading to certification in grades 1-8, 6-12, or both. Candidate competencies and outcomes The course of study varies with the are consistent with those of the Council for experience and qualifications that individual Exceptional Children (CEC), the major students bring to the program. professional organization representing special Students may not enroll in the educators, the Interstate New Teachers program for certification only. Assessment and Support Consortium (INTASC), and those of the Maryland State Department of ACCREDITATION Education (MSDE). The following UMES’ Teacher Education and School competencies are related to the ten CEC Counseling Programs are accredited by the standards: National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and approved by the 1) Foundations Maryland State Department of Education • understand principles and theories, (MSDE). relevant laws and policies; diverse and historical points of view, and human PROGRAM GOALS issues that have influenced and continue to influence the field of special The overall goal of the Special education; Education Program is to prepare students to • understand how issues influence become effective special educators for mild and professional practice; moderately disabled students in grades 1-12 and • understand the impact of issues of to meet the certification and professional human diversity; and standards of the Maryland State Department of • understand the relationships of Education, the Council for Exceptional Children, organizations of special education. and the principles of the Interstate New Teachers 2) Development and Characteristics of Learner Assessment Support Consortium (INTASC). To • demonstrate respect for students; accomplish this goal, there are four major • understand the similarities and objectives: differences in human development; • understand how exceptional conditions 1. To help each student develop and refine the can interact with the domains of human personal and interpersonal qualities and skills development; and necessary to function intellectually, emotionally, and socially with others in the capacity of teacher or facilitator;

90

• use knowledge to respond to the varying 6) Language abilities and behaviors of individuals • understand typical and atypical language with exceptional learning needs (ELN). development; 3) Individual Learning Differences • enhance language development and • understand the effects that an teach communication skills to exceptional learning condition can have individuals with ELN; on an individual’s learning; • are familiar with augmentative, • are active and resourceful in seeking to alternative, and assistive technologies; understand how primary language, • provide effective language models; and culture, and familial backgrounds • facilitate understanding of subject interact with the individual’s matter for individuals with ELN whose exceptional condition; and primary language is not English. • provide individualized instruction for 7) Instructional Planning individuals with ELN. • develop long-range individualized 4) Instructional Strategies instructional plans; • possess a repertoire of evidence-based • translate individualized plans into instructional strategies to individualize shorter-range goals and objectives; instruction; • emphasize explicit modeling and • promote positive learning results in efficient guided practice; general and special education curricula; • modify instructional plans based on • appropriately modify learning ongoing analysis of the individual’s environments for individuals with ELN; learning progress; • enhance the learning of critical thinking, • facilitate instructional planning in a problem-solving, and performance collaborative context; skills; and • develop a variety of individualized • emphasize the development, transition plans; and maintenance and generalization of • use appropriate technologies to support knowledge and skills across instructional planning and environments, settings and the lifespan. individualized instruction. 5) Learning Environments and Social 8) Assessment Interactions • use multiple assessment types of • create learning environments and active assessment information; engagement for individuals with ELN • understand the legal policies and ethical that foster cultural understanding, safety principles of measurement and and emotional well-being and positive assessment; social interactions; • understand measurement theory and • foster environments in which diversity is practices; valued; • understand the appropriate use and • shape environments to encourage limitations of various types of independence, self- motivation, self- assessment; direction, personal empowerment, and • assure nonbiased, meaningful self-advocacy of individuals with ELN; assessments and decision making; • help general education colleagues • conduct informal and formal integrate individuals with ELN in assessments of behavior, learning, regular environments; achievement and environments; • use direct motivational and instructional • identify supports and adaptations interventions; required for individuals with ELN; • intervene with individuals with ELN in • regularly monitor the progress of crisis; and individuals with ELN; and • provide guidance and direction to para- • use appropriate technologies to support educators and others. their assessments. 91

9) Professional and Ethical Practice to the professional dispositions of the candidate; • attend to legal matters along with and serious professional and ethical considerations; D. Maryland passing scores on the Praxis I. • engage in professional activities that benefit individuals with ELN; PROVISIONAL ADMISSION • view themselves as lifelong learners and regularly reflect on and adjust their Applicants who possess an overall GPA practice; of between 2.75 to 2.99 may be admitted and • are sensitive to the many aspects of given provisional status provided they have diversity of individuals with ELN and passing scores on the PRAXIS I. These students their families; and must maintain a 3.50 average in the first nine • keep current with evidence-based best approved credit hours, six of which must be in practices. Special Education graduate level core courses. 10) Collaboration Provisional status students may be • routinely and effectively collaborate required to take undergraduate prerequisites in with families, other educators, related the areas of education and psychology to service providers, and personnel from remediate content deficiencies before being community agencies in culturally admitted to regular status. Provisional status responsive ways; students may also be asked to come for a personal interview before being admitted to the • are a resource to their colleagues in program. understanding the laws and policies

relevant to individuals with ELN; and POLICY ON APPLICANT REJECTION • use collaboration to facilitate the The University may review a number of successful transitions of individuals with different factors to determine whether to admit ELN across settings and services. an applicant to a graduate program, including

but not limited to academic achievement, ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS personal and professional references, scores on

admission examinations, writing samples, REGULAR ADMISSION personal interviews, character and integrity,

personality, and potential to perform as a Admission to the Special Education graduate student and in the applicable Program is based on criteria specified in the profession. Applicants should consider requirements of admission to the UMES licensing/registration/credential requirements of Graduate School. These standards were devised a profession in which past personal history or to ensure that students accepted into the conviction/criminal record may restrict Graduate School were qualified and had a completion of a degree program (the reasonable chance of successfully completing a professional phase) and the eligibility to practice graduate degree. in a profession if graduated from a program.

Admission criteria include: APPLICATION DEADLINES

A. Baccalaureate degree from an accredited Application deadlines for admissions are institution; as follows:

B. 3.0 grade point average (GPA) or better on a Fall Semester - May 1 4.0 scale in undergraduate work; Spring Semester - November 1

Summer Sessions - April 1 C. Three letters of recommendation from individuals who can evaluate the applicant's potential for graduate studies and offer insight as

92

RETENTION AND EXIT REQUIREMENTS credits of their program. In addition, they must also complete a seminar paper within the last 6 The course of study will vary with the credits of their program. During the course experiences and qualifications that individual SPED 678, the seminar paper must be approved students bring to the program. A minimum of by the seminar instructor, program coordinator, 30 semester hours will be required for the M.Ed. and department chair. degree. Students working toward the M.Ed. degree plus certification will need to complete For additional and elaborative information additional hours beyond the 30 semester hours on the policies, procedures and forms of the minimum to satisfy the M.Ed. and certification program, consult the latest Graduate Special requirements. Undergraduate methods courses Education Program Handbook. and the internship (i.e., EDSP 400, EDSP 401, EDSP 402, EDSP 403, EDSP 416, EDSP 426, SPECIAL EDUCATION COURSES EDSP 442, EDSP 450) may not be applied to the (Note: All credit hours are given in M.Ed. degree. However, these courses will be parentheses.) part of the student’s overall program if they are essential to meet certification requirements. No CORE COURSES: (All students in the more than 12 hours of coursework at the 400 program are required to take these courses.) level can be applied toward the M.Ed. requirements. SPED 600 Characteristics of Exceptional All requirements for the Master's Individuals (3) degree must be completed within a five-year EDUC 610 Learning and Instructional period. This time limit also applies to any Design (3) transfer work from other institutions to be EDUC 690 Introduction to Behavioral included in the student's overall program. Research (3) SPED 615 Psychoeducational Assessment To remain in good standing in the M.Ed. (3) Special Education Program, including the EDUC 625 Applied Behavior Analysis eligibility to earn certification, each student must (3) meet and maintain the following performance EDSP 428 Communication and criteria: Collaboration Skills in Special Education A. Earn an overall grade point average of 3.0 or (3) higher; and EDSP 430 Technology in Special Education (3) B. Earn no more than one "C" in all courses. SPED 678 Master's Research Seminar (3) C. Earn no grade in a course lower than a “C” ELECTIVES (Some of these may be required at any time during the program for those seeking Certification in Special Education.) In addition, an internship will be required for students applying for initial certification in SPED 603 Characteristics and Special Education. A professional portfolio is Programming for Individuals developed as part of the internship experience. with Learning Disabilities (3) Prior to taking the internship and seminar (i.e., SPED 605 Characteristics and Programming for EDSP 400, EDSP 442, EDSP 450), teacher Individuals with Mental candidates must take and pass the PRAXIS II, Retardation (3) meeting the minimum cut-off scores as SPED 607 Characteristics and determined by the Maryland State Department Programming for Individuals of Education. with Behavioral Disorders (3) Students must also take and pass a written SPED 608 Characteristics and comprehensive examination within the last 6 Programming for the Gifted (3)

93

SPED 630 Current Legal and Advocacy assessment, etiology, academic, social and Issues in Special Education (3) behavioral characteristics as well as history, SPED 638 Current Trends in Special theories, current issues, instructional strategies Education (3) and delivery systems. Prerequisite: SPED 600 SPED 640 Internship in Special Education (3-6) SPED 605 Characteristics and SPED 650 Career Education for the Programming for Individuals Individuals with Disabilities (3) with Mental Retardation EDSP 401 Processes and Acquisition of (3) Reading and Language for This course presents an overview of mental Students with Disabilities (3) retardation. It includes the diagnosis, EDSP 402 Materials for Reading and assessment, etiology, academic, social and Language for Students with behavioral characteristics as well as history, Disabilities (3) theories, current issues, instructional strategies, EDSP 403 Instruction of Reading and and delivery systems. Prerequisite: SPED 600 Language for Students with Disabilities (3) SPED 607 Characteristics and EDSP 404 Assessment, Diagnosis and Programming for Individuals Remediation of Reading for with Behavioral Disorders Students with Disabilities (3) (3) EDUC 612 Advanced Educational This course presents an overview of behavioral Psychology (3) disorders. It includes the diagnosis, assessment, EDUC 620 Advanced Human Growth etiology, academic, social and behavioral and Development (3) characteristics as well as history, theories, current issues, instructional strategies, and In addition to elective courses within the delivery systems. Prerequisite: SPED 600 major, students are encouraged to select electives in related areas such as Guidance SPED 608 Characteristics and and Counseling and Rehabilitation Programming for the Gifted Counseling. Advisors approve electives (3) before they are taken. This course presents an overview of gifted and talented individuals. It includes the diagnosis, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS assessment, etiology, academic, social and (All courses [with the exception of SPED 600, behavioral characteristics as well as history, EDUC 612 and EDUC 620] require theories, current issues, instructional strategies, acceptance into the graduate Special and delivery systems. Prerequisite: SPED 600 Education program) SPED 615 Psychoeducational Assessment SPED 600 Characteristics of Exceptional (3) Individuals (3) This course presents the selection, This course presents an overview of the major administration, and interpretation of types of exceptionalities and their impact on the comprehensive psychoeducational batteries teaching/learning process. It includes the legal designed to assess intellectual, behavioral, mandates that relate to the field of special achievement, and academic abilities. It includes education. Prerequisite: Graduate Standing design, construction, and implementation of informal procedures. Prerequisite: SPED 600 SPED 603 Characteristics and Programming for Individuals SPED 630 Current Legal and Advocacy with Learning Disabilities Issues in Special Education (3) (3) This course presents an overview of learning This course presents an in-depth study of legal disabilities. It includes the diagnosis, issues derived from federal and state mandates

94

in special education. It includes the review of EDUC 612 Advanced Educational administrative and judicial decisions, analysis of Psychology (3) due process proceedings, and study of current This course emphasizes educational implications legal trends in the field. Prerequisite: SPED of research on child development, cognitive 600 science, learning and classroom instruction. Prerequisite: Graduate Standing SPED 638 Current Trends in Special Education (3) EDUC 620 Advanced Human Growth This course presents an in-depth analysis of and Development (3) selected topics in the field of education as they This course provides advanced study of human relate to exceptional learners. Prerequisite: growth and development using a life-span SPED 600 approach. Current research and theories in the areas of cognitive processes, learning abilities, SPED 640 Internship in Special social and psychological processes will be Education (3-6) examined. Prerequisite: Graduate Standing This course involves a supervised internship in a setting appropriate to the student's background EDUC 625 Applied Behavior Analysis and level of certification. This course may be (3) taken twice for up to 6 credits. Prerequisite: This course develops competencies associated SPED 600 with effective individual, group, and classroom management. Systematic analysis of behaviors SPED 650 Career Education for and the application of behavioral theory in Individuals with Disabilities special education are presented. Prerequisite: (3) SPED 600 This course presents a study of pre-vocational and vocational training and career education for EDUC 690 Introduction to Behavioral individuals with disabilities. Prerequisite: Research (3) SPED 600 This course presents methods and techniques of behavioral research; experience in reading, SPED 678 Master's Research Seminar analyzing, and interpreting behavioral research, (3) as well as writing and critiquing abstracts and This course provides individualized instruction, developing research proposals. Prerequisite: direction, and guidance in the research process. SPED 600 A student-generated, independent, comprehensive research paper (i.e., seminar EDSP 401 Processes and Acquisition of paper) and a professional portfolio are required Reading and Language for course products. Prerequisite: SPED 600, Students with Disabilities (3) EDUC 690, 24 credits of graduate work This course introduces students to the processes of language development and the relationship EDUC 610 Learning and Instructional and role of language acquisition in reading Design (3) development for students with disabilities at the This course provides advanced skill elementary and secondary levels. It will analyze development in the area of individualized the relationship between oral language programming, including adaptation and development, reading acquisition, and written modification of curriculum, instructional design, language. In addition, the interactive nature of program development, and evaluation. Learning the reading process, including the impact of theory and its application in the classroom are phonemic awareness will be addressed. emphasized. Prerequisite: SPED 600 Prerequisite: SPED 600

95

EDSP 402 Materials for Reading and working with parents and other educators. Language for Students with Prerequisite: SPED 600 Disabilities (3) This course introduces materials which can be EDSP 430 Technology in Special used to provide a variety of reading and Education (3) language experiences to students with This course explores a wide range of assertive disabilities at the elementary and secondary technology applications for students with levels. Both teacher-made and commercial physical, cognitive, communicative, sensory, materials will be discussed. The use of and/or multiple disabilities. Students will children’s literature, community resources, and examine the use of technology in combination parental support will also be explored. with effective instructional strategies to enhance Prerequisites: SPED 600, EDSP 401 learning. In addition, students will examine electronic and print resources for assertive EDSP 403 Instruction of Reading and technology information and review research Language for Students with about current practices for the implementation of Disabilities (3) instructional technology. Prerequisite: SPED This course introduces the instruction of reading 600 skills to students with and without disabilities at the elementary and secondary levels. Content *************************************** includes the development of word attack and For further information on this program, comprehension skills and the teaching of please contact: expository reading in the content areas. Emphasis is placed on the selection, Graduate Program Coordinator organization, and evaluation of instructional Special Education content, strategies and activities. Prerequisites: Department of Education SPED 600, EDSP 401 Hazel Hall University of Maryland Eastern Shore EDSP 404 Assessment, Diagnosis and Princess Anne, MD 21853 Remediation of Reading for Email: [email protected] Students with Disabilities (3) This course provides an in-depth analysis of assessment, diagnosis, and remediation of reading problems for students with disabilities at the elementary and secondary levels. A thorough understanding of the diagnostic process is explored as well as remediation techniques for comprehension, vocabulary development, and word attack skills. Attention is given to effectively reporting these results to parents and other professionals. Prerequisites: SPED 600, EDSP 401, EDSP 402, EDSP 403

EDSP 428 Communication and Collaboration Skills in Special Education (3) This course focuses on the nature of oral and written communication theories, models, and definitions; the role of the individual and groups in the communication process; and content and settings for communication. Emphasis will be on developing effective communication skills in the educational setting with a special focus on

96

MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING (MAT) 3. To enable teacher candidates to develop and UMES/SU: Collaborative Degree-Granting demonstrate sensitivity and effective Program interpersonal skills in working with culturally diverse populations. The MAT is a 39 semester-hour professional degree program designed to prepare 4. To nurture educators who are committed, students for initial teacher certification. It is an continuous learners, and contributors to the alternative, collaborative degree program offered enhancement of the teaching profession. by Salisbury University (SU) and the University of Maryland Eastern Shore (UMES). ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

The MAT is intended for students who Regular Admission have earned a non-teaching baccalaureate degree Although students must matriculate at from an accredited institution of higher the campus where there is a State-approved education in an appropriate content area, who teacher preparation program in their intended now wish to become teachers in a secondary field, applicants will be admitted to the MAT school (grades 7-12). Students may prepare for program by a common UMES/SU admission teacher certification in the following State- process. To be admitted to the program all approved programs at UMES: Agriculture, Art, applicants must: Biology, Business, Chemistry, English, Family & Consumer Sciences, Mathematics, Music (vocal 1. possess a baccalaureate degree in a and instrumental); Social Studies and Technology. content area;

ACCREDITATION 2. meet the requirements for regular admission UMES’ Teacher Education and School to the graduate school; Counseling Programs are accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher 3. take and pass Praxis I; Education (NCATE) and approved by the Maryland State Department of Education 4. possess an undergraduate grade-point (MSDE). average of a least 3.0 in the last half of the undergraduate program, or possess a prior PROGRAM GOAL graduate degree from an accredited The overall goal of the MAT program is institution; to prepare students to become effective educators and to meet the certification and 5. submit official transcripts from all higher professional standards of the Maryland State institutions attended; Department of Education. 6. submit three letters of recommendation that PROGRAM OBJECTIVES address: their personal qualities, e.g., To accomplish this goal, there are four character and academic abilities, problem major objectives: solving, conceptual thinking, and the writing and speaking skills needed to support a 1. To allow students to build upon the content rigorous graduate program; and that they knowledge they have acquired in the possess the personal determination and baccalaureate degree, adding the professional commitment needed to complete this knowledge necessary for a career in teaching. program;

2. To prepare teachers who are well-grounded 7. participate in the individual structured in research, theory, and practice related to interview session by the SU/UMES effective classroom instruction and school Admissions Committee; improvements.

97

8. submit a writing sample essay that is written within a five-year period after admission to the on campus, in a supervised setting, and that program. focuses on some current educational issues, as determined by the MAT joint Admissions 2. Retention Committee, and To remain in good standing in the MAT 9. complete the MAT Application Form, program each UMES student must meet and including a personal statement of purpose. maintain the following performance criteria:

The transcripts and academic credentials A. Earn an overall grade point average of 3.0 or of all applicants will be reviewed by the higher; UMES/SU joint MAT Admissions Committee. Appropriate academic departmental B. Earn no more than six credit hours of C or subcommittees will determine whether students C+ grades and no grade lower than a C; possess adequate and current content coursework in the intended certification area. C. Take and pass PRAXIS II prior to beginning Individuals who lack appropriate course work the student internship experience; will be expected to complete the identified course requirements prior to their enrollment D. Pass the comprehensive examination as a in the internship portion of the MAT condition for advancement to candidacy; program. Students holding degrees which are more than five years old, may be required to E. Complete a seminar paper that meets the take additional courses in the major area before identified standards; taking method courses, or before the internship. No additional courses will be taken during the F. Complete the program within three calendar full-time internship. Students must follow the years of advancement to candidacy. school day and holiday schedule of the school system in which their internship occurs. ADVISEMENT SYSTEM Students in the MAT program have an Provisional Admission on campus advisor throughout their course of Applicants who posses an overall study, who is available to serve as mentor and to undergraduate GPA of between 2.7 and 2.99 advise them on academic and career plans. may be considered for admission to the MAT Students may not register for classes without program under Provisional Status. They must discussing their program with their academic maintain a 3.0 or better grade point average in advisor and receiving the advisor’s signature on the first nine credit hours. A transcript review the registration and drop/add forms. will be conducted after the first nine credit hours. Students meeting the 3.0 standard will be APPLICATION DEADLINE granted regular admission status. Those who do All fully completed applications must be not meet the standard will be terminated from submitted to the Graduate School no later than the program. October 1 for Winter Session admission.

RETENTION AND EXIT REQUIREMENTS TRANSFER CREDITS The specific requirements for the MAT A maximum of six graduate credits may degree are as follows: be accepted for transfer into the program, provided these credits are as specified (see 1. Course Work transfer credits section of this catalog).

A minimum of 39 semester hours of COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION course work will be required for the MAT Students in the UMES/SU MAT degree. All requirements must be completed program must obtain passing scores on a collaborative comprehensive examination given

98

in the Winter Session. Students who do not pass EMAT 508 Reading in the Content Area II all parts of the comprehensive examination must (UMES only) (3) wait four months before retaking them. Passage of the comprehensive examination is a WINTER TERM requirement for graduation. Comprehensive Exam (UMES; SU)

SEMINAR PAPER SPRING SEMESTER All UMES students must write a seminar paper that demonstrates their ability to EMAT 507- Internship I (UMES; SU) (3) analyze and synthesize educational research. EMAT 509- Internship II (UMES; SU) (3) The student’s advisor should be consulted on the EMAT 511- Internship Seminar (at SU) (3) process. Seminar papers must be completed and (UMES; SU) approved by designated UMES personnel. Courses are taught on both campuses; in any INTERNSHIP semester half of the courses are taught at UMES Completion of an internship as a full- and the others at SU. time teacher in a Professional Development School internship is required for completion of *UMES students must take and pass PRAXIS I the degree. prior to being admitted to the program **UMES students must take and pass the Sequence of Master of Arts in Teaching PRAXIS II prior to beginning the internship Courses and other Requirements Note: The Teacher Educator in the academic WINTER TERM* department that offers the program in which the EMAT 501 Development and Learning student plans to teach must review his/her Applied to Teaching (3) transcripts and indicate what content course (UMES; SU) work, if any, must be completed prior to the internship. SPRING SEMESTER EMAT 502 Social and Philosophical Foundations of Contemporary Course Descriptions Education (UMES; SU) (3) (Note: Credit hours for all courses are given in EMAT 504 Reading in the Content parentheses) Area I (UMES only) (3) EMAT 505 Methods of Teaching and EMAT 501 Development and Learning Assessment (UMES; SU) (3) Applied to Teaching (3) EMAT 515 Research and Technology The course examines theory and research in (UMES; SU) (3) human development and learning psychology with application to teaching in contemporary SUMMER SESSION I middle and secondary schools. Emphasis is EMAT 506 Inclusive Teaching for Diverse placed on translating theory into practice by Populations (UMES; SU) (3) integrating field experiences, class work, student projects, assignments, and exams. FALL SEMESTER** Prerequisite: Admission to the MAT program EMAT 503 Principles of Curriculum and or consent of the instructor. Instruction (UMES; SU)(3) EDCI 4XX Content Area Methods (varies by content area) (3) (UMES; SU) EMAT 512 Classroom Management (3) (UMES; SU)

99

EMAT 502 Social and Philosophical completion of the professional education Foundations of Contemporary sequence, and content requirements. Education (3) The course is an analysis of social and EMAT 506 Inclusive Teaching for Diverse philosophical tenets of education with an Populations (3) emphasis on implications for contemporary This research-based course is designed to provide middle and secondary schools. It examines a broad-based survey of special education and current trends, issues, research and practice. multicultural education. One focus of this course Field experience involving community, is to provide an overview of special education educational, and social service agencies are and a general exploration of the types of required. Prerequisite: Admission to the MAT disabilities, etiology, and characteristics of program or consent of the instructor. persons with disabilities. The other focus of this course will be to examine various cultural and EMAT 503 Principles of Curriculum and ethnic groups, their social mores, and interaction Instruction (3) patterns. Further study will focus on the impact Historical and current influences on curriculum diversity has on the education of the "regular" developments, alignments, and classroom education student and the impact diversity has on applications; underlying principles, philosophical, students with disabilities. Current trends and and social influences on strategic planning instructional strategies for inclusion will be processes and school improvements will all be discussed. Research opportunities and field examined. Technological impacts on curriculum experiences are provided. This course fulfills the and instruction will be emphasized. Curriculum State's Special Education requirement for strands, research studies, and products will be teachers. Prerequisite: Admission to the MAT reviewed and assessed. Prerequisites: EMAT Program and content requirements. 502 and EMAT 515 EDCI4XX Secondary School Methods (400 EMAT 504 and 508 Reading in the Content level course number will vary according to the Areas I and II (3 content major.) (3) each) The course prepares prospective teachers to teach The courses are an analysis of content area in middle and high schools. Students reading/writing/learning processes with an will integrate content knowledge with basic emphasis on skills and strategies to facilitate teaching methodologies of preparing objectives, student comprehension and learning of content in effective questioning, curriculum and resource middle and secondary schools. The course evaluations, teacher presentations, cooperative examines research and practice; field experiences learning, demonstrations and experiments, are required. Prerequisite: Admission to the student projects, classroom management, lesson MAT program or consent of the instructor. and unit planning. Students will be placed with a high school or middle school teacher for EMAT 505 Methods of Teaching and observations and bit teaching experiences. Assessment (3) Prerequisites: Successful completion of This graduate course will focus on both effective EMAT 502, EMAT 503 and EMAT 512 instructional methods and educational assessment courses. (This is a sample of the course to be procedures. Students will examine general offered. A specialized content area methods principles related to preparing, planning, and course will be offered in each area for which delivering instruction. The connection between one or both institutions [UMES, SU] have a assessment and instruction will be emphasized. State-approved program. ) Both informal and formal assessment procedures will be presented, with an opportunity for EMAT 507, 509 (Internship I and II) and students to apply instructional and assessment EMAT 511 (Seminar) (9) techniques in a clinical field experience. Full-time fourteen weeks clinical internship and Prerequisite: Admission to the MAT Program, concurrent campus seminar provide the intern with opportunities to actualize the latest

100

educational research and theory into practice. Hazel Hall These opportunities include and are not exclusive University of Maryland Eastern Shore to: observation, mini-teaching, macro-teaching, Princess Anne, MD 21853 whole group lessons and action research. The Email: [email protected] seminar provides a forum for discussing problems encountered during the internship, and also provides a colloquium for developing strategies to resolve these problems. The internship will be conducted under the direct supervision of a clinical supervisor (experienced public school teacher) with guidance and support from the University supervisor. Prerequisites: Completion of all coursework in the MAT sequence prior to the Internship, including content methods, and achievement of a passing score on the PRAXIS.

EMAT 512 Classroom Management (3) The course provides the student with a repertoire of strategies to create a classroom environment that facilitates optimal learning. Different classroom management theories will be explored and evaluated for appropriateness in a given situation. Special attention is given to accommodating diversity, and strategies for effectively communicating with families are considered. Prerequisites: Admission to MAT program, completion of the professional education sequence, and content requirements.

EMAT 515 Research and Technology (3) Students are introduced to the three basic forms of research: historical, descriptive, and experimental, with an emphasis on incorporating them into classroom teaching. ERIC and other databases will be used in library research. The course provides a technological base for the development of videotapes, portfolios, and a research methodology base for subsequent courses. Qualitative and quantitative data treatments will be developed within the context of individual student projects and the evaluation of the research literature. Prerequisite: Admission to the MAT program

**************************************** For further information on this program, please contact:

Graduate Program Coordinator Master of Arts in Teaching Program Department of Education

101

EDUCATION LEADERSHIP being impacted by the growing school-aged population and projected retirements. Over the Introduction next five years, nearly 75% of Maryland’s current school administrators will become As the doctoral degree-granting eligible for retirement. institution on Maryland’s Eastern Shore, UMES has been invited to join the Maryland Education Program Revision in Progress Leadership Collaborative (MELC), working with the University of Maryland College Park UMES is seeking national accreditation (UM), Bowie State University (BSU) and by the National Council for Accreditation of Morgan State University (MSU). This doctoral Teacher Education (NCATE) and approval by program is designed to respond to the the Maryland State Department of Education educational needs of school personnel across the (MSDE) for the Education Leadership (EDLD) state, with particular emphasis on those residing Program. In addition, the program is being and/or working on the Eastern Shore (and in modified to align with the standards of the Western Maryland). The unique and Educational Leadership Constituent Consortium complementary roles of the UM flagship and the Maryland Instructional Leadership mission coupled with the MSU urban doctoral Framework. The intent of this redesign is also mission and the regional doctoral focus of both to seek eligibility for state licensure as an BSU and UMES offer great promise for the Administrator I for doctoral candidates, after addition of UMES in the collaborative successful completion of this program. partnership. With the participation of the other In the interim students admitted into and regional comprehensive universities, the MELC those already enrolled in the EDLD program can respond to the regional need for education should continue to follow, until otherwise leadership in a timely manner. The MELC has notified, the combined Organizational as its vision developing a Doctorate of Leadership/Education Leadership policies, Education whose aim is to produce ethical and procedures and processes found in the several humane leaders for Maryland and the nation’s handbooks and guides issued for the programs, schools who are: as periodically updated, and in the various • Sensitive to the diverse needs and subsections of the updated Organizational diverse peoples who attend our schools Leadership program text in this catalog. and who will seek to provide an equal and quality education for all children; Mission of the Program • Instructional leaders able to build an effective team-oriented approach to The mission of the Education teaching and learning in order to Leadership Doctoral Program is to prepare maximize the academic achievements of educators for today’s schools who are all students; particularly effective instructional leaders and • Scholar practitioners with reflective, applied researchers. The program has a problem solving habits who are able to commitment to equal educational opportunity. design, consume, critique and There is an emphasis on cultivating doctoral implement research relevant to effective candidates with the knowledge, skills, and practice; and dispositions to respond to the diverse needs and • Adaptable to changing environments diverse peoples who attend our schools, i.e., to and problems, to solving new problems, provide an equal and quality education for all and developing adaptive learning children. Curriculum, internships and other environments. program requirements are designed to focus on developing instructional leaders who use best In Maryland, the need for education leaders practices in maximizing student achievement, with training at the doctoral level has been cited implementing appropriate assessments, and as a statewide need. Personnel needs in this area facilitating professional development. Program parallel the projected shortage of teachers, both requirements are aligned with standards by the 102

Educational Leadership Constituent Council • Engage all stakeholders in a shared from the National Council for Accreditation of responsibility for school and student Teacher Education and the Maryland success. Instructional Leadership Framework from the • Meet the educational needs of a Maryland State Department of Education. diverse and multi-cultural student and In addition, as part of the Maryland community population. Education Leadership Consortium (MELC), a • Demonstrate ethical standards in all collaborative program, the UMES Education research and education leadership Leadership Doctoral Program is delivered at the activities. Eastern Shore Higher Education Center, thus supporting our mission to provide extension and Admissions Procedures outreach opportunities to our constituents. Access to and availability of this doctoral degree Applicants will be considered for program on the Eastern Shore will meet the admission to the Education Leadership (EDLD) expressed needs of local citizens who want to Program in accordance with the general work toward a terminal degree in educational admission requirements set forth by the UMES leadership. Graduate School. Applicants must specify on the Statement of Purpose application form the Educational Objectives intended strand area (Guidance and Counseling, Special Education, or Career and Technology Candidates who satisfactorily complete Education). Applications will be reviewed and the Education Leadership Program will receive recommendations concerning admission made to the Doctor of Education degree (Ed.D.) and will the Dean of Graduate Studies by the Education be able to demonstrate the following to: Leadership Admissions Committee composed of as many as four assessors, including one from • Develop leadership skills which each of the three strand areas. demonstrate team-oriented approaches All applicants must satisfy the following to teaching and learning in order to minimum requirements: maximize student achievement. • An earned baccalaureate and master’s • Facilitate the development of an degrees from regionally accredited educational institution’s vision and institutions; mission. • A minimum of a 3.0 grade point • Align the total school culture to average in the master’s degree; student learning and achievement. • Three years of recent teaching or • Monitor and facilitate the alignment of successful professional experience in a curriculum, instruction and school (K-12) setting; assessment. • State certification in one of the three • Improve instructional practices strand areas (Career and Technology through purposeful observation and Education, Guidance and Counseling assessment of teachers and staff. (specifically school counseling), and • Ensure the regular integration of Special Education); appropriate assessments into daily • The completed UMES application classroom instruction. materials; • Utilize multiple sources of data to • A writing sample (done on-site); improve classroom instruction and • An interview with a panel student achievement. • Facilitate professional development for Since the program is a cohort design, staff that is focused, sustained, and admissions will also be based, to the extent research-based. possible, on a sufficient number of admissions in each of the three strand areas in the program so

103

as to maintain a continuity of strand course semester hours, must comply with the transfer of offerings. credit provisions of the UMES Graduate School The Education Leadership Program and be approved by the ORLD/EDLD Program represents a terminal degree program for Director and the Graduate Dean during the first students in mid- or advanced career stages. semester of matriculation. Applicants represent a variety of professional The program will include the following experiences and educational backgrounds. elements: • An entry level (orientation) set of Application Deadline experiences to outline roles, responsibility, timeline expectations, As a cohort-based program, there is one and to build a sense of cohesiveness admission period per year (Fall). The for the group. application deadline is April 1. Students are • A set of core courses to include topics responsible to ensure that completed such as organizational behavior, applications and supporting materials, including politics and governance, policy and letters of recommendation and official planning, instructional issues, transcripts, are received in the UMES Graduate technology, personnel and financial School by the application deadline. management. • A set of advanced coursework in the Program, Retention, and Exit strand area. Requirements • A set of courses designed for development of additional research All students in the Education Leadership and data analysis skills. (EDLD) program must complete a non-credit • A supervised internship experience one weekend orientation seminar, core courses based on the student’s background and (24 semester hours), courses in one of three career objectives strand areas (Career and Technology Education, • The creation of an exit experience that Guidance and Counseling (specifically school highlights, through public presentation counseling), or Special Education) and three of research or special projects, the research methods and statistics courses. accomplishments of the student. A strand is 12 semester hours of content-specific advanced course work. Students enter the Education Leadership Included in the course of study for all EDLD Program as members of a doctoral cohort. Since students, regardless of their selected strand, will this program is designed to meet the needs of be a supervised integrated internship (3 semester students who are employed full time, courses hours) in an educational setting that aligns with will be offered in a nontraditional scheduling their strand area. format on Friday evening, Saturdays and Advancement to candidacy for the Sundays. Classes are five weeks in duration, degree occurs after the passing of the and generally meet twice. The remaining three comprehensive examination, successful (3) weeks are devoted to individual projects and completion of the required internship activities, research. Students must pursue coursework with and the successful defense of the dissertation the cohort. Students who become out of proposal. Twelve (12) semester hours of credit sequence with the cohort may join the next are awarded for the satisfactory completion of cohort as space permits. The cohort will the exit experience (dissertation). The complete twenty-seven (27) semester hours comprehensive examination is a minimum of toward core and strand courses during the first one credit. The sixty (60) credit hours in year of enrollment in the program: three (3) addition to the comprehensive examination courses in each of the fall, spring, and summer required for the degree, can be earned within a semesters (9 credit hours per semester). In the three-year cohort sequence. Any applicable second year, the remaining strand courses and transfer credit for core, strand or research the research methods and statistics courses will methods/ statistics course requirements, up to 12 104

be completed. All requirements are scheduled Management for completion by the third year of the program. • CTED 615 Administration and Additional time to complete the program Leadership may be granted in accordance with the policies • CTED 630 Special Problems in Career and procedures of the UMES Graduate School. and Technology Education All students must maintain a “B” or better grade in all program courses with a letter grading Special Education system (A to F) and a grade of “S” in research, • SPED 630 Legal and Advocacy Issues internship and comprehensive examination in Special Education credits with a “S/F” grading system. • SPED 638 Current Trends in Special The program specifics for the Doctor of Education Education degree in Education Leadership are as • SPED 631 Interagency Collaboration follows: in Special Education • SPED 655 Seminar in Special A. Core Domains of Leadership Education: Administration and (24 semester hours) Supervision

ORLD 602 Theories and Processes of C. Research Methods and Statistics (9 Organizations semester hours) ACOL 623 Academic Leadership • ORLD 611 Quantitative Research EDLD 610 Educational Policy and Planning • ORLD 612 Statistical Applications ACOL 624 Fundraising, Lobbying, and and Interpretations Negotiating Skills • ORLD 613 Statistics and Information ORLD 617 Personnel Development, Management Management, and Evaluation

ORLD 603 Politics, Organizations, and Leaders: Legal and Ethical Issues D. Integrated Internship (3 semester hours) EDLD 612 Leadership in Curriculum, • EDLD 898 Doctoral Internship Instruction and Technology GVOL 621 Managing Public Financial E. Exit Experience (12 semester hours) Resources • EDLD 899 Doctoral Dissertation

B. Specialization in Leadership Advisor and Research Advisory Committee (Students select one strand area) (12 semester hours) Upon admission to the Education Leadership Program, students will be assigned to Guidance and Counseling an academic advisor. This person will be • EDGC 642 Advanced Group responsible for advising on all aspects of the Processes student’s progress through the program. Students should also consult for • EDGC 644 Advanced Clinical information, forms, specific policies and Applications and Supervision procedures the ORLD/EDLD program manuals • EDGC 646 Organization and on the Research Advisory Committee Process Administration of Guidance and the Processes Leading to Graduation. Programs After passing the comprehensive • EDGC 656 Seminar on Diversity examination (see the section below), the student

will select a Research Advisory Committee Career and Technology Education (RAC), which must be approved by the • CTED 600 Career and Technology ORLD/EDLD Program Director and the Dean of Content, Methods and Strategies Graduate Studies. The committee will include at • CTED 602 Career and Technology least five (5) members selected from the Instructional Organization and

105

following categories who must have UMES know whose examination they are grading. Graduate Faculty Status to be a voting member: In other words, the comprehensive • RAC Chair: Select from ORLD/EDLD examination uses a double-blind technique. adjunct and full-time faculty, as well as At least three graders will assess each UMES full-time faculty. Previous question; their scores will be averaged. doctoral committee chair experience is Averages will not be rounded to the next preferred. whole number. • RAC Strand/Core Faculty: Select from ƒ The student may hand-write the examination ORLD/EDLD adjunct and full-time (exam booklet/paper will be provided) or faculty, UMES faculty, or faculty submit answers via a UMES university- affiliated with another accredited provided computer (with only word university who have expertise in the processing capability). Students are allowed student’s area of interest. to bring only a pencil/pen to the exam room. • RAC Research Faculty: Select from The student must inform the ORLD/EDLD ORLD/EDLD adjunct and full-time Administrative Assistant two weeks before faculty, UMES faculty, or faculty the examination date whether s/he will use affiliated with another accredited pencil/pen or computer. After this time, the university who have expertise in student is not allowed to waver from this research design and/or statistics. test-taking decision unless, on the day of the • RAC Associate (optional): While examination, there are technical difficulties possibly not having a terminal doctoral regarding the use of computers. degree, this person is selected because ƒ Room assignment for the exam will be e- of expertise in a desired area (may be mailed to the student from the ORLD/EDLD related to the internship). This person Administrative Assistant two (2) weeks may be a reader in a non-voting status before the examination date. if he/she does not have the terminal ƒ Exams are scheduled to be taken in an 8 degree. hour time block (3 hours in the morning • Dean’s Representative: Assigned by [9:00 am—12:00 noon]; a one-hour lunch the Dean of Graduate Studies. break [12:00 noon to 1:00 pm]; and 4 hours in the afternoon [1:00 pm—5:00 pm]). Comprehensive Examination Testing will begin at the specified times (9:00 am and 1:00 pm). If the student arrives The EDLD doctoral program holds at a later time, s/he will not be provided written comprehensive examinations twice a extra time to complete the examination. year, in June and January. To be eligible to sit ƒ The exam proctor will distribute two for the comprehensive examination, the student questions at 9:00 in the morning (one strand must be in “good academic standing” that is, the question and one research question); after student must have obtained an A or B in all core, lunch, the proctor will distribute three research and strand courses and have questions at 1:00 in the afternoon (one successfully completed the internship and be internship question and two core questions). registered for ORLD 700 (1 to 6 credit hours as At the end of the morning session, the strand needed). The comprehensive examination format question and research question and answers is as follows: will be submitted to the proctor; at the end of the afternoon session, the internship ƒ Examination questions covering core, strand question and the two core questions and and research coursework as well as the answers will be submitted to the proctor. internship, will be submitted by the The student cannot revisit submitted ORLD/EDLD faculty. responses. ƒ The examination will be monitored by a ƒ Where students may be provided a choice proctor who cannot be a grader. Each among the questions to answer, e.g., one of student will be assigned a number so that two questions, students who mistakingly “graders” (ORLD/EDLD faculty) will not respond to both questions will have only the 106

first of the two responses graded. A student within one year), his/her admission status is may not respond to both questions to terminated. attempt to improve the total score for the ƒ The second examination attempt will be question. given no earlier than four months after the ƒ Points for each question are as follows: first examination and no later than one o The strand question is worth 25 calendar year from the date of the initial points; examination. o The research question is worth 25 points; Doctoral Internship o The internship question is worth 10 points; Students are expected to document at o Core questions are worth 40 least 90 contact hours in the internship points total (20 points each). experience that is approved by three (3) ƒ The student must pass EACH question by at ORLD/EDLD faculty members and the least an 80 percent margin. In other words, ORLD/EDLD Program Director. This field- the student must score 20 points or higher on based, supervised experience should culminate the strand question; 20 points or higher on in a scholarly product. The internship must be the research question; 8 points or higher on completed and evaluated before the the internship question; and, 16 points or comprehensive examination can be attempted. higher on each core question. An internship question is included on the ƒ Comprehensive exam questions are designed comprehensive examination. to assess the student’s knowledge about broad foundational concepts as well as the The Initial Meeting ability to integrate this knowledge in a manner that “graders” perceive as indicative The Initial Meeting (IM), a meeting closed of doctoral status. “Graders” will expect that to everyone other than the EDLD student and the student will cite references according to th his/her Research Advisory Committee (RAC), the 5 or latest edition APA style manual takes place when the student has passed the (author, date) throughout his/her writing. comprehensive examination and has the written There is no required length for a approval from the Dean of Graduate Studies comprehensive examination answer; passing regarding membership of the student’s RAC. has to do with quality—not quantity. The purpose of this meeting is to provide ƒ Students will be informed in writing of their opportunities for the RAC to become familiar comprehensive examination score as well as with each other personally and professionally as a summary of graders’ comments. Usually, well as to review and summarize the student’s this process takes about 2-3 weeks. progress toward completion of the EDLD ƒ If a student does not pass the comprehensive program degree requirements. All members of examination, s/he must again register for the RAC must attend the IM either in person or one (1), and up to six (6), credit hours(s) in through audio/video (A/V) technology in the ORLD 700 until the next sitting date for the case of an RAC member at a distant location. comprehensive examination. Only after The use of A/V technology must be prior passing the comprehensive examination will approved by the Dean of Graduate Studies. a student be eligible to register for Three (3) members must be physically present at dissertation credit hours (EDLD 899) and the IM. In case of an emergency, the Dean of initiate the Dissertation Initial Meeting (IM) Graduate Studies may substitute the excused process. RAC member with the Dean’s Representative to ƒ In the event of failing ANY or ALL of the the RAC so that the IM may take place. The five questions, the student may retake the RAC chair is responsible for taking minutes of failed section(s) ONLY once. If the student the meeting, copies of which will be forwarded fails the re-taken part the second time (or to each RAC member, the student, the fails to take the failed examination section(s) ORLD/EDLD program director, the Dean of Graduate Studies, and a copy will be placed in 107

the student’s file. After the RAC Chair opens the that the Proposal Defense may take place. At IM with welcoming and introductions, the least three (3) RAC members must be physically student should be able to discuss and present present for the proposal defense. evidence pertaining to the following agenda During the Proposal Defense—the oral items (RAC members may ask questions at any examination—the RAC examines the student on time): all aspects of the proposed dissertation research as well as whether the student has the proper 1. Curriculum vitae motivation, technical and intellectual capacity, 2. The student’s transcript, the and resources to complete the research in partial internship’s scholarly product, and fulfillment of the requirements for the Doctor of the passing of the comprehensive Philosophy degree. examination. Following the completion of the Proposal 3. Perceived strengths, areas for oral examination process, the RAC will hold a growth, and working style for future closed meeting in which decisions will be made progress toward graduation concerning the final form of the proposal. The 4. Summary of proposed research student will be called back into the room to hear (background, purpose of the study, the RAC decision. RAC consensus is desired; proposed methods) however, the student passes the proposal with at 5. Discussion of proposal manuscript least four of five (or 80%) affirmative votes. The sections and the proposal defense, student is required to bring ORLD/EDLD Form including appropriate forms B to the proposal defense. It is expected that the 6. Tentative proposal manuscript/ RAC will work with the student to make any defense dates required changes. When the RAC recommends substantive changes in the proposal, the student The RAC Chair will make closing remarks will not move forward to submit to the UMES and dismiss the meeting. Institutional Review Board (IRB) the request for approval of human subjects data collection until The Proposal Defense all corrections have been made. After passing the Proposal Defense, the student is allowed to The student and his/her Research submit materials as needed to the UMES Advisory Committee (RAC) will agree upon a Institutional Review Board (IRB). dissertation subject and accompanying research After passing the Proposal Defense, the design. The Proposal manuscript will include student is admitted to candidacy provided that the first three chapters (Introduction, Review of s/he submits the application for Admission to the Literature, and Methods) of the final Candidacy. This application form may be dissertation (usually five chapters: Introduction, obtained from the UMES Graduate School. The Review of the Literature, Methods, Results, and time line for Admission to Candidacy is five Conclusions/Discussion). A qualitative proposal years after enrollment in the program. and dissertation may contain more than three or If the student fails the Proposal Defense, five chapters respectively. The student will s/he must re-defend the research proposal. A follow the APA Style Manual (5th or latest second failure or failure to re-defend within one edition) regarding referencing. year (but no sooner than 30 working days) of the The student must have completed the Initial first proposal defense results in cancellation of Meeting to defend his/her proposal. The admission. Proposal Defense, administered by the RAC, is an oral examination of the research proposal. All The Dissertation Defense members of the RAC must attend the Proposal Defense either in person or via prior approved The ability to undertake independent audio/video technology. If an emergency arises research and provide sufficient evidence of among a committee member, the Dean of scholarship is demonstrated by submission of an Graduate Studies may substitute that member original dissertation, which is required of all with the Dean’s Representative to the RAC so candidates for an Ed.D. degree. A minimum of

108

12 dissertation hours is required to complete the and no later than 12 months after the EDLD doctoral degree program. Prior to first defense. Candidates may be admission to candidacy, the student may register examined no more than twice. After for no more than six (6) dissertation hours. After failing the second attempt, the registering for all 12 required hours, the candidate’s admission to the candidate must register for 1 dissertation hour graduate program is terminated. per semester and summer session, including the 5. Rule the dissertation manuscript and semester or session in which s/he defends his/her defense unsatisfactory; therefore, dissertation. In other words, the candidate must the student fails and may not re- be continually enrolled in dissertation hours defend. until graduation. The candidate has up to four (4) years to successfully defend his/her Before or after recommended changes, the dissertation from the time s/he was admitted to candidate fails if two (2) of five (5) RAC candidacy. members do not sign ORLD/EDLD Form E. In The Dissertation Defense MUST be addition, the ORLD/EDLD Program Research physically attended by ALL members of the Coordinator may over-ride any RAC pass/fail candidate’s RAC, and the Dissertation Defense decision. Circumstances for an over-ride could must be held in UMES facilities. At the include a) a dissertation manuscript not in completion of the defense, the RAC will hold a compliance with ORLD/EDLD specified meeting (without the candidate) to discuss outline/style, b) failure of the student to comply decisions regarding the candidate’s pass/fail with IRB human subjects protection status and any recommendations for the final requirements or c) acts of plagiarism and faulty form of the dissertation manuscript. The student data handling and other examples of academic will be called back into the room to hear the dishonesty that were found. These problems RAC decision. The RAC committee has the would go back to the student and the RAC with following alternatives regarding the pass/fail appropriate action to be taken as warranted, e.g., status for the candidate: if an academic honesty or IRB issue and/or revisiting the dissertation manuscript for 1. Accept the dissertation without any revision and a subsequent review following the recommended changes and sign the above five pass/fail alternatives. appropriate form. Although not an ORLD/EDLD 2. Accept the dissertation with requirement, the doctoral candidate may request recommendations for changes, and, a Public Seminar (open to the public) to serve as EXCEPT FOR THE RAC CHAIR, a dress rehearsal for the Dissertation Defense. sign the appropriate form. After the The request should be submitted to the candidate makes the recommended ORLD/EDLD program Director. changes, the RAC chair will review the dissertation and, upon his/her ORLD/EDLD Programs Grading and approval, sign ORLD/EDLD Form Retention Policies E. 3. Recommend revisions to the The grading policy for the dissertation manuscript and NOT ORLD/EDLD program is that students must sign ORLD/EDLD Form E until the receive a grade of either “B” or “A” in each candidate has made the changes and program course (core, strand and research) with submitted the revised dissertation a letter grading system (A, B, C, D, & F) and a manuscript for RAC approval. Then, grade of “S” in comprehensive examination, the RAC committee will sign form internship and research credit courses with a E if they approve of the changes. “S/F” grading system. 4. Recommend revisions and convene a second meeting of the Dissertation The retention policy for the Defense. The second defense may ORLD/EDLD programs is as follows: take place no fewer than 6 months

109

1. A student who receives a grade of “C” subject to review by the program to in any core, strand or research determine whether the student should be methods/statistics course must repeat continued in the program or dismissed. that course. 2. The statistics course pre-requisite is that Altered Timelines for the Program students must earn a final grade of “A” or “B” in ORLD 612 before proceeding Completion of the EDLD degree to ORLD 613. program requirements within the recommended 3. After receiving two final “C” grades three-year time frame is contingent on (whether receiving two consecutive “C” successful completion of all coursework in grades in the process of repeating one sequential order and the required examinations. course or whether, throughout the Unsatisfactory performance on or delays in duration of the program, receiving two completion of the coursework, the final “C” grades in any two different comprehensive examination, the internship, the courses), the student will be dismissed research proposal defense or the final from the program. dissertation examination, and subsequent re- 4. A student who receives a final course examinations of any of the above, and leaves of grade of “D” or “F” at any time in the absences all necessarily extend the duration of program will be dismissed from the the student’s retention and graduation in the program. program. Consequently, students in the EDLD 5. A grade of “I” (Incomplete) is given in Program may need to commit additional time any course only to students who are and resources beyond the recommended three- passing the course at the time of a year time frame and sequence in accordance legitimate emergency. If the “I” grade with the policies and procedures and timelines has not been completed satisfactorily for doctoral degrees of the UMES Graduate within six (6) months from the School. conclusion of the 5-week course in which the instructor granted the “I,” the COURSE DESCRIPTIONS student’s registration for the next (Credit hours are in parentheses) sequence of courses is subject to hold. All “I” grades must be completed for the Core Domains of Leadership: student to sit for the comprehensive examination. An “I” becomes a “W” at ORLD 602 Theories and Processes of the end of one year if not removed and, Organizations (3) thereby, must be repeated. The course examines theories, methods, and 6. Academic dishonesty (e.g., plagiarism, practices that influence organizations. Emphasis improper citation, fabrication, and/or is placed on Education performance outcomes manipulation of facts and data, cheating, and how implementation impacts emerging and so on) will not be tolerated in the global markets. Also explored will be the ORLD/EDLD programs and will be human, conceptual, and technical skills required subject to actions and penalties of all policymakers working collaboratively prescribed in the campus’ academic within organizations to achieve individual, honesty policy. organizational, and societal goals. 7. Students enrolled in internship, comprehensive examination and ACOL 623 Academic Leadership (3) research credit courses with an “S/F” Topics include a history of academic leadership, grading system—898 internship credit, leadership styles, group dynamics, supervisory 700 comprehensive examination credit, models and approaches. Organizational decision and 899 dissertation credit—must earn a processes within academic settings and grade of “S” to continue with the multicultural perspectives will be emphasized. progress to degree. A failing grade in Attention will be given to accountability, any of these credit courses at any time is administration, finance, law, human resources,

110

logistics, operations and management, wisdom from a range of disciplines and marketing, strategic planning and public policy. contexts.

EDLD 610 Educational Policy and GVOL 621 Managing Public Planning (3) Financial Resources (3) The course examines the historical, political, and The role of leadership in fiscal policy sociological antecedents of educational policy development and management will be and addresses theory, analysis, development, addressed. Public budgeting and related implementation, and evaluation of policy. financial management processes at the Influences on and evolution of educational international, national, state and local levels will policy and policy leadership are also examined. be explored. Specific focus will vary according to the needs and interests of students. Finance, ORLD 603 Politics, Organizations, and markets, and investments will be baseline Leaders: Legal and Ethical program components. Issues (3) The impact of ethics as well as the responsible Specialization in Leadership: behavior of leaders in organizations are studied. Policies, practices, and their legal implications; Guidance and Counseling resource identification and the need for human services, along with the impact of technology on EDGC 642 Advanced Group Processes human rights, will all be explored. Ethics (3) regulations for research on human subjects, The course focuses on the development of group including IRB requirements, will be presented process facilitation skills. Analysis, intervention, and sculpting of group dynamics will be ORLD 617 Personnel Development, explored. The opportunity to co-lead a group Management, and Evaluation process lab may be offered. Critical incidents (3) and special problems in group development will The course covers leadership strategies required be examined from a theoretical as well as in recruitment, development, and in-service, practical perspective. effective use of personnel staff, and the evaluation techniques which will promote a EDGC 644 Advanced Clinical highly motivated professional delivery system. Applications and Supervision (3) ACOL 624 Fundraising, Lobbying, Advanced techniques in counseling will be and Negotiating Skills (3) explored. Models of supervision will be studied. Grant writing, development of political networks, advocacy strategies, practices for EDGC 646 Organization and raising and allocating resources, elements of Administration of Guidance mediation and negotiation, and techniques for Programs (3) empowerment and caucusing are to be reviewed. This course examines the evolution of content- based comprehensive guidance programs and EDLD 612 Leadership in Curriculum, why guidance programs are an integral part of Instruction and Technology the school curriculum. The course will also (3) provide experience in developing and The course provides a comprehensive coverage implementing a comprehensive program. of K-12 curriculum philosophy, curriculum planning, instruction, and design. Modes of EDGC 656 Seminar in Diversity (3) inquiry for designing curriculum that meets the In-depth study and discussion of diversity issues needs of students, educators, parents, and in counseling will be conducted in a seminar community are investigated. The course format. Topics will include bias awareness, balances theory, practice, and conventional race, ethnicity, gender, ability, sexual orientation, socioeconomic status, among others. 111

CAREER AND TECHNOLOGY relations, communication techniques, and EDUCATION recruitment strategies are also covered.

CTED 600 Career and Technology CTED 615 Administration and Education Content, Methods, Leadership (3) and Strategies (3) This course examines the roles, responsibilities This course examines the philosophy, historical and qualifications of a variety of administration perspective, mission, vision, goals, content, and leadership positions in education. Specific methods, and instructional strategies in the areas Career and Technology Education leadership of Career and Technology Education. National positions at the school-level, central office or and state content standards are used to determine county level, state education department of appropriate methods and strategies to design and education, college and university, and federal deliver instruction. Instructional analysis, level are examined, in addition to other backward mapping, dimensions of learning and administrative positions at these levels. other techniques are used to design curriculum. Practicing professionals in these positions are Core technologies and content organizers for invited to present seminars on issues in their career clusters are analyzed. Unit plans using area. Facilitative leadership, instructional advanced instructional strategies are developed. leadership, staff development, public relations, Integrative instructional techniques for student and staff diversity, instructional mathematics, science, English, social studies, technology, ethics, environmental climate, and Career and Technology Education are strategic planning, funding, and other explored to design meaningful instructional administrative and leadership issues specific to units. Student assessment techniques, such as Career and Technology Education are explored rubrics and electronic portfolios, are also and researched. discussed in relationship to instructional design. CTED 630 Special Problems in Career CTED 602 Career and Technology and Technology Education Education Instructional (3) Management and There are many problems and issues facing the Organization (3) Career and Technology Education field today. Instructional organization and student, This action research-based course allows the classroom and facilities management techniques student to identify a topic, issues or problem in are examined in this course. Topics such as their classroom, school, school system, or state meeting the needs of a diverse group of students, and develop a solution or options to solve the performance-based instruction, utilizing issue or problem. The student uses research instructional technology, modular labs, methods to review the literature, clearly define discipline, teacher responsibilities and liability, the problem, collect data, determine possible and types of instructional management plans are solutions, and make recommendations. A covered. All aspects of facilities design of seminar structure allows the student to present Career and Technology Education labs, work the research paper through a PowerPoint areas, and classrooms are covered. The presentation. Other present day issues facing organization and management of a safe work Career and Technology Education are discussed environment and the use of this environment to with the group of students enrolled in this support and enhance instruction are emphasized. course. Other products may be developed as a Total school environment and school climate are result of this course, including curriculum, discussed in the context of delivering an recruiting materials, instructional models, and integrative educational program to all students. position papers. Students learn how to individualize instruction, develop leadership in students, utilize instructional technology, develop and manage student leadership organizations, and serve as a facilitator of instruction and learning. Public

112

SPECIAL EDUCATION Research Methods and Statistics

SPED 630 Current Legal and Advocacy ORLD 611 Quantitative Research (3) Issues in Special Education This course is introduction to the field of (3) quantitative research through the development of This course presents an in-depth study of legal knowledge base and application of research issues derived from federal and state mandates skills and methodologies needed to select, read, in special education. It includes a review of and interpret relevant professional literature. administrative and judicial decisions, analysis of Ethics regulations for research on human due process proceedings, and a study of current subjects, including IRB requirements, will be legal trends in the field. Prerequisite: Students presented. Research reports are emphasized. must have taken SPED 600 or comparable course. ORLD 612 Statistical Applications and Interpretations (3) SPED 638 Current Trends in Special The course covers fundamentals of research and Education (3) case study design, focusing on implementation This course presents an in-depth analysis of strategies that address organizational policies selected topics in the field of education as they and practice. There is also a study in paradigm relate to the education of individuals with shifts and analysis of literature in the field of disabilities. Prerequisite: Students must have study. Cultural and technological influences, taken SPED 600 or comparable course. how public, private and corporate systems are altered by interpretative data, are also covered. SPED 631 Interagency Collaboration in In order to enroll in ORLD 613, the student must Special Education (3) earn of grade of “A” or “B” in ORLD 612. This course presents an extensive overview of the collaborative efforts between public and ORLD 613 Statistics and Information private agencies involved in the delivery of Management (3) services for individuals with disabilities. Local, The course covers the study and use of statistics state, and federal agencies will be included from in a diverse, global society and the effective use the areas of social services, rehabilitation, health of derived information to provide for orderly care, justice, housing, labor and employment, as transitions in institutional governance. The well as education. The roles of the agencies and student may not enroll in this course unless the nature of the collaboration will be explored. h/she has earned a grade of “A” or “B” in ORLD Prerequisite: Students must have taken SPED 612. 600 or comparable course. DOCTORAL INTERNSHIP SPED 655 Seminar in Special Education Administration and EDLD 898 Doctoral Internship (3) Supervision (3) The doctoral internship is an experiential based This course presents an extensive overview of learning opportunity completed as a field the nature and roles of the special education experience related to current or future administrator and supervisor using a seminar professional interests. Activities must be format. Topics related to research-based best performed on site in concert with fellow practices, policies, procedures and challenges in professionals. Insight through engagement of the field will be highlighted, using local, Guidance and Counseling agencies, Career and state/regional, and national leadership models. Technology agencies and/or Special Education Prerequisite: Students must have taken SPED agencies must be available. New learning is an 600 or comparable course. essential component of this experience that will yield a scholarly product that has been supervised by an expert in the field and approved by the student’s research advisory committee.

113

COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION

ORLD 700 Comprehensive Examination (1-6) This is a required course for students eligible to sit for the comprehensive examination and for those who must retake any part of the comprehensive examination. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all core, research and strand courses and the internship. Repeatable credit. DOCTORAL DISSERTATION

EDLD 899 Doctoral Dissertation (1-12) The doctoral dissertation in the Education Leadership Program is a self-directed, analytical, and comprehensive product of scholarly inquiry which will stand as a model within the field of professional literature. This project, demonstrating excellence, will be the center piece of the three (3) year academic experience that will add to the body of knowledge relative to leadership in specific settings and contribute to the human endeavor. The dissertation will be conducted in accordance with the policies and procedures of the UMES Graduate School. Repeatable credit.

*************************************** For further information on this program, please contact:

EDLD Program Director Education Leadership Program Spaulding Building University of Maryland Eastern Shore Princess Anne, MD 21853 http://www.umes.edu/EDLDLeadership/

114

ORGANIZATIONAL LEADERSHIP Program contributes to the growing body of knowledge pertaining to effective leadership in Introduction specific settings through scholarly inquiry, and serves the academic, governmental, and health The success of academic organizations, and human services organizations throughout the governmental agencies, and health and human Delmarva Peninsula Region through high quality service organizations is dependent on the engagement. availability of persons well qualified to provide effective leadership. Consequently, The Admission University of Maryland Eastern Shore (UMES) offers a graduate program leading to the degree Applicants will be considered for of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in admission to the Organizational Leadership Organizational Leadership. The doctoral Program in accordance with the admission program in Organizational Leadership focuses requirements set forth by the UMES Graduate on the professional development of persons to School. Applicants must specify on the lead all operations in specific organizational Statement of Purpose application form the settings. Students who satisfactorily complete Strand Area (Academic Organizations, the Organizational Leadership course of study Governmental Agencies, or Health and Human will receive the Doctor of Philosophy degree and Services) for consideration. Applications will be be prepared to: reviewed and recommendations concerning • Plan, guide, direct and evaluate policy, admission made to the Dean of Graduate Studies program, and personnel development in by the Organizational Leadership Admissions academic, governmental, and health and Committee composed of as many as four human services organizations; assessors, including one from each of the three • Serve as leaders who possess knowledge content strands and skills needed to facilitate the All applicants must satisfy: organizational change required to • all general requirements for full develop, maintain, and increase admission to graduate programs; organizational effectiveness; • an on-site interview that assesses • Employ ethical standards in all oral/written presentation skills; leadership processes; • a written evaluation of work • Select and use information management performance by a current or recent systems, including statistical packages supervisor (one of the required letters and technologies that support and of recommendation). enhance organizational structures and Because the program is a cohort design, reform initiatives. admissions also will be based, to the extent possible, on a sufficient number of admissions in Mission each of the three strand areas of the program, so as to maintain a continuity of strand course The mission of the Organizational offerings. Leadership Program is the professional The Organizational Leadership Program development of persons toward mastery of the is a terminal degree program for students in mid knowledge, skills, and dispositions supportive of to advanced career stages. Applicants represent exemplary leadership in specific settings: a wide variety of professional experiences and academic organizations, governmental agencies, educational backgrounds. and health and human services organizations. Students who enter the program must The Organizational Leadership Program have earned baccalaureate and master’s degrees accomplishes this mission through advanced from U.S. regionally accredited educational learning of the concepts relative to effective institutions or the degree equivalent in another leadership in these specific settings. country and demonstrate successful employment Additionally, the Organizational Leadership in an organization that relates to the specified strand major. Applicants, particularly those 115

demonstrating nontraditional career paths, must the UMES Graduate School and be approved by clearly articulate on the Statement of Purpose the Organizational Leadership Program Director application form the purposes for pursuit of the and the Graduate Dean during the first semester degree consistent with previous educational of matriculation. background and professional experiences and Students enter the Organizational well-considered career plans. Leadership Program as members of a doctoral cohort. Because this program is designed to Application Deadline meet the needs of students who are employed full time, courses will be offered in a As a cohort-based program, there is one nontraditional scheduling format on Friday admission period per year (Fall). The evening, Saturdays and Sundays. Classes are application deadline for the Fall semester is five weeks in duration, and generally meet March 1. Students are responsible to ensure that twice. The remaining three (3) weeks are completed applications and supporting materials, devoted to individual projects and research. including letters of recommendation and official Students must pursue coursework with the transcripts, are received in the UMES Graduate cohort. Students who become out of sequence School by the application deadline. with the cohort may join the next cohort as space permits. The cohort will complete twenty-seven Program, Retention, and Exit (27) semester hours of the core courses during Requirements the first year of enrollment in the program: three (3) courses in each of the fall, spring, and All students in the Organizational summer semesters (9 credit hours per semester). Leadership program must complete core courses In the second year, the remaining core course (30 semester hours) and courses in one of the and four (4) strand courses will be completed. three strand areas: Academic Organizations, The remaining requirements are scheduled for Governmental Agencies, or Health and Human completion in the third year of the program. Services Organizations. A strand is 12 semester Additional time to complete the program may be hours of content-specific course work. Included necessary in accordance with the policies and in the Ph.D. course of study for all procedures of the UMES Graduate School. The Organizational Leadership students, regardless program’s grading and retention policies are of the elected strand, will be a supervised listed in a subsequent subsection of this ORLD internship (6 semester hours) in an organization program text. that aligns with the elected strand. Provided that The program specifics for the Doctor of the candidate submits the Application for Philosophy degree in Organizational Leadership Candidacy form to the UMES Graduate School, are as follows: the candidate advances to candidacy after successfully completing all course work; 1. Learning completing the internship, including the scholarly product; passes the comprehensive a. Core Course Requirements (30 examination; completes the initial dissertation semester hours) committee meeting; and, successfully completes Organizational Leadership as a the Dissertation Proposal Defense. Twelve (12) Field of Inquiry semester hours of credit are awarded for the • History and Philosophy of satisfactory completion of the dissertation. The Organizations comprehensive examination is a minimum one • Theories and Processes of credit. The sixty (60) credit hours in addition to Organizations the comprehensive examination required for the • Politics, Organizations, and degree, can be earned within a three-year cohort Leaders: Legal and Ethical sequence. Any applicable transfer credit for Issues core, strand or research methods/statistics course • National and International requirements, up to 12 semester hours, must Organizational Research comply with the transfer of credit provisions of and Development 116

Research and Statistics the student’s progress through the program. • Qualitative Research Students should also consult for information, • Quantitative Research forms, specific policies and procedures the • Statistical Applications and ORLD program manuals on the Research Interpretations Advisory Committee Process and the Processes • Statistics and Information Leading to Graduation. Management After passing the comprehensive Professional Services examination (see the section below), the student • Personnel Development, will select a Research Advisory Committee Management and (RAC), which must be approved by the ORLD Evaluation Director and the Dean of Graduate Studies. The • Public Relations and committee will include at least five (5) members Marketing in the Non-Profit selected from the following categories who must Sector have UMES Graduate Faculty Status to be a b. Strand Course Requirements (12 voting member: semester hours) • RAC Chair: Select from ORLD adjunct Academic Organizations and full-time faculty, as well as UMES • Advanced Learning Theory full-time faculty. Previous doctoral committee chair experience is preferred. • The Adult Learner • RAC Strand/Core Faculty: Select from • Academic Leadership ORLD adjunct and full-time faculty, • Fundraising, Lobbying and UMES faculty, or faculty affiliated with Negotiating Skills another accredited university who have Government Agencies expertise in the student’s area of • Managing Public Financial interest. Resources • RAC Research Faculty: Select from • Policy Development and ORLD adjunct and full-time faculty, Leadership UMES faculty, or faculty affiliated with • Policy Analysis Seminar another accredited university who have • Public Leadership Seminar expertise in research design and/or Health and Human Services statistics. • Organizational Behavior in • RAC Associate (optional): While Health and Human Services possibly not having a terminal doctoral • Comparative Health and degree, this person is selected because Human Services Policy of expertise in a desired area (may be • Budgeting for Health and related to the internship). This person Human Services may be a reader in a non-voting status if Organizations he/she does not have the terminal • Policy Analysis for Health degree. and Human Services • Dean’s Representative: Assigned by the Organizations Dean of Graduate Studies. 2. Engagement: Doctoral Internship (6 semester hours) Comprehensive Examination 3. Inquiry: Dissertation Research (12 semester hours) The ORLD doctoral program holds written comprehensive examinations twice a Advisor and Research Advisory Committee year, in June and January. To be eligible to sit for the comprehensive examination, the student Upon admission to the Organizational must be in “good academic standing,” that is, the Leadership (ORLD) Program, students will be student must have obtained an A or B in all core, assigned to an academic advisor. This person research and strand courses and have will be responsible for advising on all aspects of successfully completed the internship and be 117

registered for ORLD 700 (1 to 6 credit hours as answers will be submitted to the proctor; at needed). The comprehensive examination format the end of the afternoon session, the is as follows: internship question and the two core ƒ Examination questions reflecting questions and answers will be submitted to coursework in core, strand and research, as the proctor. The student cannot revisit well as the internship, will be submitted submitted responses. from the ORLD faculty. ƒ Where students may be provided a choice ƒ The examination will be monitored by a among the questions to answer, e.g., one of proctor who cannot be a grader. Each two questions, students who mistakingly student will be assigned a number so that respond to both questions will have only the “graders” (ORLD faculty) will not know first of the two responses graded. A student whose examination they are grading. In may not respond to both questions to other words, the comprehensive examination attempt to improve the total score for the uses a double-blind technique. At least three question. graders will assess each question; their ƒ Points for each question are as follows: scores will be averaged. Averages will not o The strand question is worth 25 be rounded to the next whole number. points; ƒ The student may hand-write the examination o The research question is worth (exam booklet/paper will be provided) or 25 points; submit answers via a UMES university- o The internship question is worth provided computer (with only word 10 points; processing capability). Students are allowed o Core questions are worth 40 to bring only a pencil/pen to the exam room. points total (20 points each). The student must inform the ORLD ƒ The student must pass EACH question by at Administrative Assistant two weeks before least an 80 percent margin. In other words, the examination date whether s/he will use the student must score 20 points or higher on pencil/pen or computer. After this time, the the strand question; 20 points or higher on student is not allowed to waver from this the research question; 8 points or higher on test-taking decision unless, on the day of the the internship question; and, 16 points or examination, there are technical difficulties higher on each core question. regarding the use of computers. ƒ Comprehensive exam questions are designed ƒ Room assignment for the exam will be e- to assess the student’s knowledge about mailed to the student from the ORLD broad foundational concepts as well as the Administrative Assistant two (2) weeks ability to integrate this knowledge in a before the examination date. manner that “graders” perceive as indicative ƒ Exams are scheduled to be taken in an 8 of doctoral status. “Graders” will expect that hour time block (3 hours in the morning the student will cite references according to [9:00 am—12:00 noon]; a one-hour lunch the 5th or latest edition APA style manual break [12:00 noon to 1:00 pm]; and 4 hours (author, date) throughout his/her writing. in the afternoon [1:00 pm—5:00 pm]). There is no required length for a Testing will begin at the specified times comprehensive examination answer; passing (9:00 am and 1:00 pm). If the student arrives has to do with quality—not quantity. at a later time, s/he will not be provided ƒ Students will be informed in writing of their extra time to complete the examination. comprehensive examination score as well as ƒ The exam proctor will distribute two a summary of graders’ comments. Usually, questions at 9:00 in the morning (one strand this process takes about 2-3 weeks. question and one research question); after ƒ If a student does not pass the comprehensive lunch, the proctor will distribute three examination, s/he must again register for questions at 1:00 in the afternoon (one one (1), and up to six (6), credit hours(s) in internship question and two core questions). ORLD 700 until the next sitting date for the At the end of the morning session, the strand comprehensive examination. Only after question and the research question, and passing the comprehensive examination will

118

a student be eligible to register for Graduate Studies may substitute the excused dissertation credit hours (ORLD 899) and RAC member with the Dean’s Representative to initiate the Dissertation Initial Meeting (IM) the RAC so that the IM may take place. The process. RAC chair is responsible for taking minutes of ƒ In the event of failing ANY or ALL of the the meeting, copies of which will be forwarded five questions, the student may retake the to each RAC member, the student, the ORLD failed section(s) ONLY once. If the student program director, the Dean of Graduate Studies, fails the re-taken part the second time (or and a copy will be placed in the student’s file. fails to take the failed examination section(s) After the RAC Chair opens the IM with within one year), his/her admission status is welcoming and introductions, the student should terminated. be able to discuss and present evidence ƒ The second examination attempt will be pertaining to the following agenda items (RAC given no earlier than four months after the members may ask questions at any time): first examination and no later than one calendar year from the date of the initial 1. Curriculum vitae examination. 2. The student’s transcript, the internship’s scholarly product, and the passing of the Doctoral Internship comprehensive examination 3. Perceived strengths, areas for growth, Students are expected to document at and working style for future progress least 90 contact hours in the internship toward graduation experience that is approved by three (3) ORLD 4. Summary of proposed research faculty members and the ORLD Program (background, purpose of the study, Director. This field-based, supervised proposed methods) experience should culminate in a scholarly 5. Discussion of proposal manuscript product. The internship must be completed and sections and the proposal defense, evaluated before the comprehensive examination including appropriate forms can be attempted. An internship question is 6. Tentative proposal manuscript/defense included on the comprehensive examination. dates

The Initial Meeting The RAC Chair will make closing remarks and dismiss the meeting. The Initial Meeting (IM), a meeting closed to everyone other than the ORLD student and The Proposal Defense his/her Research Advisory Committee (RAC), takes place when the student has passed the The student and his/her Research comprehensive examination and has the written Advisory Committee (RAC) will agree upon a approval from the Dean of Graduate Studies dissertation subject and accompanying research regarding membership of the student’s RAC. design. The Proposal manuscript will include The purpose of this meeting is to provide the first three chapters (Introduction, Review of opportunities for the RAC to become familiar the Literature, and Methods) of the final with each other personally and professionally as dissertation (usually five chapters: Introduction, well as to review and summarize the student’s Review of the Literature, Methods, Results, and progress toward completion of the ORLD Conclusions/Discussion). A qualitative proposal program degree requirements. All members of and dissertation may contain more than three or five chapters respectively. The student will the RAC must attend the IM either in person or th through audio/video (A/V) technology in the follow the APA Style Manual (5 or latest case of an RAC member at a distant location. edition) regarding referencing. The use of A/V technology must be prior The student must have completed the Initial approved by the Dean of Graduate Studies. Meeting to defend his/her proposal. The Three (3) members must be physically present at Proposal Defense, administered by the RAC, is the IM. In case of an emergency, the Dean of an oral examination of the research proposal. All 119

members of the RAC must attend the Proposal The Dissertation Defense Defense either in person or via prior approved audio/video technology. If an emergency arises The ability to undertake independent among a committee member, the Dean of research and provide sufficient evidence of Graduate Studies may substitute that member scholarship is demonstrated by submission of an with the Dean’s Representative to the RAC so original dissertation, which is required of all that the Proposal Defense may take place. At candidates for a Ph.D. degree. A minimum of least three (3) RAC members must be physically 12 dissertation hours is required to complete the present for the proposal defense. ORLD doctoral degree program. Prior to During the Proposal Defense—the oral admission to candidacy, the student may register examination—the RAC examines the student on for no more than six (6) dissertation hours. After all aspects of the proposed dissertation research registering for all 12 required hours, the as well as whether the student has the proper candidate must register for 1 dissertation hour motivation, technical and intellectual capacity, per semester and summer session, including the and resources to complete the research in partial semester or session in which s/he defends his/her fulfillment of the requirements for the Doctor of dissertation. In other words, the candidate must Philosophy degree. be continually enrolled in dissertation hours Following the completion of the Proposal until graduation. The candidate has up to four oral examination process, the RAC will hold a (4) years to successfully defend his/her closed meeting in which decisions will be made dissertation from the time s/he was admitted to concerning the final form of the proposal. The candidacy. student will be called back into the room to hear The Dissertation Defense MUST be the RAC decision. RAC consensus is desired; physically attended by ALL members of the however, the student passes the proposal with at candidate’s RAC, and the Dissertation Defense least four of five (or 80%) affirmative votes. The must be held in UMES facilities. At the student is required to bring ORLD Form B to the completion of the defense, the RAC will hold a proposal defense. It is expected that the RAC meeting (without the candidate) to discuss will work with the student to make any required decisions regarding the candidate’s pass/fail changes. When the RAC recommends status and any recommendations for the final substantive changes in the proposal, the student form of the dissertation manuscript. The student will not move forward to submit to the UMES will be called back into the room to hear the Institutional Review Board (IRB) the request for RAC decision. The RAC committee has the approval of human subjects data collection until following alternatives regarding the pass/fail all corrections have been made. After passing status for the candidate: the Proposal Defense, the student is allowed to submit materials as needed to the UMES 1. Accept the dissertation without any Institutional Review Board (IRB). recommended changes and sign the After passing the Proposal Defense, the appropriate form. student is admitted to candidacy provided that 2. Accept the dissertation with s/he submits the application for Admission to recommendations for changes, and, Candidacy. This application form may be EXCEPT FOR THE RAC CHAIR, sign obtained from the UMES Graduate School. The the appropriate form. After the time line for Admission to Candidacy is five candidate makes the recommended years after enrollment in the program. changes, the RAC chair will review the If the student fails the Proposal Defense, dissertation and, upon his/her approval, s/he must re-defend the research proposal. A sign ORLD form E. second failure or failure to re-defend within one 3. Recommend revisions to the dissertation year (but no sooner than 30 working days) of the manuscript and NOT sign ORLD form first proposal defense results in cancellation of E until the candidate has made the admission. changes and submitted the revised dissertation manuscript for RAC approval. Then, the RAC committee will

120

sign form E if they approve of the The retention policy for the ORLD changes. program is as follows: 4. Recommend revisions and convene a second meeting of the Dissertation 1. A student who receives a grade of “C” Defense. The second defense may take in any core, strand or research place no fewer than 6 months and no methods/statistics course must repeat later than 12 months after the first that course. defense. Candidates may be examined 2. The statistics course pre-requisite is that no more than twice. After failing the students must earn a final grade of “A” second attempt, the candidate’s or “B” in ORLD 612 before proceeding admission to the graduate program is to ORLD 613. terminated. 3. After receiving two final “C” grades 5. Rule the dissertation manuscript and (whether receiving two consecutive “C” defense unsatisfactory; therefore, the grades in the process of repeating one student fails and may not re-defend. course or whether, throughout the duration of the program, receiving two Before or after recommended changes, the final “C” grades in any two different candidate fails if two (2) of five (5) RAC courses), the student will be dismissed members do not sign ORLD form E. In addition, from the program. the ORLD Program Research Coordinator may 4. A student who receives a final course over-ride any RAC pass/fail decision. grade of “D” or “F” at any time in the Circumstances for an over-ride could include a) program will be dismissed from the a dissertation manuscript not in compliance with program. ORLD specified outline/style, b) failure of the 5. A grade of “I” (Incomplete) is given in student to comply with IRB human subjects any course only to students who are protection requirements or c) acts of plagiarism passing the course at the time of a and faulty data handling and other examples of legitimate emergency. If the “I” grade academic dishonesty that were found. These has not been completed satisfactorily problems would go back to the student and the within six (6) months from the RAC with appropriate action to be taken as conclusion of the 5-week course in warranted, e.g., if an academic honesty or IRB which the instructor granted the “I,” the issue and/or revisiting the dissertation student’s registration for the next manuscript for revision and a subsequent review sequence of courses is subject to hold. following the above five pass/fail alternatives. All “I” grades must be completed for the Although not an ORLD requirement, the student to sit for the comprehensive doctoral candidate may request a Public Seminar examination. An “I” becomes a “W” at (open to the public) to serve as a dress rehearsal the end of one year if not removed and, for the Dissertation Defense. The request should thereby, must be repeated. be submitted to the ORLD program Director. 6. Academic dishonesty (e.g., plagiarism, improper citation, fabrication, and/or ORLD Program Grading and Retention manipulation of facts and data, cheating, Policies and so on) will not be tolerated in the ORLD program and will be subject to The grading policy for the ORLD actions and penalties prescribed in the program is that students must receive a grade of campus’ academic honesty policy. either “B” or “A” in each program course (core, 7. Students enrolled in internship, strand and research) with a letter grading system comprehensive examination and (A, B, C, D, & F) and a grade of “S” in research credit courses with an “S/F” comprehensive examination, internship and grading system—898 internship credit, research credit courses with a “S/F” grading 700 comprehensive examination credit, system. and 899 dissertation credit—must earn a grade of “S” to continue with the

121

progress to degree. A failing grade in impacts emerging global markets. Also any of these credit courses at any time is explored will be the human, conceptual, and subject to review by the program to technical skills required of all policymakers determine whether the student should be working collaboratively within organizations to continued in the program or dismissed. achieve individual, organizational, and societal goals. Altered Timelines for the Program ORLD 603 Politics, Organizations, and Completion of the ORLD degree Leaders: Legal and Ethical program requirements within the recommended Issues (3) three-year time frame is contingent on The impact of ethics as well as the successful completion of all coursework in responsible behavior of leaders in organizations sequential order and the required examinations. are studied. Policies, practices, and their legal Unsatisfactory performance on or delays in implications; resource identification and the completion of the coursework, the need for human services, along with the impact comprehensive examination, the internship, the of technology on human rights, will all be research proposal defense or the final explored. Ethics regulations for research on dissertation examination, and subsequent re- human subjects, including IRB requirements, examinations of any of the above, and leaves of will be presented. absences all necessarily extend the duration of the student’s retention and graduation in the ORLD 604 National and International program. Consequently, students in the ORLD Organizational Research and Program may need to commit additional time Development (3) and resources beyond the recommended three- This course will provide the student year time frame and sequence in accordance with a study of American organizational with the policies and procedures and timelines structures, along with a comparison of emerging for doctoral degrees of the UMES Graduate influential cultures which impact international School. markets, and global performance.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS RESEARCH AND STATISTICS (Credit hours are in parentheses) ORLD 610 Qualitative Research (3) Core Requirements: The course is an introduction to the field of qualitative research through the development ORGANIZATIONAL LEADERSHIP AS A of knowledge base and application of research FIELD OF INQUIRY skills and methodologies needed to select, read, and interpret relevant professional literature. ORLD 601 History and Philosophy of Ethics regulations for research on human Organizations (3) subjects, including IRB requirements, will be The course traces the development, presented. Research reports are emphasized. rationale, and purpose for organizations. Information obtained will serve as the ORLD 611 Quantitative Research (3) foundational building block for understanding This course is introduction to the field of and obtaining an essential perspective of current quantitative research through the development of organizational interactions. knowledge base and application of research skills and methodologies needed to select, read, ORLD 602 Theories and Processes of and interpret relevant professional literature. Organizations (3) Ethics regulations for research on human The course examines theories, methods, subjects, including IRB requirements, will be and practices that influence organizations. presented. Research reports are emphasized. Emphasis is placed on organizational performance outcomes and how implementation

122

ORLD 612 Statistical Applications and emphasis on working with the unique cultural Interpretations (3) aspects of diverse students in an academic The course covers fundamentals of setting. Barriers to effective learning will be research and case study design, focusing on explored and solutions will be offered. implementation strategies that address organizational policies and practice. There is ACOL 622 The Adult Learner (3) also a study in paradigm shifts and analysis of This course of study will examine the literature in the field of study. Cultural and cognitive, personality and social development of technological influences, how public, private the adult. Learning styles, career development, and corporate systems are altered by motivation, application of learning theories to interpretative data, are also covered. In order this population, multicultural education, to enroll in ORLD 613, the student must earn assessment, lifelong learning programs, and a grade of “A” or “B” in ORLD 612. other relevant psycho-instructional issues will be addressed. ORLD 613 Statistics and Information Management (3) ACOL 623 Academic Leadership The course covers the study and use of (3) statistics in a diverse, global society and the Topics include a history of academic effective use of derived information to provide leadership, leadership styles, group dynamics, for orderly transitions in institutional supervisory models and approaches. governance. The student may not enroll in this Organizational decision processes within course unless s/he has earned a grade of “A” or academic settings and multicultural perspectives “B” in ORLD 612. will be emphasized. Attention will be given to accountability, administration, finance, law, PROFESSIONAL SERVICES human resources, logistics, operations and management, marketing, strategic planning and ORLD 617 Personnel Development, public policy. Management, and Evaluation (3) ACOL 624 Fundraising, Lobbying, The course covers leadership strategies and Negotiating Skills (3) required in recruitment, development, and in- Grant writing, development of political service, effective use of personnel staff, and the networks, advocacy strategies, practices for evaluation techniques which will promote a raising and allocating resources, elements of highly motivated professional delivery system. mediation and negotiation, and techniques for empowerment and caucusing are to be reviewed. ORLD 618 Public Relations and A study of North American economics will be Marketing in the Non-Profit the foci of this course. Sector (3) Topics include interdisciplinary GOVERNMENT AGENCIES approaches to achieving harmony in making systems and organizations apparently seamless, GVOL 621 Managing Public publicly attractive, economically sound, and Financial Resources (3) professionally ethical. The role of leadership in fiscal policy development and management will be STRAND REQUIREMENTS: addressed. Public budgeting and related financial management processes at the ACADEMIC ORGANIZATIONS international, national, state and local levels will be explored. Specific focus will vary according ACOL 621 Advanced Learning to the needs and interests of students. Finance, Theory (3) markets, and investments will be baseline The course is a pedagogical search that program components. will examine learning across the lifespan with an

123

GVOL 622 Policy Development and HSOL 622 Comparative Health and Leadership (3) Human Services Policy analysis and development, Policy (3) interaction of public policy and administrative The course is a comparative analysis of agencies within international, national, state and different types of health and human service local governments will be demonstrated. Topics systems in the United States and other nations, include historical, legal, administrative, public examining differences in financing, cost, bureaucracy and related issues. Strategic utilization, staffing, services provided, and planning will be presented and theoretical relations with other social institutions. perspectives of change will be researched. HSOL 623 Budgeting for Health GVOL 623 Policy Analysis Seminar and Human Services (3) Organizations (3) Topics will explore how formal The course is designed to provide a governance structures and institutional processes working knowledge of theory and analytical influence and constrain policy choices and techniques of financial decision making in a leadership decisions. Attention will be given to medical or human service setting. Emphasized business, government and education interaction. are methods of medical reimbursement, cost Strategic management processes will be behavior and analysis, price setting and rate analyzed, as well as methods of determining analysis, expense and capital budgeting, capital organizational effectiveness. financing, and strategic financial planning. Implications of health and welfare reform are GVOL 624 Public Leadership Seminar explored. Particular emphasis will be placed on (3) Medicare, Medicaid, and third party payers. This course is designed to provide students with an overview of the important role HSOL 624 Policy Analysis for Health public leadership plays in institutional life, and and Human Services its implications for devising and implementing Organizations (3) public policies. It examines the actions of The course is an overview of the basic political, urban, and top executive leadership at principles and elements of policy analysis. The all levels of government in the United States. course focuses on the activities and elements of The emphasis is on the following issues: The art policy analysts in health and human services of leadership; leaders and the leadership process; settings. The relationship between policy managerial leadership; the power of vision, analysis and policy-making along with emerging crisis and controversies in leadership; leadership professional and ethical issues will be addressed. values; the leader-follower relationship; the role of race and gender in leadership; and cross DOCTORAL INTERNSHIP cultural leadership in a global age. ACOL, GVOL, HSOL 898 (1-6) HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES The doctoral internship is an ORGANIZATIONS experiential-based learning opportunity completed as a field experience related to HSOL 621 Organizational Behavior current or future professional interests. in Health and Human Activities must be performed on site in concert Services (3) with fellow professionals. Insight through The course is designed for students engagement of academic organizations, preparing to assume the role and duties of a governmental agencies, and/or health and human leader, supervisor, or governing board member services agencies must be available. New of a health or human services organization. This learning is an essential component of this course will review theory and investigate experience that will yield a scholarly product specific methods of behaviors of health care and that has been supervised by an expert in the field human services organization leaders.

124

and approved by the student’s research advisory committee. Repeatable credit.

COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION

ORLD 700 Comprehensive Examination (1-6) This is a required course for students eligible to sit for the comprehensive examination and for those who must retake any part of the comprehensive examination. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all core, research and strand courses and the internship. Repeatable credit.

DOCTORAL DISSERTATION

ACOL, GVOL, HSOL 899 (1-12) The doctoral dissertation in the Organizational Leadership Program is a self- directed, analytical, and comprehensive product of scholarly inquiry which will stand as a model within the field of professional literature. This project, demonstrating excellence, will be the center piece of the three (3) year academic experience that will add to the body of knowledge relative to leadership in specific settings and contribute to the human endeavor. The dissertation will be conducted in accordance with the policies and procedures of the UMES Graduate School. Repeatable credit.

*************************************** For further information on this program, please contact:

ORLD Program Director Organizational Leadership Program Spaulding Building University of Maryland Eastern Shore Princess Anne, MD 21853 http://www.umes.edu/ORLDLeadership/

125

APPLIED COMPUTER SCIENCE pass at least five of these courses with a grade of “A”. The graduate program in Applied Computer Science (APCS) culminates in a Note: All courses below numbered 601 Master of Science (M.S.) degree. It is designed through 698 carry three (3) credit hours each to meet the needs of students such as: as shown in the parentheses. A. Those who are already in the workforce and wish to update or improve their knowledge of A. All students must complete the following current computer science (many of these core of four courses: students will have completed their undergraduate or graduate work in fields other CSDP 601 Data Structures and Algorithms than computer science); and (3) B. Those who have recently completed an CSDP 602 Database Mgmt. Systems (3) undergraduate degree in computer science or a CSDP 603 Assembler/Systems Programming related discipline and wish, at the graduate level, (3) to increase their understanding of computer CSDP 605 Advanced Programming science and its application in their field. Techniques (3)

Admission Criteria Students must also complete one of the following three core courses: Admission to this program adheres to the general criteria for admission to the UMES CSDP 604 Computer Methods in Statistics Graduate School. The general GRE is also (3) required but, in view of the wide variety of CSDP 606 Numerical Methods in fields from which students come, the computer Computing (3) science subject-matter GRE is not employed in CSDP 607 Applications of Linear admission consideration for Applied Computer Programming (3) Science. Students with undergraduate GPA's 2.5 or above but below 3.0, and those students with B. From among the Computer Science courses weaker preparation in computer science may be numbered from CSDP 618 through CSDP 698 offered Provisional Admission. This status is (each of which may be repeated up to three usually changed to Regular admission as soon as times with different topics), the student will the students complete prerequisite requirements. complete at least nine credits. Students whose computing background is weak may be directed to begin with CSDP 600 CSDP 618 Computer Applications in (Foundations of Computer Science), a graduate Business (3) introduction to the field. Students may also be CSDP 628 Computer Applications in directed to take undergraduate computer science Education (3) or mathematics courses as a condition for CSDP 638 Computer Applications in entering the graduate program. Courses required Science and Mathematics (3) for Regular Admission should be completed as CSDP 648 Computer Applications in early as possible, generally within the first year. Industry (3) CSDP 658 Computer Applications in Course Requirements for Graduation Agriculture (3) CSDP 668 Topics in Databases (3) Students need a minimum of 32 credit CSDP 678 Topics in Artificial Intelligence (3) hours to graduate from the program, not CSDP 688 Computer Applications in including any Provisional Admission Medicine (3) requirements. All courses that are to count CSDP 698 Computer Methods in Computer towards graduation must be passed with a Science (3) minimum grade of “B”, and students must also

126

C. All students will complete the two courses internship. The internship should provide below: learning experience in computer applications CSDP 699 Master's Project in Computer useful to strengthen their master’s project as Science I (4) they return to complete CSDP 798, Master’s CSDP 798 Master's Project in Computer Project II, in order to graduate. Science II (1-4) Transfer Credit CSDP 798 is a 4-credit course in the first semester/session the student takes it and then 1 i. Students desiring to transfer graduate credit for each semester/session thereafter as credit need to apply for this privilege during required. A student must be enrolled in CSDP their first semester at UMES; 798 for any semester/session in which he/she ii. Students need to remember the needs to consult with his/her project advisor. absolute limit of six credits of transfer (two courses); Other Academic Requirements iii. In general, transfer requires an exact match with a local course as it has been offered Each student must demonstrate at UMES, so that transfer credit for courses competence in computer programming in at least CSDP 618 and higher is rarely approved. one language in each of three language areas: a. Standard high level languages Application Deadlines (currently C++, JAVA, and VISUAL BASIC); The application deadlines for b. Assembler languages (currently admissions are as follows: 80x86 and 68000 family languages); and c. Special languages (currently Fall Semester - April 15 (March 1 for PROLOG, LISP, PL/SQL and CLIPS). international applicants) This competence may be demonstrated Spring Semester - October 15 by the successful completion of undergraduate (August 1 for international applicants) courses in these languages, through the University's credit-by-examination mechanism Summer Sessions - April 15 (February 1 for or by the successful use of these languages in international applicants) significant programming exercises in various courses during the student's graduate career. Only under extenuating circumstances Students may enroll in other graduate or will applications be accepted after a deadline undergraduate courses relevant to their program, date has passed. but none of these may be substituted for the courses mentioned above in the section on Resources "Course Requirements for Graduation". For the Master's Project in Computer The Department has a Sun Lab Science, a departmental committee consisting of consisting of Ultra-10 workstations and a Sun at least three faculty members must approve the Enterprise 450 server, and two computer research project topic. The student is required to laboratories consisting of high-end Pentium defend his/her completed project in a seminar computers. Users have access to a wide variety that is open to University faculty and students. of Windows and Unix-type development and application software across the campus. These Cooperative Education Program Internship computer facilities and several other campus wide computer facilities are available to all Students seeking an internship in the graduate students. industry should have taken CSDP 699, Master’s The Departmental UNIX laboratory Project I, and all required lecture courses. consists of a Sun SUNFIRE V1280 Server with Students must register for the appropriate 4 900Mhz Sparc processors, 8GB RAM, and cooperative education credit to undertake the two 36GB 10,000 RPM disks networked with 21

127

Sun Blade Workstations. A 3COM 3900 Switch CSDP 602 Database Management with an SC Gigabit fiber connection joins the Systems (3) server to the workstations, all running Solaris 9. This course is an introduction to relational Ancillary equipment include a Sun 80GB database principles and applications. Emphasis DLT8000 Tape Drive and APC 5000VA UPS. is on design (particularly normal forms), the Workstations are configured with “look down” current state of database realization and student monitors to facilitate simultaneous lecture and work on an extensive project lasting all semester interactive hands-on instruction. in the creation and realization of major parts of a Library facilities are extensive and are DBMS. Additional topics include privacy, supplemented each year. Opportunities exist for security and multi-user interactions, as well as student participation in faculty research projects. theoretical data communications structures and While computer laboratory facilities are open their current realizations. Prerequisite: CSDP and available all day and evening, most graduate 600 or permission of the Department. courses are scheduled in the early evening so that those working during the day can CSDP 603 Assembler/Systems Programming participate. (3) This course is an introduction to operating COURSES systems and their relationship to computer and (Note: credit hours are given in parentheses) network architecture, construction and applications, including an intensive introduction CSDP 600 Foundations of Computer Science to assembler language programming. (3) Architectural principles will be covered from a This course is an introduction to the techniques general and theoretical point of view. of software design and development in the Prerequisites: CSDP 600 or permission of the context of software engineering. Topics include Department. foundations of structured programming, object- oriented design, semantics and verification, CSDP 604 Computer Methods in Statistics abstraction and certification, software metrics, (3) testing, etc. The course is primarily for students This course is an introduction to the principles with an undergraduate degree in a cognate field and applications of probability and statistics needing a detailed hands-on plus theoretical needed in graduate studies in various academic background in computer science. This course is areas and to the computer realization of these prerequisite for all graduate computer science methods. The course begins with a brief courses. Occasional exceptions may be granted intensive review of basic statistical principles. by the Coordinator of the APCS graduate Prerequisites: One Semester of calculus. program for students with extensive C++ experience beyond the classroom. CSDP 605 Advanced Programming Techniques (3) CSDP 601 Data Structures and Algorithms This course covers special programming topics, (3) including the systems analysis process and Topics include standard data structures, their applications. Students will apply systems algebraic background, computer application, and methods to the creation of a major term project, the relationship between the construction of consisting of a system of applications’ programs correct and efficient algorithms and the data with complete documentation, in an area of the structures with which these algorithms deal. NP- student's application interest as approved by the hard and complete problems and approximation instructor. Prerequisite: CSDP 600 or are covered. The course requires the creation permission of the instructor. and successful running of a small number of extensive computer programs creating and manipulating various data structures. Prerequisite: CSDP 600 or permission of the Department.

128

CSDP 606 Numerical Methods in CSDP 648 Computer Applications in Computing (3) Industry (3) Topics covered include iterative methods and Current areas include artificial neural networks error analysis, the solution of non-linear and their algorithms, parallel operating equations, interpolation and approximations, and environments and the use of parallel languages numerical differentiation and integration in under parallel environments. addition to use of numerical solution of systems of equations, determinants, matrix inversion, and CSDP 658 Computer Applications in eigenvalues. In the second half of the semester, Agriculture (3) attention turns to the numerical solution of Current topics include expert systems for small ordinary differential equations, boundary value farm applications, farm-record management, and problems and an introduction to the numerical special planning tools for agriculture. solution of partial differential equations, as time allows. Prerequisites: One semester of CSDP 668 Topics in Databases (3) calculus. Current topics include database programming, temporal and constraint databases, object- CSDP 607 Applications of Linear oriented and object-relational databases, Programming (3) database security and data mining. This course introduces the model building process and operations research methods. It CSDP 678 Topics in Artificial begins with a review of the necessary Intelligence (3) mathematical background, and then introduces Current topics include knowledge simplex computations, considering degeneracy representation, expert systems, natural language and quality. Applications follow in the areas of understanding, automated deduction, transportation, production scheduling and commonsense reasoning, neural networks, inventory control problems. As time allows, planning and learning. parametric and integer programming applications and game theory methods in model CSDP 688 Computer Applications in building are introduced. Prerequisite: Linear Medicine (3) Algebra. Current topics include medical evaluation/diagnosis assistance systems, medical CSDP 618 Computer Applications in information management systems, and special Business (3) area medical computation. Current topics include object-oriented database systems, business consideration for LANs and CSDP 698 Computer Methods in business applications programming. Computer Science (3) Current topics include combinatorics, algorithms CSDP 628 Computer Applications in and analysis, geometric mapmaking and Education (3) cryptanalysis. Current topics include classroom record management techniques, elementary CAI, and CSDP 699 Master's Project in Computer the application of more sophisticated methods in Science I (4) the evaluation of student strengths and During this semester, the student will carry out weaknesses using the computer. the analysis and design of a state-of-the-art system of programs in his/her area of expertise CSDP 638 Computer Applications in and interest and begin the actual programming Science and Mathematics (3) and documentation. Students desiring to change Current areas include numerical methods, exact their project topic after it has been approved solutions of algebraic problems and special must sign up for CSDP 699 for a second time. computer methods in number theory. Prerequisite: Certification by the advisor that the student is prepared to begin research work in computer science.

129

CSDP 798 Master's Project in Computer Science II (1-4) During this semester, the student will complete the project begun in CSDP 699, including all documentation, and give a public demonstration of its effectiveness, originality and appropriateness to the field of application. In addition, the student will prepare a written version of the material in a form consistent with departmental and Graduate School standards. Successful completion of this course requires either: (a) the acceptance for publication of this project description by a national journal in the appropriate field or by a national conference that publishes its proceedings in full [the actual publication may occur after the course ends]; or (b) the approval of this project and its documentation by a departmental graduate committee set up for this purpose. CSDP 798 is 4 credits in the first semester/Summer session it is taken and then 1 credit for each semester/session thereafter as required. A student must be enrolled in CSDP 798 for any semester/session in which he/she needs to consult with his/her project advisor. Prerequisite: CSDP 699.

*************************************** For further information on this program, please contact:

Graduate Program Coordinator (APCS) Dept. of Mathematics and Computer Science Kiah Hall University of Maryland Eastern Shore Princess Anne, MD 21853 e-mail: [email protected]

130

CAREER AND TECHNOLOGY Career and Technology Education. The EDUCATION following program objectives assist in accomplishing this goal: PROGRAM DESCRIPTION ƒ Provide opportunities for teachers to The Department of Technology offers a gain professional knowledge and skills Master of Education Degree Program (M.Ed.) in required for the M.Ed. degree and Career and Technology Education (CTED). The Advanced Professional Certification. program will refine the student’s knowledge and skills to become master classroom teachers, ƒ Prepare individuals to build upon the resource teachers, teacher consultants, content knowledge they have acquired specialists, and administrators in Career and in the baccalaureate degree by providing Technology Education. The program is also additional professional knowledge and designed to prepare teachers and educational content necessary for advancing careers leaders to qualify for Advanced Professional in teaching and administration. Certification (APC) in Maryland. ƒ Prepare teachers and leaders who are Students are admitted to the M.Ed. knowledgeable of research, theory and program at the University of Maryland Eastern practice related to effective management Shore (UMES). Coursework is offered at of classroom and laboratory instruction. UMES, the Maryland Center for Career and Technology Education Studies located at the ƒ Develop teachers and leaders who are Baltimore Museum of Industry (BMI on Key committed, continuous learners, and Highway), and other University System of contributors to the enhancement of the Maryland (USM) institutions that offer graduate teaching profession. courses in education. The program offers strands in Technology Education and ƒ Prepare teachers and leaders who Occupational Education. UMES offers the demonstrate sensitivity and effective specialized content and methods courses related interpersonal skills in working with to Occupational and Technology Education. In culturally diverse populations. collaboration with UMES, other USM campuses may offer the professional education courses for PROGRAM COMPETENCIES transfer to the UMES program. The course of study may vary with the experience and Students who complete the M.Ed. program qualifications that individual students bring to in Career and Technology Education will be the program. expected to demonstrate successful achievement in the following: ACCREDITATION UMES’ Teacher Education and School ƒ Knowledge of the philosophy, mission, Counseling Programs are accredited by the vision, goals and evolution of Career National Council for Accreditation of Teacher and Technology Education. Education (NCATE) and approved by the Maryland State Department of Education ƒ Knowledge and application of the core (MSDE). technologies and the Maryland State Technology Education Voluntary PROGRAM GOALS AND OBJECTIVES Curriculum.

The overall goal of the graduate program is ƒ Application of research and inquiry for to prepare individuals to become master the improvement of classroom and teachers, administrators, and leaders who are laboratory instruction. committed to developing, instructing, coordinating, and directing quality programs in 131

ƒ Understanding of the learner’s physical, Applicants must fulfill the following for cognitive, and emotional development regular admission: and the implications for learning and instruction. ƒ Complete the graduate school application for degree program. ƒ Knowledge of the social contexts in which education occurs, the ƒ Possess an undergraduate cumulative philosophical perspectives which grade point average (GPA) of at least influence teaching and learning, and an 3.0, or possess a prior graduate degree. understanding of personal beliefs related to the role of the teacher and the learner. ƒ May require a writing sample essay that focuses on current educational issues, as ƒ Skills and knowledge necessary to assist determined by the graduate faculty learners with special needs and diverse admissions committee. cultural backgrounds in an instructionally integrated setting. ƒ Submit official transcripts from all higher education institutions attended. ƒ Ability to organize and manage a classroom and laboratory on the basis of ƒ Submit three letters of evaluation/ research, best practices, expert opinion, recommendation that address: personal attributes, and student learning needs. 1. Personal qualities, e.g. character and academic abilities, problem solving, ƒ Development of a variety of conceptual thinking, and the writing and teaching/learning strategies and speaking skills needed to support a techniques. rigorous graduate program.

ƒ Appropriate use of a variety of 2. Personal determination and commitment approaches to assess and evaluate needed to complete the program. instructional outcomes. ƒ Students must achieve passing scores ƒ Use of instructional technology, which meet established Maryland State including computers and media, for standards on the core battery of the classroom, laboratory and professional PRAXIS teacher examinations. needs. Transcripts and academic credentials of all ƒ Application of theory and best practices applicants will be reviewed by the graduate in classroom laboratory situations admissions committee. Individuals who lack through field experiences. appropriate coursework will be expected to complete the identified course content ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS requirements prior to their enrollment in the capstone research portion of the program. Students who enter the M.Ed. program must possess an earned baccalaureate degree in APPLICATION DEADLINES one of the areas of Career and Technology Education: agriculture, business education, In general, application deadlines for family and consumer sciences, health admissions are as follows: occupations, technology education or a related Fall Semester May 1 content area. Matriculating students must meet Spring Semester November 1 all requirements for regular admission to the Summer Sessions April 1 graduate program. In some cases, provisional admission will be granted.

132

However, applications will be accepted and Students must complete the program reviewed at any time throughout the year. within three calendar years of advancement to Master’s Candidacy, but no later than their five- PROGRAM OF STUDY year admission period. Full-time candidates in the Career and Technology Education M.Ed. The M.Ed. program combines Career program will be expected to complete the and Technology Education content with program in one academic year including one professional education theory and practice. summer. Part-time students, who attend Graduate level scholarship and research-based uninterrupted, will be expected to complete the content will be presented throughout the program in three years. program. The essential elements of teaching, the core technologies, teaching/learning strategies, The following represents the typical and the Maryland State Technology Education program of study for students pursuing the Voluntary Curriculum approved by the M.Ed. in the Technology Education or Maryland State Department of Education will Occupational Education strand. guide instructional decision-making. Typical M.Ed. Program of Study: RETENTION AND EXIT REQUIREMENTS TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION STRAND

Students enrolled in the M.Ed. program Course # Core Required Credits complete a state-approved program of study that includes at least 30 semester hours of graduate CTED 600 Technology Education Content, credit with a cumulative “B” (3.0) or higher Methods and Strategies (3) grade point average. Six (6) credits are required in a capstone research experience. Of the CTED 602 Technology Education remaining 24 credits, six (6) will be required in Instructional Management and Occupational or Technology Education and six Organization (3) (6) will be required in professional education. Twelve (12) elective credits will be selected CTED 615 Administration and with approval of the graduate advisor based on Leadership (3) the student’s previous educational experience and future career goals. Overall, eighteen (18) EDUC 610 Learning and Instructional credits will be required at the 600 level or higher Design (3) and a maximum of twelve (12) credits can be completed at the 400 level in designated courses. CTED 640 Research in Career and Students will take a written comprehensive Technology Education I (3) examination and complete an action research seminar paper within the last six credits of their CTED 650 Research in Career and program. Students who have completed 24 Technology Education II (3) credits of coursework and have passed the 18 comprehensive examination will be advanced to Possible Electives Master’s Candidacy. EDTE 482 Core Technologies I (3) A maximum of six (6) graduate credits will be accepted for transfer into the program EDTE 483 Core Technologies II (3) from non-USM institutions, provided these credits are directly related to the program and EDTE 484 Information Systems (3) meet the criteria for transfer of credit. No more than six (6) credit hours of “C” grades will be CTED 630 Special Problems in Career and acceptable in the program. Technology Education (3) 12

133

TOTAL 30 Typical M.Ed. Program of Study: OCCUPATIONAL EDUCATION STRAND Selection of elective courses is based on previous education experience and career Course # Core Required Credits goals. Elective courses will vary for each individual, and require the approval of the CTED 601 Occupational Education graduate advisor. Content, Methods and Strategies (3) Additional graduate electives offered by UMES include: CTED 603 Occupational Education Instructional Management and EDTE 437 Student Performance Organization (3) Assessment (3) CTED 615 Administration and Leadership (3) EDTE 440 Integrating Math and Science in Occupational EDUC 610 Learning and And Technology Education (3) Instructional Design (3)

EDTE 450 Mentoring: Expectations CTED 640 Research in Career and And Responsibilities (3) Technology Education I (3)

EDTE 499 Research and CTED 650 Research in Career and Experimentation in Technology Education II (3) Technology Education (3) 18

SPED 600 Characteristics of Exceptional Possible Electives Individuals (3) EDTE 445 American Industry and Global EDCI 409 Methods of Teaching Reading Competition (3) in the Content Areas I (3) EDTE 467 Instructional Analysis and EDCI 410 Methods of Teaching Reading Curriculum Development (3) in the Content Areas II (3) CTED 607 Coordination of Work EDCI 425D Curriculum and Instruction In Experience Programs (3) Technology Education (3) CTED 630 Special Problems in EDUC 612 Advanced Educational Career and Technology Psychology (3) Education (3) 12 EDUC 620 Advanced Human Growth and TOTAL 30 Development (3) Selection of elective courses is based on CTED 610 Teaching Adult and Post- previous education experience and career Secondary Education goals. Elective courses will vary for each Programs (3) individual, and require the approval of the graduate advisor.

134

Additional graduate electives offered by CTED 601 Occupational Education UMES include: Content , Methods and Strategies (3) EDTE 437 Student Performance This course examines the philosophy, mission, Assessment (3) vision, goals, and evolution of Career and Technology Education. Teaching and learning EDTE 440 Integrating Math and Science strategies, performance-based instruction, Skills in Occupational and Technology for Success, assessment, blended instruction, Education (3) work-based learning, school-to-careers, and student equity issues will be covered. EDTE 450 Mentoring: Expectations And Responsibilities (3) CTED 602 Technology Education Instructional Management EDTE 486 Instructional Media and Organization (3) Development (3) This course covers planning, implementing, evaluating, and marketing Technology SPED 600 Characteristics of Exceptional Education programs. Particular attention will be Individuals (3) given to the organization and classroom management of a safe laboratory environment. EDCI 409 Methods of Teaching Reading Ground rules, student grading systems, program in the Content Areas I (3) and instructor effectiveness, and a classroom management system are addressed. The safe EDCI 410 Methods of Teaching Reading and effective use of tools, equipment, and in the Content Areas II (3) materials will be covered, as well as a review of the Technology Education teacher’s EDUC 612 Advanced Educational responsibilities. Psychology (3) CTED 603 Occupational Education EDUC 620 Advanced Human Growth and Instructional Management Development (3) and Organization (3) This course covers planning, implementing, CTED 610 Teaching Adult and Post- evaluating, and marketing Career and Secondary Education Programs Technology Education programs. Particular (3) attention will be given to the organization and management of a safe work environment. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Ground rules, student grading systems, program and instructor effectiveness, and a classroom CTED 600 Technology Education management system are addressed. The safe Content, Methods, and and effective use of tools, equipment, and Strategies (3) materials will be covered, as well as a review of This course examines the philosophy, mission, the Occupational Education teacher’s vision, goals, and evolution of Technology responsibilities. Education. The Maryland State Technology Education Voluntary Curriculum, teaching and CTED 607 Coordination of Work learning strategies, core technologies, Experience Programs (3) performance-based instruction, and student A variety of work-based learning programs will assessment are also covered. Integrating core be covered including cooperation work academic knowledge and skills, and the experience, internships, mentorships, job professional roles and responsibilities of shadowing, and apprenticeship. Mission, trends Technology Education teachers within the total and current practices in these programs will be school community at the secondary level are discussed. Methods and techniques of discussed. coordination in comprehensive and part-time

135

programs at the secondary and adult levels are classroom, will be integrated into the covered. participants’ research paper. Prerequisites: Successful completion of CTED 640. CTED 610 Teaching in Adult and Post- Secondary Education EDUC 610 Learning and Instructional Programs (3) Design (3) Methods and techniques for teaching adult Advanced skill development in the area of learners in secondary and in post-secondary individualized programming, including occupational and technical programs are adaptation and modification of curriculum, covered. The needs, interests and motivation of instructional design, program development, and the mature learner are analyzed. Secondary and evaluation are covered in this course. Learning post-secondary educational settings will be theory and its application in the classroom are compared emphasized.

CTED 615 Administration and Leadership (3) EDUC 612 Advanced Educational This course covers the theories and concepts of Psychology (3) educational administration and leadership in Application of psychology to learning processes Career and Technology Education. Societal and theories are examined. Topics covered forces that affect educational administration, include individual differences, measurement, tasks of administration, role requirements, motivation, emotions, intelligence, attitudes, administrative processes, division of problem solving, thinking, and communicating responsibility, organizational variables, the in educational settings. administrator as an instructional leader, and professional organizations and ethics are EDUC 620 Advanced Human Growth discussed. and Development (3) This course is an advanced study of human CTED 630 Special Problems in Career growth and development using a life-span and Technology Education (3) approach. Current research and theories in the Master’s and APC students who desire to pursue areas of cognitive processes, learning abilities, a special research problem or project under the and social and psychological processes will be direction of their advisor may register for this examined. course. The course may be repeated twice with different topics and approval of the advisor. SPED 600 Characteristics of Exceptional Individuals (3) CTED 640 Research in Career and This course is an overview of the major types of Technology Education I (3) exceptional abilities and their impact on the Students are introduced to the three basic forms teaching/learning process. The legal mandates of research: historical, descriptive and action that relate to the field of special education are research. Emphasis is placed on incorporating covered. research into classroom teaching. A variety of databases will be used. The course provides a EDCI 409/410 Methods of Teaching Reading base for action research methodology. in the Content Areas I and II Qualitative and quantitative data treatments will (3 credits each) be developed within the context of individual These courses teach the fundamentals of reading student projects and the evaluation of the instruction including current theories and research literature. methods of reading instruction. These courses also present an overview of reading programs CTED 650 Research in Career and K-12 and consider the integration of reading into Technology Education II (3) the student’s areas of specialization at the Students will complete and present their action middle and secondary school levels. These research papers. Educational technology, courses emphasize the identification of requisite especially as it applies to teaching in the reading skills, the assessment of reading skill

136

levels (instructional and independent), the and utilization of national and state content development of strategies and materials for standards. Course and student objectives, reading mastery, and the remediation of reading indicators, student learning activities, difficulties. instructional materials, and student assessment instruments are designed based on these EDTE 437 Student Performance standards. Assessment (3) This course examines how to identify and utilize EDTE 482 Core Technologies I (3) appropriate student performance criteria to Core technologies are the building blocks of all measure student achievement in the cognitive, technology systems. Mechanical and structural psychomotor and affective domains. A variety technologies are examined with regard to of assessment instruments will be evaluated and common components, simple controls, basic developed to document student mastery of system design, safety, and applications. An instructional objectives. overview of materials technology will include an examination of ferrous and non-ferrous EDTE 440 Integrating Math and Science materials, common industrial forms, and the in Occupational and primary and secondary processing of industrial Technology Education (3) materials. The course includes an introduction The purpose of this course is to provide teachers to biotechnology with instructional units devoted with techniques and methods to assist students to genetics, environmental biotechnology, and in improving their math and science skills within the future of biotechnology. Topical the context of their curriculum. Math and investigations and modular activity packages are science techniques and problem applications are utilized to enhance understanding of the core covered for specific Career and Technology technologies. Education (CTE) areas. EDTE 483 Core Technologies II (3) EDTE 445 American Industry and Core technologies are the building blocks of all Global Competition (3) technology systems. Electrical, electronic, This course is an analysis of American industry optical, fluid, and thermal technologies are in relation to current and future competitive examined with regard to common components, trends. Personnel organizations, personnel simple controls, basic system design, safety, and needs, production, quality and competition in applications. The context for the study of these selected manufacturing and construction core technologies is the design and development enterprises are covered. of technology systems to solve practical problems. Communication skills are developed EDTE 450 Mentoring: Expectations and through the documentation of the design and Responsibilities (3) development process. Topical investigations and This course is an introduction to mentoring, and modular activity packages are utilized to covers selecting mentors, mentor/teacher enhance understanding of the core technologies. responsibilities, teacher observation, problems of beginning teachers, mentoring techniques, EDTE 484 Information Systems (3) assessment, and portfolio development. This This course will provide students with course is designed to prepare experienced knowledge and skills related to communication teachers who are interested in becoming mentors systems, application of computers, computer or helping teachers in the secondary school. controlled robots and machines, imaging, publishing, audio systems, video systems, and EDTE 467 Instructional Analysis and telecommunications. Students learn how to Curriculum Development (3) integrate instruction on information systems into This advanced curriculum design course covers teaching/learning strategies. These strategies methods of conducting an instructional analysis include: ingenuity challenges, topical in a content area in order to develop curriculum investigations, product generation, modular materials. Emphasis is placed on the integration activity packages, research and experimentation, and engineering design and development. 137

EDTE 486 Instructional Media Development (3) Students will develop instructional materials in this course. The course covers commercially available sources and teacher-developed materials including web pages, WebQuests, computer-generated materials, PowerPoint presentations, and the use of instructional technology devises and equipment.

EDTE 499 Research and Experimentation in Technology Education (3) This advanced course focuses on solving technological issues through the problem- solving method. Students identify a technological problem, determine possible solutions, collect data, write a research report, and present their findings. Emphasis is placed on inquiry, utilizing resources, analyzing and synthesizing data, and developing solutions.

************************************ For further information on this program, please contact:

Dr. Gerald F. Day Coordinator of Graduate Studies Department of Technology University of Maryland Eastern Shore 1425 Key Highway Baltimore, MD 21230 (410) 659-5332 (410) 659-7629 fax Email: [email protected]

Dr. Leon Copeland Chairman Department of Technology University of Maryland Eastern Shore 11931 Art Shell Plaza Princess Anne, MD 21853-1299 Email: [email protected]

138

PHYSICAL THERAPY Human Anatomy and Physiology with Lab (or Doctor of Physical Therapy its equivalent) 8 Mathematics (Trigonometry or higher) 3-4 THE PROGRAM Physics with Lab 8 Psychology (General, Abnormal or Child) 3 The Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) Sociology 3 degree program constitutes the initial Chemistry with Lab 8 professional preparation for students desiring to Histology with Lab OR Cell Biology with Lab become physical therapists. Graduates of the or Microbiology with Lab 4 program will be prepared to carry out the (Other upper level Science Courses may be expanding responsibilities as autonomous health considered) and, care providers practicing prevention, Statistics 3 examination, and intervention in acute care and rehabilitation settings, and in educational and 3. A cumulative 3.0 grade point average over all research environments. The DPT Program will course work earned and a 3.0 average in the also prepare students to contribute to the field of science and math courses earned that are a physical therapy through research and other prerequisite to the program (including any scholarly activities in addition to the utilization courses taken during the spring and the summer of these activities. preceding the fall admission).

ACCREDITATION 4. Demonstration of knowledge concerning the physical therapy profession by submitting: The DPT Program is designed to meet a. an essay detailing the reasons the the Standards of Practice of the American applicant desires to become a physical therapist. Physical Therapy Association and the b. Documentation of first-hand observation Accreditation Standards set forth by the and/or work experience related to the practice of Commission on Accreditation in Physical physical therapy. This experience must be Therapy Education. substantiated in writing by a registered/licensed physical therapist. The DPT Program has been granted accreditation status by the Commission on 5. Submission of three (3) letters of Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education. recommendation addressing both the applicant’s moral character and potential as a physical ADMISSIONS POLICY therapist.

The Physical Therapy Admissions 6. A personal interview with at least one Committee selects students for admission. member of the Physical Therapy Admissions Applicants must meet the following criteria to Committee may be required. gain admission to the DPT Program: 7. Prerequisite science courses completed 10 1. A Bachelor’s degree from U.S. institutions of years prior to the date of admission will not be higher education accredited by a regional accepted. accrediting association or the degree equivalent in another country is required. Due to certain factors (i.e., number of available clinical sites), the number of qualified 2. All applicants must successfully complete the students who can be accepted into the DPT following prerequisite courses with a grade of Program is limited. The Department of Physical “C” or higher. Therapy Admissions Committee will consider such criteria as cumulative GPA, mathematics Course Semester Hours and science GPA, prior experience and personal interview scores in making its decision for Zoology with Lab OR Biology with Lab 4 admissions.

139

ACCEPTANCE POLICY The independent study/electives component allows students to pursue advanced Upon acceptance to the DPT Program, study in areas of individual interest under the the student will be notified of acceptance and guidance of the physical therapy faculty. Each given two weeks to return the acceptance letter. student is required to complete six credits in A non-refundable acceptance fee of $300.00 independent study/electives which are approved must accompany the acceptance letter. On by the student’s academic advisor. admission, this acceptance fee will be credited The Research/Critical Inquiry toward tuition. component consists of one didactic course in research methods and the completion of an APPLICATION DEADLINE extensive independent research project under the direction of a research advisor. The research Applicants who plan to complete the project incorporates all phases of the scientific Bachelor of Science Degree and all pre- inquiry process from the formulation of research requisites for the DPT Program before the end of questions or hypotheses and literature review August in any year may apply to the program through data collection and analysis of the beginning September 1 of the year prior. results. The student must select a research advisor by the end of the first year of enrollment 1. Early admission decisions will be made in the program. Final project requirements on applications received September 1 to include a written document and an oral December 1. Once the complete presentation. Students are encouraged to publish application is received by the and/or present their research to professional Department, the student will receive organizations such as the American Physical notification within one month. Therapy Association and the American College 2. Normal admission decisions will be of Sports Medicine. made on applications received by Each student is initially assigned an February 1 of the following year. Academic Advisor who is responsible for 3. If space is available, applications advising the student on all aspects of the received after these dates may be student’s progress throughout the program All considered for admission. students must maintain a cumulative 3.0 GPA. The program is full-time continuous enrollment. GENERAL PROGRAM COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS RETENTION IN PROGRAM

The program requires completion of 1. Didactic Program Phase didactic course work, clinical internships, independent study, and a research project as 1.1 The grading scale for the Physical partial fulfillment for the doctorate degree. Therapy Department is as follows: Core didactic courses include A - 90-100% foundational sciences, clinical medicine, B - 80-89% physical therapy procedures, and patient C - 75-79% management. D - 65-74% The Clinical Education component F - 0-64% provides students with the opportunity to apply [Students must have a 75% average in the their didactic knowledge and skills to clinical didactic and the laboratory components of situations. Through clinical education courses for successful completion.] experiences, students develop problem-solving 1.2 A final grade of D in any course and clinical decision-making skills. Select (lecture and/or lab) during the DPT clinical affiliations provide students with clinical Program will result in the student experience in specialty areas of physical therapy being placed on academic practice. probation.

140

1.3 Students attaining probationary 1.9 All courses must be completed in status twice during the DPT sequence. Program are subject to automatic 1.10 Students are expected to be able to academic dismissal from the meet the essential technical program. standards of performance required 1.4 A final grade of D in any two by the Department of Physical courses during the DPT Program Therapy. (lecture and/or lab) results in an automatic academic dismissal from 2. Clinical Practicum and Affiliation the program. Phase 1.5 A final grade of F in any course (lecture and/or lab) results in 2.1 Clinical Affiliation assignments automatic academic dismissal from are dependent upon faculty the program. recommendation, Department Chair 1.6 A student who receives a final approval, and availability of clinical grade of D in a course (lecture sites. and/or lab) will be referred to the 2.2 No student may enter the final 16 faculty who will make weeks of full-time clinical affiliations recommendations to the Department during the 3rd year of the program with a Chairman as to how this grade may final grade of D or incomplete in any be removed and the time limit for course or a cumulative GPA below 3.0. removal. Failure to remove the Admission to the final 16 weeks of full- grade in a specified time limit may time clinical affiliation is by approval of result in dismissal from the the Physical Therapy faculty. program. 2.3 Each clinical affiliation or practicum 1.7 Students engaging in any unethical must be passed. A student receiving a practices as outlined by the policies failing grade during a clinical affiliation of the University of Maryland or practicum is automatically dismissed Eastern Shore, Code of Conduct of from the DPT Program. the American Physical Therapy 2.4 Students not completing a clinical Association, and State or Federal affiliation or practicum for personal laws may be dismissed from the reasons may be required to repeat an program. affiliation or practicum of the same 1.8 Students must maintain a length or make-up the time lost at the cumulative grade point average same affiliation or practicum. (GPA) of “B” or better over all 2.5 A student may only repeat or make- graduate courses taken and must up a clinical affiliation or practicum satisfy all departmental and UMES upon approval of the faculty of the Graduate School requirements. A Department of Physical Therapy. graduate student has two semesters 2.6 Students are expected to be able to in which to bring the cumulative meet the essential technical standards of GPA back to a 3.0 (“B”) if it falls performance required by the Department below that level (note for the of Physical Therapy. Physical Therapy program, the Year I Summer is an academic semester). 3. Readmission The admission of all students is continued at the discretion of the 3.1 Students who have been dismissed faculty, the Department and the for academic reasons and students Dean of Graduate Studies. (See who have had to withdraw for Section on Termination of personal reasons may seek Admission in this catalog). readmission by submitting a letter of request to the department.

141

3.2 The request for readmission will be Disability (3) reviewed by the Department of PHYT 620 Introduction to Clinical Physical Therapy faculty. A Examination, Evaluation, and student may be readmitted only Differential Diagnosis (1) once to the program. PHYT 621 Physical Therapy in the Acute Care Setting (3) REAPPLICATION TO THE PROGRAM PHYT 651 Clinical Practicum I – Acute Care Focus (1) An applicant who has been unsuccessful PHYT 789 Research Project (1) in obtaining admission into the program may reactivate his or her file by written request to the Total: 14 Credits department by February 1. YEAR 2 Entry-Level Doctorate in Physical Therapy Course Sequence* FALL

YEAR 1 PHYT 615 Clinical Medicine III – Orthopaedics (3) FALL PHYT 623 PT Procedures I – Physical Agents (2) PHYT 627 PT Procedures II – Soft Tissue PHYT 601 Advanced Human Anatomy Techniques (2) Lecture (4) PHYT 630 PT Procedures III- PHYT 607 Advanced Human Anatomy Lab (2) Musculoskeletal (3) PHYT 605 Life Span Development and PHYT 624 Therapeutic Exercise I-Basic and Embryology (3) Essentials (3) PHYT 670 Introduction to Health Care Systems PHYT 616 The Integumentary System and and Patient Care (2) Wound Management (2) PHYT 600 Advanced Human Physiology (3) PHYT 789 Research Project (1) PHYT 652 Clinical Practicum II (1) Total: 14 Credits PHYT 658 Clinical Judgment and Integration Seminar (1) WINTER No Classes Total: 18 Credits

WINTER SPRING PHYT 660 Clinical Affiliation I** (6 weeks) (3) PHYT 602 Neuroscience (4) PHYT 603 Exercise Physiology (3) Total: 3 Credits PHYT 604 Analysis of Human Movement (4) PHYT 612 Clinical Medicine I-Pathophysiology (3) SPRING PHYT 681 Research Methods I (3)

PHYT 631 Prosthetics and Orthotics (2) Total: 17 Credits PHYT 626 PT Procedures IV –

Electrophysiology (3) SUMMER PHYT 625 Therapeutic Exercise II (2) PHYT 672 Patient and Community Health PHYT 622 Tests and Measures (3) Education and Promotion (2) PHYT 614 Clinical Medicine II– PHYT 632 Therapeutic Exercise III-Exercise Neuropathology (2) Testing and Prescription for PHYT 671 Interpersonal Communication Special Populations (2) and Psychosocial Aspects of 142

PHYT 675 Physical Therapy Neuromuscular III (3) Administration (3) PHYT 636 Patient Management PHYT 789 Research Project (1) Musculoskeletal-III (3) PHYT 653 Clinical Practicum III (1) PHYT 659 Advanced Clinical Judgment and PHYT 658 Clinical Judgment and Integration (1) Integration Seminar (1) PHYT 674 Professional Development and Practice Issues In P.T. (1) Total: 17 Credits PHYT 789 Research Project (1)

SUMMER Total: 13 Credits

PHYT 606 Pharmacology, Laboratory SUMMER Values, and Medical Imaging For the Physical Therapist (2) PHYT662 Clinical Affiliation III **(8 weeks) (4) PHYT 789 Research Project (1) PHYT663 Clinical Affiliation IV **(8 weeks) (4)

Total: 3 Credits Total: 8 Credits

YEAR 3 *Course numbers and sequence subject to

change. Student must complete 6 credits of FALL PHYT649 Independent Study or electives

during the three years of the program prior to the PHYT 642 Patient Management- third summer. Neuromuscular I (2)

PHYT 637 Patient Management- **Upon approval of the Department of Pulmonary (2) Physical Therapy Faculty PHYT 634 Patient Management-

Musculoskeletal I (2) TOTAL CREDITS: 130 PHYT 640 Patient Management-Pediatrics I (2)

PHYT 789 Research Project (1) COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PHYT 661 Clinical Affiliation II **(8 weeks) (4)

PHYT 659 Advanced Clinical Judgment and PHYT 600 Advanced Human Physiology Integration Seminar (1) (3)

This course focuses on the major physiological Total: 14 Credits systems of the human body. Topics in this WINTER course will cover function of the cardiovascular, respiratory, musculoskeletal, renal, PHYT 643 Patient Management- gastrointestinal, genitourinary, neurological, Neuromuscular II (1) lymphatic, endocrine, and immune systems at PHYT 635 Patient Management- the cellular, organ and systemic levels. Musculoskeletal II (1) PHYT 641 Patient Management- PHYT 601 Advanced Human Anatomy Pediatrics II (1) (4) This course focuses on the structure and function Total: 3 Credits of the human body with emphasis on the neuromusculoskeletal, cardiovascular, SPRING pulmonary, gastrointestinal, and genitourinary systems. Clinical correlations to the anatomical PHYT 633 Patient Management-Cardiac (2) structures will be presented. PHYT 645 Patient Management Selected Topics II (2) PHYT 644 Patient Management –

143

PHYT 602 Neuroscience (4) clinical practice and their pharmacological This course explores the structure and function interventions will be presented. Emphasis will of the central, peripheral and autonomic nervous be placed on exploring the relationship between systems on an anatomical, physiological and pharmacology and physical therapy practice. neurological basis. Three lecture hours and Students will be engaged in clinical reasoning three laboratory hours per week. and application of pharmacological concepts. The second part of this course will introduce the PHYT 603 Exercise Physiology (3) student to critical laboratory tests and the This course provides an overview of exercise interpretation of laboratory values. Basic physiology theory and principles and an hematology will be reviewed focusing on examination of the physiological responses to normal and pathological blood levels. Emphasis both acute and chronic physical activity. The will be placed on the interpretation of laboratory role of exercise physiology in the treatment and data and its impact on safe and effective patient rehabilitation of various populations is care. The third part of this course covers the highlighted. principles, procedures and interpretation of diagnostic imaging techniques. Emphasis is on PHYT 604 Analysis of Human Movement plain film radiography, myelograms, CT scans, (4) magnetic resonance imaging and nuclear This course analyzes normal and abnormal medicine. Emphasis will be placed on exploring motor function based upon principles of the relationship between medical imaging and biomechanics, and musculoskeletal anatomy. physical therapy practice. The student will be able to perform movement analyses of functional activities with regards to PHYT 607 Advanced Human kinematics and kinetics. The student’s Anatomy-Lab (2) anatomical knowledge will be reinforced and The course focuses on the structure and function palpation skills will be taught through hands-on of the human body with emphasis on the laboratory experiences. neuromusculoskeletal, cardiovascular, pulmonary, gastrointestinal, and genitourinary PHYT 605 Life Span Development and systems. The students’ understanding of the Embryology (3) human body in three dimensions will be This course emphasizes a holistic study of facilitated through cadaver dissection. normal human growth and development from conception to maturity including embryological PHYT 612 Clinical Medicine I development of the major body systems. Pathophysiology (3) Emphasis will be placed on the components of This course provides an introduction to general sensory and motor development and the pathology and the physiological and anatomical development of mature motor patterns. Study changes accompanying disease, injury or will include the four aspects of human behavior abnormal development. Pathophysiology of the and development including biophysical, following systems are covered: cardiovascular, cognitive, affective, and social. Students will respiratory, musculoskeletal, renal, also examine physiological and psychosocial gastrointestinal, genitourinary, lymphatic, issues involved in the normal aging process. endocrine, and immune systems. Current concepts and trends in diagnosis and medical PHYT 606 Pharmacology, Laboratory management will be presented throughout the Values and Medical Imaging course. Mechanisms of disease processes will for the Physical Therapist be examined. (2) The first part of this course provides an PHYT 614 Clinical Medicine II- overview of the basic components of Neuropathology (2) pharmacology with emphasis on This course will emphasize pathology of the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. A nervous system (CNS, PNS, and ANS) and the review of common disease states encountered in physiological and anatomical changes

144

accompanying disease, injury, and abnormal PHYT 621 Physical Therapy in the development. Current concepts and trends in Acute Care Setting (3) differential diagnosis, medical management, and Students will be introduced to basic physical healthcare interventions are covered. therapy examination, evaluation and intervention skills to ensure safe patient interactions PHYT 615 Clinical Medicine III- including gross assessment skills, patient Orthopaedics (3) communication, safe and effective patient In this course, emphasis is placed on the positioning and movement, monitoring of vital pathology of the musculoskeletal system, and signs, use of assistive ambulatory devices, the physiological and anatomic changes universal precautions and sterile procedures. An accompanying disease, injury, and/or abnormal emphasis is placed on psychomotor performance development along with current concepts and of examination and intervention skills and will trends in differential diagnosis and medical and also include safe procedures in transfers, gait surgical management and rehabilitation. training, positioning, and basic patient handling skills. Equipment and procedures utilized in the PHYT 616 The Integumentary System & acute care setting will be introduced including Wound Management (2) IVs, cardiac monitoring devices, catheters, and This course will include an overview of the respiratory support apparatus. structure and function of the integumentary system, common dermatologic conditions, and PHYT 622 Tests and Measures (3) the physiology of the normal wound healing This course presents examination/evaluation process. The etiology and pathophysiology of skills pertinent to physical therapy including, various types of chronic wounds will be postural assessment, goniometry, specific and presented including pressure ulcers, arterial and group manual muscle testing, isokinetic testing, venous insufficiency ulcers, neuropathic ulcers, sensation testing, limb length and girth and burns. The examination, evaluation, and measurements, and reflex testing. Students will intervention for each type of pathologic apply techniques to specific patient case condition will be discussed. Students will situations. engage in problem-solving activities through a variety of case study applications. PHYT 623 PT Procedures I – Physical Agents (2) PHYT 620 Introduction to Clinical The course addresses: 1) the physical principles Examination, Evaluation and and physiological effects of physical Differential Diagnosis (1) agents/modalities; 2) the ethical use and This course will consist of the principles of the application of physical agents in the patient management model including management of pain, soft tissue trauma, and examination, evaluation, diagnosis, and edema; 3) the role of physical agents/modalities prognosis. Emphasis will be placed on the in prevention of secondary complications and process of obtaining a history, performing a their adjunct use to therapeutic exercise and systems review, and selecting and administering movement therapy; 4) the relationship of tests and measures to gather data. The principles physical agents/modalities, temperature of differential diagnosis will be introduced with regulation and vascular supply, indications and an emphasis on distinguishing between contraindications; and 5) modification in the neuromusculoskeletal and systemic conditions. application of physical agents/modalities in The course will also cover differential diagnosis unique patient populations. of upper and lower extremity conditions of musculoskeletal and non-musculoskeletal origin PHYT 624 Therapeutic Exercise I – with the use of an upper and lower quarter Basics and Essentials (3) scanning exams. This course serves as an introduction to the modality of therapeutic exercise. It includes principles of aerobic conditioning and the use of various types of resistance, range of motion,

145

postural, and breathing exercises along with placed on examination skills, specific tissue their therapeutic application to specific regions examination, and intervention techniques. The of the body. Emphasis will be centered on potential influence of soft tissue on movement providing a foundation of knowledge and skills and pain in mechanical and neurological that can be used to manage a large number of impairments is discussed. patient problems seen in clinical practice. Students will be able to design safe and effective PHYT 630 PT Procedures III – therapeutic exercise programs for a variety of Musculoskeletal (3) patient diagnoses. This course will consist of the principles of upper and lower extremity examination PHYT 625 Therapeutic Exercise II including the special testing of the upper and (2) lower extremity joints and assessment of This course is a continuation of Therapeutic accessory motion. The principles of joint Exercise I and includes advanced therapeutic mobilization as a therapeutic intervention will be techniques for special patient populations in included with a discussion of the history, various rehabilitation. Special topics techniques such as philosophies, grading systems, and techniques. bariatric rehabilitation, pre-prosthetic training, Joint mobilization techniques specific to the post-surgical protocols, oncology rehabililtation, upper and lower extremities will be emphasized. and selected topics in neurologic physical therapy will be covered. Therapeutic exercise PHYT 631 Prosthetics and Orthotics interventions will also target comprehensive (2) management of the medically complex patient, This course focuses on patient management for including lab value and comorbidity analysis. individuals requiring the use of prostheses and Exercise will be approached from an evidence- orthoses. Emphasis is placed on the skills of based perspective, with appropriate attention to examination of limb impairments and evaluation those contributions from the basic and clinical of the factors that influence the normalization of sciences. Students will gain exposure to more function. Students will develop plans and advanced rehabilitation equipment management intervention strategies to maximize the health such as complex seating systems, NeuroCom care of individuals with various amputations and training, and treadmill unweighting. In addition, limb impairments. In addition, students will web-based activities will give students the learn to proficiently measure appropriate opportunity to discuss patient case studies and to changes in function and communicate the analyze current evidence for specific findings to the prosthetist/orthotist and other interventions. Problem-based activities in both members of the health care team. the laboratory and clinical setting will focus on stimulating effective clinical decision-making. PHYT 632 Therapeutic Exercise III -Exercise Testing and PHYT 626 PT Procedures IV – Prescription for Special Electrophysiology (3) Populations (2) Analysis of the physical and physiological This course basic exercise testing procedures principles underlying the application of and precautions, as well as exercise prescription therapeutic electricity in patient/client for selected patient populations. An emphasis is management is provided. Basic principles placed on monitoring patients for normal and underlying electrodiagnostic procedures are abnormal responses to activity, and specific covered. indications and contraindications to exercise. Populations to be addressed will include PHYT 627 PT Procedures II – Soft Tissue individuals with arthritis, diabetes, cancer, Techniques (2) AIDS, and cardiovascular and pulmonary This course encompasses practical and conditions, among others. theoretical aspects of soft tissue techniques used in the physical therapy management of musculoskeletal impairments. Emphasis is

146

PHYT 633 Patient Management – course. Musculoskeletal dysfunctions of the Cardiac (2) spine, pelvis and TMJ will be emphasized. Emphasis during lecture and laboratory Evidenced based treatment strategies, with experiences will be placed on cardiovascular consideration of surgical procedures, will be structure, physiology, function, and the response integrated into clinically relevant scenarios. to acute and chronic exercise. Interventions Anatomy, biomechanics, and special tests will such as medications, surgical procedures, and be reviewed and applied via classroom exercise will be highlighted, along with the education and advanced dissections. nature of cardiovascular pathology, cardiovascular rehabilitation, prevention PHYT 637 Patient Management – strategies, and the role of the physical therapist. Pulmonary (2) Emphasis during lecture and laboratory PHYT 634 Patient Management – experiences will be placed on recognition of Musculoskeletal I (2) pulmonary structure, physiology, function, and The course is the first part in a series of physical pathological conditions. The role of physical therapy management and treatment interventions therapy in the integration of various for the musculoskeletal system. Patient examination, evaluation and intervention examination, differential considerations, procedures in order to provide acute care, treatment interventions, and re-assessment rehabilitation, and prevention programs are also procedures will be emphasized throughout the highlighted. course. Musculoskeletal dysfunctions, with and without surgical intervention, of the extremities PHYT 640 Patient Management – and evidenced based treatment strategies will be Pediatrics I (2) integrated into clinically relevant scenarios. This course will cover examination, evaluation, Anatomy, biomechanics, and special tests will and intervention procedures for common be reviewed and applied via classroom pediatric conditions including primary and education and advanced dissections. secondary neurological, musculoskeletal, developmental, neuromuscular and PHYT 635 Patient Management – cardiopulmonary disorders. Influences of Musculoskeletal II (1) psychosocial, cultural, and environmental This course is the second part in the series of factors will be addressed for children with physical therapy management and treatment disabilities and their families/caregivers. interventions for the musculoskeletal system. Students will be introduced to current principles Patient examination, differential considerations, and legal issues in the provision of pediatric treatment interventions, and re-assessment services in community-based and educational procedures will be emphasized throughout the programs including family-centered care, course. Musculoskeletal dysfunctions, with and practice models, and the Individuals with without surgical intervention, of the extremities Disabilities Education Act (IDEA). and evidenced based treatment strategies will be integrated into clinically relevant scenarios. PHYT 641 Patient Management – Anatomy, biomechanics, and special tests will Pediatrics II (1) be reviewed and applied via classroom This course will focus on screening, education and advanced dissections. examination, and evaluation and planning methods used for pediatric patients. A variety of PHYT 636 Patient Management – standardized developmental assessment Musculoskeletal III (3) instruments will be examined. Students will This course is the third part in the series of learn to select, apply, and analyze physical therapy management and treatment developmentally appropriate procedures for interventions for the musculoskeletal system. pediatric screening, examination, and evaluation. Patient examination, differential considerations, Students will gain experience in the formulation treatment interventions, and re-assessment of appropriate plans of care including procedures will be emphasized throughout the

147

Individualized Family Service Plans (IFSPs) and neurological impairments will be emphasized. Individualized Education Plans (IEPs) Attention will also be directed to the environment into which the patient is being PHYT 642 Patient Management – discharged, re-evaluation of status, health care Neuromuscular I (2) regulation changes and their implication of care This course is the first part in the sequence of for patients with dysfunctions of the management and treatment of the neurologically neurological system. impaired adult. The course explores the theoretical basis of traditional and current PHYT 645 Patient Management – approaches for the management of persons with Selected Topics (2) CNS, PNS, ANS and congenital disorders of traumatic and/or vascular etiology. The primary This course will present examination and concerns are: (a) brief review of traditional intervention skills for management of patients methods, their historical perspectives, strengths with unique problems such as the rheumatoid and weaknesses; (b)in-depth analysis of diseases, HIV-AIDS, arterial insufficiency, and Brunnstrom’s method of evaluation and vestibular dysfunction. This course will also treatment of patients post-CVA and post present issues pertinent to the health, function, selected vascular disorders of cortical etiology, and physical therapy management of the strengths and weaknesses; (c) introduction to geriatric client. Normal and abnormal changes theories of motor control, motor learning and in cognition and mobility will be addressed, skill acquisition and their potential application in along with the implications of psychosocial, skill learning and rehabilitation; (d) current legal, ethical, and nutritional concerns. Course issues in “functional” interventions, strategies material will include examination, data and outcome expectations. collection, and intervention activities geared towards optimizing functional outcomes with PHYT 643 Patient Management – geriatric clients. Students will have the Neuromuscular II (1) opportunity to perform community balance The course is the second in a sequence of screening activities. courses that explore the theoretical basis of traditional and current approaches of managing PHYT 649 Independent Study (1-3) persons with CNS, PNS, ANS disorders of The independent study offers a means for progressive and non-progressive, acquired students to pursue academic interests beyond the and/or congenital etiologies. The course focuses scope of course work in the program under the on the examination, evaluation, diagnosis, direction of a faculty advisor. The content and prognosis, and intervention of the adult with methods of study for this course will vary and impaired motor function and sensory integrity. are arranged by the student and advisor. Areas This course will cover the management of of study may include cardiopulmonary, patients with traumatic brain injury (TBI) in the orthopaedics, neurology, pediatrics, women’s acute and chronic phases of rehabilitation. The health, or other fields of study. Repeatable role of the physical therapist as a direct Credit. Each student is required to complete six caregiver and team member will be discussed. credits of Independent Study or Electives. In lieu of Independent Study, the student may take PHYT 644 Patient Management – electives offered by a graduate school of the Neuromuscular III (3) University System of Maryland as approved by This course is the third in a sequence of courses, the faculty advisor. which explore the theoretical basis of traditional and current approaches of managing persons PHYT 651 Clinical Practicum I – with CNS, PNS, ANS disorders of progressive Acute Care Focus (1) and non-progressive, acquired and/or congenital Students are involved in a practical part-time etiologies (e.g., Parkinson’s Disease). The skills clinical experience in the application of physical of examination, evaluation, program planning, therapy procedures while under direct and intervention for the patient with supervision of a clinic instructor. Emphasis is on

148

the management of patients in the hospital incorporate examination, evaluative and setting. The student will directly apply the therapeutic procedures presented in the knowledge and skills obtained in PHYT 621: classroom and laboratory in direct patient care Physical Therapy in the Acute Care Setting. under the supervision of clinical instructor. 40 clinical hours per week/6 weeks. PHYT 652 Clinical Practicum I (1) Students are involved in a practical part-time PHYT 661 Clinical Affiliation II (4) clinical experience in the application of physical This clinical session will consist of eight weeks therapy procedures while under direct of full-time clinical experience. Students will supervision of a clinic instructor. Students rotate incorporate examination, evaluative and through a variety of clinical settings. therapeutic procedures presented in the classroom and laboratory in direct patient care PHYT 653 Clinical Practicum III (1) under the supervision of a clinical instructor. 40 Students are involved in a practical part-time hours per week/8 weeks. clinical experience in the application of physical therapy procedures while under direct PHYT 662 Clinical Affiliation III (4) supervision of a clinic instructor. Students This clinical session will consist of 8 weeks of rotate through a variety of clinical settings. full-time clinical experience in preparation for competency as an entry-level practitioner. PHYT 658 Clinical Judgment & Students will incorporate examination, Integration Seminar (1) evaluative and therapeutic procedures presented This course combines instruction in clinical in the classroom and laboratory in direct patient problem solving through problem synthesis, care under the supervision of a clinical critical thinking, clinical reasoning, and instructor. 40 hours per week/8 weeks. decision-making. Case studies presented by faculty and students are used to facilitate the PHYT 663 Clinical Affiliation IV (4) development of reasoning and decision-making This clinical session will consist of 8 weeks of skills that are applicable to current health care full-time clinical experience in preparation for issues as well as to clinical practice. Students competency as an entry-level practitioner. integrate didactic knowledge with clinical Students will incorporate examination, applications through the presentation and evaluative and therapeutic procedures presented discussion of actual patient case studies. in the classroom and laboratory in direct patient Repeatable credit. care under the supervision of a clinical instructor. 40 hours per week/8 weeks. PHYT 659 Advanced Clinical Judgment & Integration PHYT 670 Introduction to Health Care Seminar (1) Systems and Patient Care (2) This course will focus on advanced clinical Students are introduced to the role and function problem solving and analysis with an emphasis of the physical therapist in contemporary health on the application of differential diagnostic care with an awareness of ethical principles, skills. Students will develop skills in critical historical foundations of the profession, current analysis of complex medical conditions and in health care issues, and health care economics. formulating appropriate plans for intervention. The patient management model in physical The course is designed to enhance students’ therapy will also be introduced, including patient critical thinking abilities that are particularly examination, evaluation, diagnosis, prognosis, pertinent to the autonomous practioner who intervention and outcomes. The course will practices in states with direct access to physical emphasize the team approach to health care in therapy services. Repeatable credit. both urban and rural areas and will present strategies to promote cultural competency within PHYT 660 Clinical Affiliation I (3) the health care system. This clinical session will consist of six weeks of full-time clinical experience. Students will

149

PHYT 671 Interpersonal Communication in health care settings. Legal and ethical issues and Psychosocial Aspects of will be discussed including those pertaining to Disability (3) health care personnel administration. This course focuses on the psychological, social, and cultural contexts of patient care emphasizing PHYT 681 Research Methods I (3) those variables identified as important for This course is designed to be a comprehensive managing clients with disabilities. Emphasis review of basic experimental and non- will be placed on both verbal and non-verbal experimental methods for research using the communication skills. Students develop initial scientific method. Inductive and deductive skills in patient interviewing and in establishing approaches will be discussed with emphases on a therapeutic therapist-patient relationship. casual ordering, theoretical framework Psychosocial characteristics of various patient development, hypothesis testing and critical populations are discussed. Emphasis is placed analysis of current literature. on how personal adjustment to disability influences the rehabilitation process. Students PHYT 789 Research Project (1) explore the various factors affecting the patient, This course emphasizes problem formulation the family, and the patient therapist relationship suitable for the completion of a doctoral project. in situations of chronic illness, disability, and Data collection, hypotheses testing, loss. argumentation from data, and completion of the doctoral project by the end of the professional PHYT 672 Patient & Community training is expected. All research undertaken is Health Education & supervised by the student’s research advisor. Promotion (2) Repeatable credit. This course will explore the basic principles and theories of health care delivery and *************************************** epidemiology in community based settings. The For further information on this program impact of demographic, cultural, economic and contact: other factors that may affect delivery of health care will also be discussed. The course is Graduate Program Coordinator designed to promote wellness and prevention Department of Physical Therapy through the development of patient and Hazel Hall community education programs. Health belief University of Maryland Eastern Shore models and adult learning theories and Princess Anne, MD 21853 principles will be incorporated in the Email: [email protected] development and implementation of health education programs for individual patients and local community groups.

PHYT 674 Professional Development & Practice Issues in PT (1) An introduction to job searching skills including resume writing and interviewing skills, preparing for the National Physical Therapy Examination and state licensure procedures are the focus of this course. The course will also include discussion of current and relevant issues facing the physical therapy profession.

PHYT 675 Physical Therapy Administration (3) This course addresses of the principles of organization, management, and reimbursement

150

REHABILITATION COUNSELING consumer-defined quality of life in both rural and urban communities. MISSION Faculty have conducted professional The Master of Science in Rehabilitation research, published refereed journal articles and Counseling is a graduate degree in the book chapters, and presented before professional Department of Rehabilitation Services at the organizations on the state, national and University of Maryland Eastern Shore. The international level. It will be the responsibility of department offers the Bachelor of Science the graduate program coordinator and the degree in Rehabilitation Services. The M.S. clinical coordinator to assist in locating degree program will prepare students for appropriate internship experiences to meet the professional employment in counseling and goals and program requirements. service provision to individuals with physical, mental, developmental, sensory, cognitive, The Master of Science degree in psychosocial, and emotional disabilities. Rehabilitation Counseling will address the Emphasis is placed on capacity building to critical and compelling need for trained increase services to underserved populations and rehabilitation professionals in the state of rural communities. Underserved populations Maryland, the mid-Atlantic region and nation. include minority, cultural, ethnic and racial The graduate program will not only produce groups, women, and the aging populations. needed professionals in rehabilitation but also offset the continuing education needs of regional The number of individuals with a social services personnel. disability in the United States exceeds 50 million. The objective of the graduate program Characteristics of the Program is to prepare rehabilitation professionals with the competencies, skills, knowledge and practical 1. Educational objectives -- The experiences, to effectively facilitate the graduate program is designed to provide rehabilitation and habilitation of individuals with rehabilitation education and training to meet the disabilities in rural or urban settings. These needs of a diverse and global labor market. The competencies include an understanding of the curriculum includes: (1) job placement policies and procedures relative to physiological, counseling of people with disabilities; (2) social, psychological, cultural, political, and infusion of rehabilitation technology across the economical factors that effect vocational curriculum; and (3) preparation of students to rehabilitation and independent living. work in a variety of allied health and human service professions. Inclusion of The Department of Rehabilitation assistive/adaptive and other relevant technology Services is committed to diversity, equality of into the curriculum will make a difference in opportunity, and the belief that everyone is counseling about quality of life for individuals entitled to full inclusion and active participation with disabilities. in society. The ultimate goal is to graduate competent rehabilitation professionals, who will 2. General Requirements -- The be community leaders, and valued citizens. UMES Graduate Program in Rehabilitation Counseling has established a program based on All faculty in the Rehabilitation program the Council on Rehabilitation Education are committed to teaching, service, and research (CORE) guidelines and State of Maryland for the inclusion of persons with disabilities into professional counselor licensure criteria. society. They foster a climate of life-long Emphasis is placed on competencies that prepare learning, leadership development, scholarly graduates for a career path that includes direct activity, and solution-based strategies that service competencies and administrative facilitate physical and psychological functions. The universal CORE-based independence, gainful employment, and a curriculum prepares graduates to apply to be a certified rehabilitation counselor (CRC) and

151

professional counselor licensure (LPC). the immediate Princess Anne/Salisbury area. Program graduates will be prepared for Students must maintain a cumulative grade of B employment in the State-Federal rehabilitation (3.0) in all graduate level courses taken for system, e.g., Maryland Department of credit toward a graduate degree. Rehabilitation Services, Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs) such as private Master of Science Degree in Rehabilitation foundations and associations, and private sector Counseling Course of Study rehabilitation among many venues focused on serving individuals with disabilities and their First Semester Hours families. Work settings for graduates of the RECN 621 Disability and Rehabilitation Counseling program include Rehabilitation Policy 3 federal/state public rehabilitation, private RECN 622 Theories and Counseling practice, community rehabilitation centers, Techniques 3 hospitals, schools, colleges, universities, RECN 623 Cultural and Ethical industry, insurance companies, legal offices, Dimensions of Counseling corrections, treatment programs, centers for 3 independent living (CILs), and rehabilitation RECN 624 Psycho-Social Aspects centers. Additionally, students will be prepared of Disabilities 3 to comply with the federal mandate on RECN 625 Medical Aspects of Comprehensive System of Personnel Disabilities 3 Development (CSPD) for the state-federal Total 15 system of vocational rehabilitation. Second Semester The curriculum is consistent with the RECN 641 Vocational Counseling standards of the Council on Rehabilitation and Job Placement* 3 Education (CORE) and the Standards of Practice RECN 640 Assessment and as set forth by the Commission on Rehabilitation Vocational Evaluation* 3 Counselor Certification (CRCC). Graduates RECN 642 Case Management of following the ascribed curricula are eligible to Severe Disabilities 3 apply for certification as a Certified RECN 643 Research Methods 3 Rehabilitation Counselor (CRC). For more Total 12 information on rehabilitation counseling Third Semester certification visit the CRCC website: RECN 701 Group and Family http://www.crc-commission.org Counseling* 3

RECN 702 Legal Aspects of 3. Credit and Courses -- The academic Rehabilitation 1 program will require 48 credit hours (16 RECN 703 High Tech/Low Tech courses) and can be completed in four semesters Rehabilitation by full-time students. Although priority will be Systems* 3 given to full-time students, part-time students RECN 704 Program Evaluation and and non-rehabilitation graduate students may Organizational Development register for courses if space is available. The 3 length of time it will take for a part-time student RECN 705 Counseling Practicum**2 to fulfill requirements for graduation is Total 12 contingent upon how many credit hours they take each semester. The course sequence is such Fourth Semester that courses are also taken during the Winter and RECN 710 Master’s Seminar 3 Summer sessions. This allows students the RECN 712 Rehabilitation Counseling opportunity to take only RECN 712 during their Internship*** 6 final semester. Students are then afforded the Total 9 possibility of doing their Rehabilitation Counseling Internship at a location outside of Total credit hours 48 152

*Indicates courses that require 15-20 clock RECN 641 Vocational Counseling hours of direct experience. and Job Placement (3) **Indicates the course requiring 100- Vocational counseling and consultation documented practical/clinical clock hours. services ***Indicates the Internship, 600 clock hours. Planning for vocational services Vocational implications of various RECN 621 through 625 or advisor’s disabilities consent are prerequisites to other courses. These Job placement strategies courses must be completed prior to Client job-retention skill development practical/clinical experiences. Job modification and restructuring techniques Practical/Clinical Experience Job and employer development Job follow-up and post-employment The four didactic courses that require services practical/clinical experiences are identified Accommodation and rehabilitation below. The Counseling Practicum is a 100 clock engineering hour supervised clinical experience. Details of Supported employment services and the requirements for the Internship are written in strategies the Syllabus for that course. All clinical Services to employer organizations experiences will be supervised by qualified Worker's Compensation professional personnel, approved and verified by Worker's compensation laws and faculty who have Certified Rehabilitation practices Counseling (CRC). RECN 640 Assessment and Requiring practical/clinical experience Vocational Evaluation (3) within the didactic courses encourages the Vocational counseling and consultation students to get 15-20 clock hours of immediate services practice and application of the theory and Assessment of physical-functional knowledge acquired in the lectures from four capacities of individuals specific rehabilitation domains. Occupation and labor market information The four domains below each require 15- Theories of career development/work 20 clock hours: adjustment RECN641 Vocational Counseling Computer application and technology and Job Placement Assessment and Evaluation RECN640 Assessment and Vocational Interpretation of assessment results Evaluation Test and evaluation techniques for RECN701 Group and Family assessment Counseling RECN703 High Tech/Low Tech RECN 701 Group and Family Rehabilitation Systems Counseling (3) Individual and Group Counseling The practical/clinical experience Individual counseling practices competencies for each of the courses are Individual counseling theories outlined below and are consistent with the Behavior and personality theory Council on Rehabilitation Education (CORE) Human growth and potential competencies. Students are expected to express Family counseling theories and experience, in these four courses, Group counseling practices and knowledge consistent with the following interventions competencies. Group counseling theories Family, Gender, and Multicultural Issues

153

Societal issues, trends, and (CORE) and the Commission on Rehabilitation developments Counselor Certification (CRCC). The students Psycho-social and cultural impact on will gain knowledge that will enhance their family ability to help individuals with disabilities find Multicultural counseling issues and maintain adequate vocational and personal Gender issues independence. The internship experience will Family counseling practices take place under the supervision of a qualified rehabilitation, rehabilitation related or allied RECN 703 High Tech/Low Tech health professional and involve direct Rehabilitation Systems (3) experiences with persons with disabilities. Vocational counseling and consultation Appropriate selected facilities involved in the services rehabilitation of individuals who have a Job modification and restructuring physical, mental, developmental, behavioral, or techniques sensory disability will provide an opportunity Accommodation and rehabilitation for students to apply theories and skills. These engineering facilities may include state departments of Computer application and technology rehabilitation, centers for independent living, Environmental and Attitudinal Barriers psychiatric hospitals or psychosocial programs, Environmental barriers for individuals sheltered workshops, supported employment with disabilities agencies, and institutions or organizations Americans with Disabilities Act serving individuals with developmental Compliance guidelines disabilities, substance abusing persons, the Job accommodation resources industrially injured, agriculturally- or rural- related injuries, aged or adult/juvenile offenders. RECN 705 Counseling Practicum (2) Students interested in higher education may opt The Counseling Practicum is exclusively to conduct their internship experience in the devoted to fulfilling the Council on Services for Students with Disabilities program Rehabilitation Education recommendation for at an approved college or university. practical experience. This is a 2 semester credit hour, 100 clock hour practical experience under Didactic Course Descriptions the direct supervision of faculty who have Note: Credit hours are in parentheses fulfilled requirements to be Certified Rehabilitation Counselors (C.R.C). The RECN 621 Disability and practicum shall include on-campus and off Rehabilitation Policy (3) campus audio and video taping of individual and The purpose of this course is to examine, group counseling experiences dealing with describe and discuss public and private sector rehabilitation counseling concerns which will policy as it impacts individuals with disabilities facilitate the further development of (physical and/or mental impairments that effect rehabilitation counseling skills. Course one or more major life activity). The philosophy requirements, competencies, and the Code of of the course and its approach toward policy is Ethics will be made available in the syllabus for presented in the context of systems and a bio- the course. psycho-social approach to human development with the goal of attaining maximum quality of RECN 712 Rehabilitation Counseling life and community inclusion. Topics include Internship (600 CRC terminology, history, philosophy and legal -supervised clock hours) (6) aspects of rehabilitation and independent living, A supervised Rehabilitation Counseling the state-federal vocational rehabilitation Internship enables the student's socialization into program, benefit systems, workers the field of rehabilitation counseling and the compensation, employer-based disability development of the appropriate professional management, independent living, disability skills, experiences and competencies as outlined legislation, and ethical issues. by the Commission on Rehabilitation Education

154

RECN 622 Theories and Counseling RECN 624 Psycho-Social Aspects of Techniques (3) Disabilities (3) This course is a survey and practice course The course covers concepts, skills and in counseling and psychotherapy. The course knowledge of the social and psychological covers the theoretical approaches and best factors that either directly or indirectly effect the practices of counseling with a focus on quality of life, adjustment and full societal individuals with disabilities. The underlying participation of individuals with severe assumptions of human nature and personality are disabilities. Particular focus is placed on coping covered in addition to the specific techniques mechanisms, individual, familial, and cultural associated with each. Students are encouraged attitudes, and strategies that seek to facilitate to develop their own theory and practice of human dignity, productivity and inclusion. The counseling centered around a thorough reflection course will address human growth and potential, on the individual’s belief system, particular attitudinal barriers and vocational implications target populations they envision working, and of disability. Physical disability, mental illness, individual traits, strengths, and weaknesses. congenital, developmental and emotional Significant time is spent on experiential disabilities are addressed. The social and activities including dyads, triads, and role- psychological factors that contribute to playing. Ethical, legal, multicultural and resiliency and minimize vulnerability are research issues are also covered in depth. emphasized.

RECN 623 Cultural and Ethical RECN 625 Medical Aspects of Dimensions of Counseling (3) Disabilities (3) This course in rehabilitation counseling This course involves an exploration of provides theoretical and practical (clinical) medical information and disabilities from a instruction in multicultural and ethical aspects of systems perspective. The course incorporates rehabilitation counseling. Topics include the fundamental medical terminology, medical historical perspectives of multiculturalism and practitioners, and health care systems. The cultural diversity in society, theories and models health care and related systems will be explored of identity development among diverse groups, in view of their vocational implications, service supervisory issues, practical strategies and a provision, and resources for intervention, review of current research. Ethical issues treatment, or therapy for individuals with regarding counseling and direct rehabilitation disabilities. Case studies of systemically related service delivery are discussed from both a disabilities and how they are managed through generic and multi-cultural perspective centered the medical model will be explored through the upon research-based concepts, specific skills and symptomatology, diagnosis, prognosis, and strategies. Direct role-playing and skill building treatment phases of the disabilities. Consumer exercises are employed along with case study transition from the medical to the service model methods and lectures. Students are encouraged will be discussed. The psycho-social and cultural to develop an awareness of different cultures, impact of disabilities important to the learned biases and how they may effect the rehabilitation process will be infused in the counseling relationship. Other topics include curriculum. independence versus interdependence, and specific strategies in rehabilitation counseling. RECN 641 Vocational Counseling and The purpose of this course is to provide students Job Placement (3) with knowledge and skill that will maximize Concepts, principles, and skills related to access and effectiveness in serving under- the employment of individuals with physical, represented and culturally diverse populations, mental and congenital or developmental and to develop effective outreach strategies. disabilities will be explored. Current best practices are covered within the context of various models, public and private, that seek to maximize productivity and life-long career pursuits. Areas of emphasis include: the

155

vocational counseling process, marketing and professional resources, services and approaches and networking strategies for products that facilitate quality of life, working with employers, placement strategies, independent living and work for individuals with theories of vocational development and choice, disabilities in both urban and rural settings. The labor market surveys and job analysis legal, ethical, cultural, social, and psychological assessment of work readiness, job seeking and aspects of case management are integrated into job retention skills, and major occupational the course. The student will attain essential classification systems. Knowledge of job knowledge and skill in the cost-effective modification and restructuring techniques and its coordination of services, vendor selection importance to the employment of people with criteria, negotiation/conflict resolution skills, disabilities will be covered. Between 15-20 documentation, and evaluation techniques in clock hours practica of in vivo supervised providing quality, professional services. vocational counseling are required. Prerequisites: RECN 621, 622, 623, 624, 625 Prerequisites: RECN 621; 622; 623; 624; 625 RECN 643 Research Methods (3) RECN 640 Assessment and Vocational This course examines research methods and Evaluation (3) statistical concepts as they apply to the This course will provide the students with rehabilitation professional. Students will learn basic statistical concepts: a working knowledge about quantitative, qualitative, and single- of test selection, administration, interpretation of subject research methods; basic statistical test results and communication of findings in a concepts; and the use of the statistical database comprehensive evaluation report. A major SPSS. Students will develop critical thinking emphasis will be on the application of the skills and learn to be good “consumers” of procedures and utilization of the tools of rehabilitation and popular research, as well as vocational evaluation including: interviews, learn to collect, manage and analyze data. work related behavioral observations, individual evaluation plans, vocational counseling, RECN 701 Group and Family standardized tests, work samples, and situational Counseling (3) assessment. Guest speakers and visitations to This course integrates family and group local evaluation centers may also be utilized to process theory, interventions and practices, and enhance student understanding of the evaluation methods into an advanced applied course. The process. Between 15-20 clock hours practica of course addresses both clinical and organizational in vivo supervised assessment and vocational aspects of working with families, groups and evaluation/counseling are required. organizations in the rehabilitation process. The Prerequisites: RECN 621, 622, 623, 624, 625 student is challenged to develop an understanding of group processes that apply RECN 642 Case Management of Severe concepts, research and best practice models to a Disabilities (3) variety of settings, client profiles and This is a level survey and practice course organizational models. Social psychology, covering case management concepts, systems, family systems theory, organizational and processes and competencies necessary for the clinical models are covered in addition to effective delivery of services to individuals with experiential elements that build competencies disabilities and their families. The instructional that are effective in rehabilitation and healthcare approach seeks to concurrently provide didactic settings. Between 15-20 clock hours practica of and experiential pedagogy. Various models of in vivo supervised group counseling are case management practice will be presented required. including the State/Federal system of vocational rehabilitation, workers’ compensation systems, RECN 702 Legal Aspects of health care case management, employer-based Rehabilitation (1) disability management, and managed care This course provides an overview of civil models. An emphasis is placed on attaining rights legislation specific to people with knowledge of the range and level of community disabilities. The course methods will focus

156

primarily on case studies exploring relevant RECN 704 Program Evaluation & legislation such as the Americans with Disability Organizational Act (ADA), tort and civil law, and their effect on Development (3) the experience of individuals with disabilities. This course addresses current best practices Students will learn processes and agencies for in program evaluation. Program evaluations are filing complaints and develop resources on the fundamental to good planning. In order to plan agencies specific to each element and Title of and implement effective, valid and accurate the ADA. The course will cover public policy, evaluations, an understanding of organizational law, and practice, e.g., worker's compensation, behavior and developmental concepts are and expert testimony. There will also be an significant. The increasing emphasis upon emphasis on the organizational structure of outcomes and program efficacy, necessitates private-for profit systems involved in knowledge and skill in determining return on rehabilitation. Additionally, legal issues investment, organizational effectiveness, germane to disability such as commitments, cost/benefit analysis, research and planning as guardianships, and housing law will be well as determining whether the needs of a discussed. Prerequisites: RECN 621, 622, 623, constituency are being met. This course will 624, 625 focus on organizational factors, and evaluation design and technique. Upon successful RECN 703 High Tech/Low Tech completion, the student will be able to design, Rehabilitation Systems (3) implement, and interpret the results of a basic This course will provide an overview of evaluation strategy and possess a basic high/low technology focused on adaptive and understanding of essential organizational assistive rehabilitation technology, including behavior and planning processes. These skills aids for daily living. This technology will assist are fundamental to effective and progressive individuals with disabilities to achieve their organizational development and service to maximum potential and provide training to individuals with disabilities. Prerequisite: students interested in gaining expertise in the use RECN 643 of technology while working with people with disabilities across the human lifespan. The RECN 710 Master’s Seminar (3) student will become familiar with advanced The Master's Seminar will focus on the computer technology such as Enabling review of current literature, and will include Technologies (Braille/print systems), Dragon reading and discussion of specific aspects of Dictate (speech input software), adaptive rehabilitation. Topics include, but are not devices for computers, computer technology limited, to: adaptive/assistive rehabilitation such as AlphaSmart, IntelliKeys, Delta Talker technology, Centers for Independent Living, and a broad array of computer application Supportive Employment, Order of Selection, technology available for working with Ethical Issues, Americans with Disabilities Act, individuals who are blind, deaf, or physically Disability Management, Job Development, disabled. Other technology to be taught will Assessment, Cultural Diversity and current include augmentative communication devices, legislation on disability issues. The outcomes voice output, e.g. outSPOKEN (enable for this class are an increased interest and individuals who are blind to access Macintosh). proficiency in rehabilitation research, oral and This course will have a practical application of written presentation and publication. knowledge and didactic preparation for Prerequisites: RECN 621, 622, 623, 624, 625, understanding the value and use of advanced 641, 640, 642, 643, 701 technology. Technology for working with people with learning disabilities and a broad The following three credit courses will range of developmental disabilities will be be offered if/when CORE requires a 60 credit included. Between 15-20 clock hours practica program for graduation or as the demand from of in vivo supervised rehabilitation technology the community dictates: are required. Prerequisite: RECN 621 RECN 713 Introduction to Private Sector Rehabilitation

157

RECN 714 Marriage and Family perspective of drug use/abuse; psychosocial Counseling aspects; pharmacology; prevention strategies; RECN 715 Psychiatric Rehabilitation: drug education; treatment and rehabilitation; Practice, Assessment and examination of personal alcohol and drug use Management practices and philosophies; and current issues. RECN 716 Alcohol and Drug Abuse in Counseling RECN 720 Advanced Counseling Skills, RECN 720 Advanced Counseling Skills, Techniques and Practice (3) Techniques and Practice This course is designed to be an advanced course in counseling. The course will RECN 713 Introduction to Private Sector examine advanced concepts and practices in Rehabilitation (3) current counseling modalites. Students will This course is designed to explore issues have the opportunity to participate in guided in rehabilitation pertinent to policy, practice, counseling experiences designed to allow them research and legal issues as addressed in the to refine their counseling skills, knowledge and private sector. Topics include the insurance ability. The course will also provide students system, worker’s compensation, social security will exposure to advanced counseling testimony, personal injury liability, and expert technology and intervention strategies. testimony within these systems. ADMISSION CRITERIA RECN 714 Marriage and Family Counseling (3) • Besides the application and required This course is designed to be an attachments (see application for introduction course to the topic of marriage and graduate admission booklet checklist), family counseling. The course will examine the Graduate Record Examination basic concepts of family counseling and special (GRE) [General Test] or Miller issues related to couples and families. The Analogies Test (MAT) scores may be course will also examine the theoretical models submitted as optional support. and procedures appropriate to a variety of • A Bachelor’s Degree with a minimum theories and specific settings. 3.0 cumulative GPA on a 4-point scale is required for regular admission. RECN 715 Psychiatric Rehabilitation: Provisional admission will be Practice, Assessment and considered for students with a GPA of Management (3) 2.5 to 2.99 as long as all other This course constitutes a basic orientation requirements have been fulfilled. to the field of psychiatric rehabilitation. The • A Personal interview is required. course will include historical antecedents, • By accepting admission into the Master philosophical and traditional connections with of Science in Rehabilitation Counseling the field of rehabilitation counseling, program, the applicant agrees to: a) assessment, planning and service delivery complete pre-requisites, and in the time methods for those intending to work in frame given, b) maintain a 3.0 rehabilitation focused programs serving persons cumulative GPA over all coursework, with psychiatric disabilities. This course will and c) practice professional conduct in also examine the incidence of etiology of accordance with UMES policies, significant dysfunctional behavior patterns in NRCA/ARCA Code of Ethics, and individuals. local and state laws. Failure to maintain a 3.0 cumulative GPA will result in a RECN 716 Alcohol and Drug Abuse in probationary period or termination as Counseling (3) determined by the Department of This course is designed to provide an Rehabilitation Services Graduate overview of alcohol and drug use, misuse and Committee and Graduate School abuse. Course content includes: historical policy.

158

• Denial of admission may be made for • Readmission or reinstatement is at the reasons, which will be outlined for discretion of the Department of potential future amelioration. Rehabilitation Services Graduate Acceptance is based on the listed Committee. criteria above and the availability of • The successful completion of the limited space. These criteria are internship is required. designed to establish high standards of service and instruction consistent with Transfer and Waiver Courses accreditation recommendations. Students have up to a 6 credit hour Prerequisite undergraduate coursework limitation for transfer of equivalent courses, unless those courses were completed with a • An introductory course is needed in cumulative GPA of 3.0 in a comparable CORE Human Services, such as the UMES accredited program. Evaluation and approval of course REHA 201 - Introduction to graduate transfer courses will be up to the Rehabilitation, or Introduction to Department of Rehabilitation Graduate Psychology, Abnormal Psychology, Committee. Developmental Psychology, and/or Additionally, students completing the Introduction to Sociology undergraduate program in the Rehabilitation • A basic statistics course is needed. Services with a cumulative GPA minimum of • Comparable undergraduate courses will 3.0 can elect to request exemption from up to 6 be reviewed for equivalencies credit hours of rehabilitation comparable core courses where they have earned a grade of A in APPLICATION DEADLINES the undergraduate course. See advisor for the courses where waiver(s) are allowable. The Fall Semester – May 1 credit hour substitutions need to be Spring Semester – November 1 program/career related and approved by the Academic Advisor. RETENTION -DISMISSAL – REINSTATEMENT/READMISSION *************************************** POLICY For further information on this program, please contact: • A cumulative G.P.A. of 3.0 each semester is required. Graduate Program Coordinator • A maximum of two (2) grades of C in a Department of Rehabilitation Services semester or session results in academic Hazel Hall probation. Students have two University of Maryland Eastern Shore consecutive semesters in which to raise Princess Anne, MD 21853 their cumulative GPA to 3.0, or be Email: [email protected] subject to academic dismissal. • A grade of D or F is subject to academic probation and/or dismissal from the program. Readmission or reinstatement is provisional and contingent upon repeat of the class with grade of A or B. • A request to repeat a course because of a deficient grade earned is provisional and must be a written petition submitted to the Department Chair with the signature and recommendation of the Advisor.

159

GRADUATE FACULTY Harter-Dennis, Jeannine M., Associate Professor, (REGULAR) Dept. of Agriculture. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois Alade, Ayodele, Professor and Chair, Dept. of Business, Management and Accounting. B.S., Heath, George E., Associate Professor, Dept. of Cuttington University College (Liberia); Ph.D., Agriculture. B.S., Virginia State University; M.S., University of Utah Ph.D., University of Minnesota

Almeida, Michael, Associate Professor, Dept. of Ishaque, Ali, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Natural Mathematics and Computer Science. B. S., Sciences. B.S., University of Science and Southeastern Massachusetts University; Ph.D., State Technology (Ghana); M.Sc., Ph.D., Free University University of New York at Buffalo of Brussels (Belgium)

Arumula, Joseph O., Associate Professor, Dept. of Marsh, Lurline, Professor, Dept. of Agriculture. Technology. B.S., University of Lagos (Nigeria); B.S., University of the West Indies; M.S., Tuskegee M.S., Ph.D., Clemson University University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.

Bass, Eugene L., Associate Professor, Dept. of Martel, Gregory, Associate Professor, Dept. of Natural Sciences. B.S., Brooklyn College (CUNY) Physical Therapy. B.S., Salisbury University; M.A. Ph.D., University of Massachusetts at Amherst Ph.D., University of Maryland

Blakely, Raymond L., Professor and Chair, Dept. of May, Eric, Research Associate Professor, Dept. of Physical Therapy. B.S., Ohio University; M.Ed., Natural Sciences. B.S., Oregon State University; Xavier University; M.A., Ph.D., New York M.S., Northern Arizona State University; Ph.D., University Oregon State University

Brooks, Carolyn B. , Associate Professor, Dept. of Nzeogwu, Okeleke, Associate Professor, Dept. of Agriculture. B.S., M.S., Tuskegee Institute; Ph.D., Agriculture. B.S., M.S., M.B.A, Ph.D., University of The Ohio State University Missouri

Chapin, Jr., E. William, Assistant Professor, Dept. Okoh, Joseph M., Associate Professor and Chair, of Mathematics and Computer Science. Dept. of Natural Sciences. B.S., University of Lagos B.S., Trinity College; M.S., Ph.D., Princeton (Nigeria); Ph.D., Howard University University Onwudiwe, Ikekwoaba., Associate Professor, Dept. Dadson, Robert B., Professor, Dept. of Agriculture. of Criminal Justice. B.A., Central State University; B.S., University of London (England); M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University M.S., Ph.D., McGill University (Canada) Ruby, Douglas E., Associate Professor, Dept. of Demissie, Ejigou, Professor, Dept. of Agriculture. Natural Sciences. B.A., Gettysburg College; M.S., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Oklahoma State University Ph.D., University of Michigan

Dennis, Dixie L. Associate Professor, Organizational Schwarz, Jurgen, Associate Professor, Depts. of Leadership and Education Leadership Programs. Agriculture and Human Ecology. Ph.D., Food B.S., M.S., Austin Peay State University; Ph.D., Science and Technology, Cornell University Southern Illinois University Carbondale Sharma, Dinesh, Associate Professor, Dept. of DeViney, Stanley Jr., Professor, Dept. of Social Business, Management and Accounting, B.S., MD Sciences. B.S., Towson University; M.A., Ph.D., University (India); M.S., University of Meerut Rutgers University (India); M.S. University of North Carolina at Charlotte; Ph.D. Chaudhary Charan Singh University Gupta, Gian C., Professor, Dept. of Natural (India) Sciences. B.S., B.T., Punjab University (India); M.S., Viharam University (India); Ph.D., Roorkee Singh, Gurbax, Professor, Dept. of Natural Sciences. University (India) B.S., M.S., Delhi University (India); Ph.D., University of Maryland

160

Waguespack, Yan, Associate Professor, Dept. of Bing, Sarah B., Associate Professor, Dept. of Natural Sciences. B.S., Beijing Polytechnic Education. B.A., University of Vermont; M.Ed., University (China); Ph.D., Tulane University Ph.D., University of Georgia

Whitley, Niki, Associate Professor, Dept. of Bishop, L. Jay, Associate Professor, Dept. of Social Agriculture. A.S., Abraham Baldwin College; B.S., Sciences. B.A., Ohio University; M.S.S.W, M.S., University of Georgia; Ph.D., Mississippi State University of Louisville; Ph.D., Case Western University Reserve University

Wiley, James, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Natural Boucaud, Dwayne, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Sciences & Dept. of Agriculture. B.S., University of Natural Sciences. B.S., Ph.D., State University of Montana; M.S., California State University; Ph.D., New York at Buffalo University of Miami Bowers, Cheryl, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Yoon, Ki Sun, , Research Assistant Professor, Dept Education. B.A., Mount Holyoke College, M.S., of Human Ecology. B.S., Kyung Hee University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania M.S., Ph.D., University of Rhode Island Boyd, Jr., Eddie, Assistant Professor, Dept. of GRADUATE FACULTY Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., (ASSOCIATE) Grambling State University; M.A., North Texas State University; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University Acquah, Emmanuel, Associate Professor, Dept. of Agriculture. B.S., University of Maryland Eastern Brockett, Ramona, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Shore ; M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University Criminal Justice. B.A. College of St. Elizabeth; J.D., Boston College; Ph.D., Rutgers University Agnew, Mary, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Education. B.A., Central Michigan University; Brooks, Henry M., Associate Professor and M.Ed., University of New Hampshire; Ph.D., Administrator of 1890 Extension Program. B.S., University of Georgia M.Ed., Tuskegee Institute; Ph.D., The Ohio State University Aighewi, Isoken T., Lecturer, Dept. of Natural Sciences. B.S., M.S., Tuskege University; M.P.H., Casavant, Alvert E., Assistant Professor, Dept. of Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., Brown; Minnesota M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois Urbana- Champaign Allen, Arthur, Associate Professor, Dept. of Agriculture. B.S., University of Arkansas at Pine Copeland, Leon L., Professor and Chair, Dept. of Bluff; M.S., Oklahoma State University; Ph.D., Technology. B.S., Norfolk State University; M.Ed., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign Virginia State University; Ed.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Alston, David, Jr., Assistant Professor, Dept. of Social Sciences. BA., North Carolina Central Counts, Clement, Assistant Professor, Dept. of University; M.R.P., University of North Carolina; Natural Sciences. B.A., M.Sc., Marshall University, Ph.D., North Carolina State University Ph.D., University of Delaware

Anderson, Brenda, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Coursey, Leon N., Professor and Acting Chair, Dept. Education. B.A., College of Notre Dame of of Physical Education. B.S., M.S., Queens College; Maryland; M.S., Morgan State University; Ed.D., Ph.D., The Ohio State University The American University Dabipi, I. K., Professor and Chair, Dept. of Beatus, Joseph, P.T., Associate Professor, Engineering and Aviation Science. B.S., Texas A&I Department of Physical Therapy, B.S., Downstate University; M.S., Ph.D., Louisiana State University Medical College, M.A., Teacher's College, Columbia Univ.; Ph.D., University of Maryland Day, Gerald, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Technology. B.S., State University at Oswego; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Maryland

161

Dodoo, Joseph N., Assistant Professor, Dept. of Mattison, Dorothy M., Associate Professor, Dept. of Natural Sciences. B.S., Polytechnic of South Bank Business, Management and Accounting B.S., Morgan (England); M.S.,Bedford College, University of State University; Ph.D., The George Washington London (England); Ph.D., King's College, University University of London (England) Mitra, Madhumi, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Dudis, Joseph J., Assistant Professor, Dept. of Natural Sciences. B.S., Presidency College (India); Mathematics and Computer Science. B.E., Stevens M.S., University Colleges of Science and Technology Institute of Technology; Ph.D., The John Hopkins (India); Ph.D., North Carolina State University University Mollett, Theodore A., Associate Professor, Dept. of Faubion, Clayton, Associate Professor, Dept. of Agriculture. B.S., Oregon State University; M.S., Rehabilitation Services. B.A., University of Texas; Ph.D., Purdue University M.Ed., Southwest Texas State University; Ph.D., University of Arkansas Mosley, Thomas, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Criminal Justice. B.A., M.A., Memphis State Handwerker, Thomas S., Associate Professor, Dept. University; Ph.D., Howard University of Agriculture. B.S., University of Tennessee; M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University Nagchaudhuri, Abhijit, Associate Professor, Dept. of Engineering and Aviation Sciences. B.M.E. Harleston, Robert, Associate Professor and Chair, Jadavpur University (India); M.S., Tulane University; Dept. of Criminal Justice. B.A., Howard University; Ph.D., Duke University M.S., Michigan State University; J.D., Georgetown University Law Center Odo, Johnathan, Associate Professor, Dept. of Criminal Justice. B.A., Arkansas State University; Hashem, Fawzy M., Research Associate Professor, M.A.J., Wichita State University; Ph.D., Florida State Dept. of Agriculture. B.S., University of Ain Shams University (Egypt); M.S., Ph.D., University of Cairo (Egypt); Ph.D., University of Maryland Onyeozili, Emmanuel, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Criminal Justice. B.A., University of Ibadan Horton, Nancy, Assistant Professor, Dept. of (Nigeria); M.A., Clark-Atlanta University; Ph.D., Criminal Justice. B.A., Spelman College, M.P.A., Florida State University Texas Southern University; Ph.D., University of Albany Parveen, Salina, Assistant Professor, Depts. of Agriculture and Human Ecology. B.S., M.S., Johnson, Linda, Assistant Professor, Dept. of University of Dhaka (Bangladesh); Ph.D., University Natural Sciences. B.S. Lincoln University; M.S., of Florida Ph.D., Temple University School of Medicine Pitula, Joseph S., Lecturer, Dept. of Natural Johnson, Robert A. Jr., Assistant Professor, Dept. Sciences. B.S., Rutgers University; M.A., Ph.D., of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., State University of New York at Buffalo University of Louisiana; M.S., Southern University; Ph.D., Saint Louis University Poole, Kimberly, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Education. B.S., University of Maryland Eastern Kananen, Gerald, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Shore; M.S., Rh.D., Southern Illinois University at Natural Sciences. B.S., John Carroll University; Carbondale Ph.D., Duquesne University Rahimi, Maryam, Associate Professor, Dept. of Larson, Wilbert, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Rehabilitation Services. B.S., Jundishapour Education. B.S., Augustana College, M.S. Creighton University; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University University; Ph.D., University of Nebraska Rebach, Howard M., Professor, Dept. of Social Malik, Malik B., Assistant Professor, Dept. of Sciences. B.A., University of Louisville; Ph.D., Mathematics & Computer Science. B.S., University Michigan State University of Khartoum (Sudan); Ph.D., University of Essex (England) Seabrook, Barbara J., Assistant Professor, Dept. of English and Modern Languages. B.S., M.Ed.,

162

Shippensburg State University; M.Ed., Ed.D., Yoo, Sehwan, Lecturer, Dept. of Mathematics and Wilmington College Computer Science. B.S., MyoungJi: University (S. Korea); B.S., University of Arizona; Ph.D., Seaton, Daniel, Assistant Professor, Dept. of University of Kansas Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., Frostburg State University; M.S. Shippensburg State OTHER TEACHING FACULTY IN THE University; Ed.D., Virginia Tech University GRADUATE PROGRAMS

Shaw, Anugrah, Professor, Dept. of Human Acquah, Sarah, International Student Advisor, Dept. Ecology. B.S., Lady Irwin College (India); M.S., of Agriculture. B.Sc., M.Sc. and Ph.D., Ohio State University of Baroda (India); Ph.D., Texas Women's University University Amoia, Carol M., Lecturer, Education Leadership Shorter, George S., Assistant Professor, Dept. of Program. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Maryland Agriculture, B.S., University of Maryland Eastern Shore; M.S., Virginia State University; Ph.D., Iowa Attoh, Prince A., Lecturer, Organizational State University Leadership and Education Leadership Programs. B.A., Old Dominion University; M.A., George Sims-Tucker, Bernita, Associate Professor, Dept. of Washington University; Ed.D, Nova Southeastern Education B.A., Mac Murray College; M.A., University Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of Maryland Bailey, Deborah, Lecturer, Organizational Leadership Program. B.A., Indiana University; Ph.D., Singleton, Jeurel, Lecturer, Dept. of Natural University of Maryland Sciences. B.A., MSc., University of North Dakota; Ph.D., University of Ottawa (Canada) Bond, Jr., Vernon, Visiting Lecturer, Dept. of Physical Therapy. B.S., St. Augustine’s College; Suranich, Voranuch, Assistant Professor, Depts. of M.S., North Carolina Central University; Ed.D., Agriculture and Human Ecology; B.S., Mahidol University of Tennessee University (Thailand); M.S., Kasetsart University (Thailand); Ph.D., Mississippi State University Calo, Thomas J., Lecturer, Organizational Leadership and Education Leadership Programs. Talley, William, Associate Professor and Chair, B.S., Towson University; M.A., Ed.D, George Dept. of Rehabilitation Services. B.A., M.A., South Washington University Carolina State University; Rh.D., Southern Illinois University Carter, Vicki, Visiting Lecturer, Dept. of Education (Guidance & Counseling). B.S., Salisbury State Verbeke, Karen, Associate Professor and Chair, University; M.Ed., University of Maryland Eastern Dept. of Education. B.A., Pennsylvania State Shore University; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Maryland Costello, Michael F., Lecturer, Organizational White, Shawn, Assistant Professor, Dept. of Natural Leadership and Education Leadership Programs. Sciences. B.S., Shippensburg University of B.S., M.S.H.R., M.B.A., Ed.D. Wilmington College Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Clemson University Downs, W. James, P.T., E.C.S., Visiting Lecturer, Williams, Allen B., Assistant Professor, Dept. of Dept. of Physical Therapy. B.S., Medical College of Natural Sciences. B. S., Jackson State University; Virginia Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara Flowers, Naomi, Visiting Lecturer, Dept. of Williams, Mark E., Assistant Professor, Dept. of Education. B.S., M. Ed., University of Maryland Mathematics and Computer Science, B.A., M.S., Eastern Shore Oakland University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Cinncinnati Gill, Cynthia Holder, P.T., Visiting Lecturer, Dept. of Physical Therapy. B.S., Virginia Commonwealth Yilmaz, Emin, Professor, Dept. of Technology. B.S., University; B.A., M.Ed., University of Virginia M.S., Middle East Technical University (Turkey); Ph.D., University of Michigan

163

Gray, Robert, Visiting Lecturer, Dept. of McBrien, Robert J., Visiting Lecturer, Dept. of Technology. B.S., M.S., University of Maryland Education. B.S., M.S., Central Connecticut State University; Ph.D.., University of Connecticut Gregory, Nydia, Visiting Lecturer, Dept. of Rehabilitation Services. B.A., University of Puerto Miller, Thomas E., Lecturer, Dept. of Technology Rico; M.A., Assumption College and Education Leadership Program. B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Hammond, Bernice, Lecturer, Dept. of Technology Maryland and Education Leadership Program. B.S., Bridgewater, College; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Mitchell, Judy Lynn, Lecturer, Organizational Maryland Leadership and Education Leadership Programs. B.S., Bowie State University, M.Ed., Bowling Green Hicks, Charles J. II, Lecturer, Organizational State University; Ed.D., Nova Southeastern Leadership and Education Leadership Programs. University B.S., Central State University; M.A., Ph.D. Ohio State University Montague, David R., Lecturer, Organizational Leadership and Education Leadership Programs. Javaid, Iqbal, Lecturer, Dept. of Agriculture. B.S., B.A., Morehouse College, M.A., George Washington M.S., University of Peshawar; M.S., University of University; Ph.D., Howard University Reading; Ph.D., University of Zambia Morris, Edward F., Visiting Lecturer, Dept. of Jeter, Rhonda, Visiting Lecturer, Dept. of Education Education. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.S.W, (Guidance and Counseling). B.S., Taylor University; Loyola (Chicago); M.A., Ph.D., University of M.S., University of Maryland College Park; Ph.D., Maryland University of Pennsylvania Metts, Ross E., Visiting Leturer, Dept. of Johnson-Pugh, Janice, Visiting Lecturer, Dept. of Technology. B.A., California University of Education. B.S., Salisbury State University; M.Ed., Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Virginia Polytechnic Institute University of Maryland Eastern Shore and State University

Kemmery, Robert J., Lecturer, Dept. of Pruitt, Jane W., Lecturer, Dept. of Technology, Technology. B.S. Indiana University of B.S., M.Ed., Salisbury University; Ed.D., University Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Salisbury University of Maryland

Kirk, Alan B., Lecturer, Organizational Leadership Ross, Billie Jo., Lecturer, Dept. of Rehabilitation and Education Leadership Programs. B.S., Samford Services. M.S.N, Wesley College University; M.S.W., University of Alabama; Ph.D., Florida State University Shealey, Harry, Visiting Lecturer, Dept. of Technology. B.S., M.Ed. University of Maryland Lane, William H., Lecturer, Organizational Leadership and Education Leadership Programs. Smith, W. Harley, Visiting Lecturer, Dept. of B.S., M.Ed., University of Delaware; Ed.D., Widener Technology. B.S., M.S., University of Maryland University Stearns, Faye, Visiting Lecturer, Dept. of Education. Lankford, Gail, Clinical Coordinator, Dept. of B.A., M.Ed., Salisbury State University Rehabilitation Services. B.A.S.W, Salisbury State University; M.Ed., University of Maryland Eastern Tyler III, Lloyd, Lecturer, Dept. of Technology. Shore B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Maryland

Lynch, John, Visiting Lecturer, Dept. of Education. Vail, Kathleen, Visiting Lecturer, Dept. of B.S., Towson University; M.A., George Washington Education. B.A., Gettysburg College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University; Ed.D., Nova University University of Maryland Eastern Shore

Madden, Liddel L., Lecturer, Organizational Williams, Harold, Lecturer, Depts. of Education and Leadership and Education Leadership Programs. Rehabilitation Services and Organizational B.A., George Washington University; M.S.W, Leadership Program. B.B.A., M.S., Hostra D.S.W., Catholic University of America University; Ed.D., Wilmington College

164

Wooley, George L., Lecturer, Dept. of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., Prairie View A&M University; M.S., George Washington University.

GRADUATE FACULTY (EX-OFFICIO and REGULAR)

Ignasias, C. Dennis, Dean of Graduate Studies and Associate Professor, Dept. of Social Sciences. A.B., Aquinas College; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Madison

165

INDEX

Academic Advisor ...... 21 Continuous Enrollment...... 22,28 Academic Calendar (Academic Schedule) ...... 21 Counseling Services on Campus ...... 42 Academic Credentials (international applicants).....15 Course and Credit Changes ...... 25 Academic Honesty (Policy on)...... 45,169 Course Numbering System...... 21 Academic Probation, Dismissal and Suspension.....12 Credit by Examination...... 24 Academic Program at UMES ...... 5 Criminology and Criminal Justice Academic Record (Transcript) ...... 17 Graduate Program ...... 77 Academic Schedule (of classes) ...... 21 Criteria for Admission...... 7 Academic Support Services...... 43 Criteria for Courses to be accepted for Graduate Accreditation (UMES)...... 6 Credit...... 24 Admission to Candidacy (doctoral) ...... 32, 34 Admission to Degree Programs ...... 8 Dean’s Representative (doctoral degree)...... 38 Admission of Faculty...... 12 Deferment of Admission ...... 11 Admission to Graduate School ...... 7 Degree Requirements (of Graduate School)- Admission, offer of...... 11 Doctoral (PhD, EdD, DPT)...... 32-34 Admission Time Limits for Degree Programs...... 11 Degree Requirements (of Graduate School) - Advanced Special Student Status ...... 9 all Master's...... 27-31 Agriculture & Extension Education Department Chairpersons ...... 1 Graduate Program (discontinued)...... 45 Designation of Full- and Part-Time Graduate Appeals...... 21 Students ...... 22 Applicant Rejection, Policy on ...... 8 Developing a Program of Study ...... 21 Application Deadlines (see Individual Programs Disclaimer...... 4 and Admission Statuses)...... 14 Disabilities Services Center...... 43 Application Fee (Graduate School) ...... 14 Dismissal for Non-Academic Reasons, policy on ...12 Application Forms and Materials ...... 13 Dissertation...... 33,38 Application Instructions ...... 13 Dissertation Examining Committee...... 37-38 Application Process ...... 13 Dissertation Research ...... 22 Application Status...... 15 Dissertation Submission ...... 41 Applied Computer Science Graduate Program...... 126 Doctor of Physical Therapy Degree Requirements..34 Arbitrary and Capricious Grading, Policy on ...... 26 Doctoral degree requirements ...... 32-34 Assistantships ...... 19 (Ph.D., Ed.D., DPT) Auditing of Graduate Courses ...... 27 Doctoral Programs, acclerated...... 34

Board of Regents ...... 1 Education Leadership Graduate Program...... 102 Exceptions, Waivers, Appeals, Grievances ...... 21 Calculation of Grade Point Average...... 14 English Proficiency Test (TOEFL)...... 16 Campus Map...... 173 Established Procedures for Conduct of the Master’s Canceling Registration ...... 25 Thesis Examination ...... 35-37 Career and Technology Education Graduate Established Procedures for Conduct of the Doctoral Program ...... 131 Dissertation Defense...... 37-41 Career Services Office...... 42 Experimental Courses...... 27 Categories of Admission to Degree Programs...... 8 Extension of Time Limitation Period ...... 28 Certification of Finances (international applicants).16 Change of Degree-Level, Program or Status ...... 11 Faculty, Student and Institutional Rights and Co-Advisement of Student's Dissertation...... 33 Responsibilities for Academic Integrity, UMES Co-Advisement of Student's Thesis...... 30 Policy...... 41 Collaborative Programs with Salisbury Federal College Work Study Program...... 20 University ...... 11 Federal Loans ...... 20 Combined Instruction, Undergraduate and Fees and Expenses...... 17 Graduate ...... 27 Fees Payment...... 17 Commencement...... 30,34, 41 Fellowships and Traineeships...... 19 Comprehensive Examinations (all degrees)...... 28 Final Defense (doctoral) ...... 33, 39 Computer Resources...... 43 Financial Assistance ...... 19 Continuing Education Students ...... 11 Financial Resources (international applicants) ...... 16 166

Food and Agricultural Sciences Graduate Program.46 Minimum Registration Requirements Food Science and Technology Graduate Program...55 (doctoral candidates)...... 22 Full (Regular) Graduate Status ...... 8 MEES (see Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Full Time Graduate Student Determination...... 22 Sciences degree program)...... 60

Golden Identification Card for Senior Non-Degree Student Status-Undergraduate...... 11 Citizens (Maryland)...... 20 Non-Thesis Option Requirements ...... 31 Governance...... 6 Grade Change ...... 26 Offer of Admission...... 11 Grade Point Average ...... 28 Officers of the University of Maryland Grade Point Average, Calculation of...... 14 Eastern Shore...... 1 Grade Point Average, Computation of ...... 26 Officers of the University System of Maryland...... 1 Grades for Graduate Students, GPA...... 12,25 Oral Defense (Doctoral) ...... 33,39 Grading Systems...... 26 Oral Examination (Master's)...... 31,36 Graduate Council and Present Membership ...... 2,6 Organizational Leadership Graduate Program...... 115 Graduate Degree Programs (listing) ...... 44-45 Other Teaching Faculty (in graduate programs)....163 Graduate Faculty and Present Membership ...... 6, 160 Graduate Fees ...... 18 Part Time Graduate Student Determination...... 22 Graduate Program Coordinators...... 2 Physical Therapy Graduate Program (Doctoral)....139 Graduate Record Examinations (GRE)...... 8 Practicums ...... 29 Graduate School Address ...... 4 Prerequisite Courses ...... 27 Graduate Students...... 6 Procedures for Oral Examination (Master’s)...... 36-37 Graduate Studies Grant Award...... 19 Procedures for Oral Defense (Doctoral) ...... 39-41 Grievances ...... 21 Provisional Graduate Status...... 9 Guidance and Counseling Graduate Program...... 84 Publication of Dissertation ...... 33

Health Center...... 42 Readmission/Reinstatement Process...... 12 Health Insurance...... 42 Records, Disclosures of Student (UMES Policy) ....41 Records Maintenance and Disposition Immigration Documents (international applicants) .16 (Graduate School)...... 17 Incomplete Grades Policy...... 25 Refund Statement (UMES)...... 17 In-State Status (Maryland) for Tuition ...... 18 Registration, Credits and Grades ...... 21 Institutional Policies Governing Students...... 41 Regular (Full) Graduate Status ...... 8 Inter-Campus Enrollment (Registration) ...... 23 Rehabilitation Counseling Graduate Program ...... 151 International Student Adviser...... 17 Repeating of Courses...... 26 International Student Application for Request to Correct Academic Record...... 27 Admission Process...... 15 Requirements for Degrees, Masters...... 27-31 Internships and Practicums ...... 29,33 Research Assurances ...... 31, 35, 38 Research Credit Courses, grading system...... 26 Leave of Absence Policy/Procedure...... 28 Research Project (DPT) ...... 34 Letters of Evaluation (recommendation) ...... 7 Research Resources (local, regional)...... 44 Library and Services (UMES) ...... 43 Residence Requirements (Doctoral) ...... 32,34 Residence Requirements (Master's)...... 28 Marine-Estuarine and Environmental Sciences (MEES) Graduate Program...... 60 Schedule of Classes (see Academic Schedule)...... 21 Maryland Residency (in-state)...... 18 Scholarly Products...... 29 Master of Arts Degree Requirements ...... 30 Senior Undergraduates (and graduate credit) ...... 23 Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT) Student Code of Conduct Policy...... 42 Degree Requirements ...... 31 Special Education Graduate Program...... 90 Master of Arts in Teaching Graduate Program...... 97 Sponsored Programs Office...... 44 Master of Education Degree Requirements ...... 31 Student Services Center...... 42 Master of Science Degree Requirements...... 30 Student Financial Aid (federal) ...... 19 MAT (see Master of Arts in Teaching Students Rights and Responsibilities Degree requirements and Program) ...... 31 (UMES Policy on) ...... 41 Minimum Course Requirements for Graduate Supplemental Fees...... 18 Credit...... 24 Minimum Registration Requirements...... 22 Termination of Admission...... 12

167

Termination of Application Process ...... 15 Thesis Examining Committee...... 35 Thesis Option Requirements...... 30 Thesis Submission ...... 37 Time Limitation (Doctoral) ...... 32, 34 Time Limitation (Master's)...... 28 TOEFL(international applicants)...... 16 Toxicology Graduate Program ...... 76 Transcript (Academic Record) ...... 28 Transcripts for Admission ...... 13 Transfer of Credit ...... 24 Tuition Per Credit Hour...... 18

Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Courses...... 23 University Policy on Disclosure of Student Records...... 41 University Policy Statements (general) ...... 41 UMES Campus and Environment ...... 5 UMES Mission ...... 5

Veterans Benefits...... 20 Visiting Graduate Student Status...... 10

Waiver of Application Fees...... 18 Waiver of Regulations, Petition for and Policy ...... 41 Weekend Programs Policy on add, drop, withdrawal, refund...... 18 Winter Session, maximum credit...... 25 Withdrawal and Tuition Refund ...... 17 Withdrawal for Semester/Session...... 25 Withdrawal from the University (permanent)...... 25 Work Study Program (federal) ...... 20

168

a. creating false records of academic achievement;

b. altering or forging records;

Division of Academic Affairs c. misusing, altering, forging, falsifying or transferring to another person, without proper UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND authorization, any academic EASTERN SHORE record. POLICIES AND PROCEDURES d. conspiring or inducing others to REGARDING ACADEMIC forge or alter academic records. HONESTY 2. Cheating is also unacceptable. Academic honesty and integrity lie at the heart Cheating includes but is not limited to: of any educational enterprise. Students are expected to do their own work and neither to a. giving answers to others in a test give nor to receive assistance during quizzes, situation without permission of the examinations, or other class exercises. One form tester; of academic dishonesty is plagiarism. Plagiarism is intellectual larceny: the theft of ideas or their b. taking or receiving answers from manner of expression. Students are urged to others in a test situation without consult individual faculty members when in permission of the tester; doubt. Because faculty and students take academic honesty seriously, penalties for c. having possession of test materials violation may be severe, depending upon the without permission; offense, as viewed by the committee selected by the appropriate Dean to review such matters. d. taking, giving, or receiving test The minimum sanction for cases of proven materials prior to tests without cheating is automatic failure of the course. permission; Instructors will gladly explain procedures for taking tests, writing papers, and completing e. having someone else take a test or other course requirements so that students may perform an assignment for you; understand fully their instructor's expectations. f. submitting as your own work, One of the objectives of the University of work done by someone else; Maryland Eastern Shore is to promote the highest standards of professionalism among its g. permitting someone else to submit graduates. The integrity of work performed is your work under that person's the cornerstone of professionalism. Acts of name; falsification, cheating, and plagiarism are acts of academic dishonesty which show a failure of h. falsifying research data or other integrity and a violation of our educational research material; objectives; these acts will not be accepted or tolerated. To avoid ambiguity, the following i. copying, with or without guidelines should be followed: permission, any works, e.g., essays, short stories, poems, 1. Falsification is unacceptable. etc., from computer hard drive or Falsification includes but is not limited discs and presenting them as your to: own. 169

3. Plagiarism as a form of cheating is 1. A faculty member who has sufficient reason also unacceptable. Plagiarism is the act to believe that a student is guilty of of presenting as your own creation academic dishonesty will notify and works actually created by others. subsequently meet with the student within Plagiarism consists of: ten days of the incident of alleged academic dishonesty. a. taking ideas from a source without clearly giving proper reference 2. Prior to the initial meeting of the faculty that identifies the original source member and the accused student, the faculty of the ideas and distinguishes them member should check the files on academic from your own; dishonesty kept in the office of the Vice President for Academic Affairs, to b. indirectly quoting or paraphrasing determine whether the student has been material taken from a source previously disciplined for academic without clearly giving proper dishonesty. The University reserves the reference that identifies the right to impose more severe disciplinary original source and distinguishes action against students who are repeat the paraphrased material from offenders or who have previously been your own compositions; found guilty of egregious incidents of cheating. c. directly quoting or exactly copying material from a source without 3. At the initial meeting the student will be giving proper reference or given the complete and detailed charges in otherwise presenting the copied writing, and an opportunity to respond to the material as your own creation. faculty member regarding the charges.

Acts of falsification, cheating, plagiarism, and 4. If the student wishes, he or she may submit a other forms of academic dishonesty are grounds written response to the charges. This for failure of a course. The University reserves response must be delivered to the the right to impose more severe penalties for any aforementioned faculty member within five of these forms of academic dishonesty. The days of the initial meeting. penalties may include suspension from the University, expulsion from the University, or 5. If the student admits to the charge of other disciplinary action the University believes academic dishonesty, he or she will be asked to be appropriate. to sign a statement consenting to the punishment imposed. Consent statements Faculty members shall report in writing such will be filed with the appropriate records in acts to his or her respective department chair and the office of the Vice President for the appropriate school dean. The Dean shall Academic Affairs. For first offenses, the review the charge and arrange to have the matter punishment will be limited to failure of the presented to the standing committee established course. If the student refuses to sign the for that school in accordance with the policy consent form, the faculty member will below. proceed to the next step in the process.

In accord with existing policy in the university 6. The faculty member will notify the student system, students accused of plagiarism and other whether or not the matter will be taken to forms of academic dishonesty will be given due the next step in the process within five days process. When an instructor believes that a of receiving either a spoken response at the student has committed plagiarism or other acts meeting, or a written response to the of academic dishonesty, the following steps will charges. Written responses will be filed with be taken: the appropriate records in the office of the

170

Vice President for Academic Affairs. If the 12. The committee will meet to review cases student does not respond within the time and to hear any testimony it considers indicated, the faculty member must proceed relevant to the matter on dates requested by to the next step in the process. the Dean. At the initial meeting, the student will be allowed the opportunity to appear 7. Once the student has been duly notified of and respond to the charges, and answer any the charges, he or she will not be permitted additional questions from the committee. to drop the course, but will continue as a All proceedings will be tape recorded, and student, completing and submitting all work the recording will be entered into the required throughout the remainder of the academic dishonesty records maintained in semester. the office of the Vice President for Academic Affairs. In the event of academic 8. The faculty member will notify the dishonesty allegedly occurring during department chair and the Dean of his/her summer sessions or during final work at the findings, and forward to the Dean a written conclusion of a semester, the alleged explanation of the circumstances, along with dishonesty will be reviewed at the copies of any pertinent evidence. committee’s first meeting in the fall. In the interim, the student will receive a grade of 9. The Dean will review the explanation and “I.” any supporting evidence, and may, at his or her discretion, interview the accused student 13. It is imperative that decisions be rendered as and/or the faculty member, for purposes of quickly as possible. Therefore, the clarification and adherence to the university committee will present its decision to the definition of plagiarism. If the matter Dean within ten days of its initial review. cannot be resolved at that level to the satisfaction of the faculty member, it will 14. The committee review shall be informal, then be forwarded to the school’s committee with neither party represented by an on academic dishonesty. advocate. Witnesses may be asked and/or permitted to make a statement to the 10. A five member committee on academic committee if the committee is informed dishonesty will be appointed by the prior to the meeting. The meeting shall not respective Dean of each school at the be open to the public. If the student wishes, beginning of the academic year. It will be he or she may have an associate present for comprised of three full-time tenured faculty, consultation purposes only. Lawyers, one exempt employee of the University, and parents, or any form of professional one junior or senior level student. The Dean advocate may not serve as an associate. will appoint the chair of the committee. In order for its actions to be official, at least 15. The committee shall meet privately at the three members of the committee must be close of the meeting to decide whether a present when decisions are made. In the majority believes a preponderance of event that the alleged dishonesty occurred evidence supports the allegation of on the graduate level, the student member falsification, cheating or plagiarism beyond will be a graduate student. a reasonable doubt.

11. A faculty member who has brought or is in 16. If the allegation is sustained, the committee the process of bringing charges against a will also determine whether the standard student for academic dishonesty in the penalty of failure in the course shall be current academic year, will not be eligible to accompanied by an additional penalty or serve on the committee. The Dean will penalties. appoint a replacement. 17. If the allegation is not sustained, the student will report to the faculty member for

171

direction regarding what is required to remove the grade of “I,” if one has been given, or to fulfill requirements for completion of the course. The student will also have the option of dropping or officially withdrawing from the course.

18. The records of the proceedings, both written and electronically recorded, in which allegations have not been sustained, will be removed from the files on academic dishonesty maintained in the office of the Vice President for Academic Affairs.

19. The committee shall notify, in writing, the student, the instructor, and the Dean within ten days of having reached its decision. The decisions of the committee may be appealed on procedural grounds only. All appeals should be made to the Vice President for Academic Affairs, who will then have the following options:

a. affirm the decision and the penalty imposed by the committee; b. affirm the decision, but amend the penalty; and, c. vacate the decision and order a new hearing with a different committee.

7/6/2005

172